Span CSP 2013 Volume 1 v5pdf PDF Free

A-PDF Page Cut DEMO: Purchase from www.A-PDF.
com to remove the watermark
'\'\
ERTIFIED SPAN international

Safety Workshops
www.SpanSafetyWorkshops.com
www.SpanSatetyWorkshops.com
AFETY
AFETY
I
I
I
I
ROFESSIONAL
ROFESSIONAL
SELF STUDY
1
I
I
s
\
WORKBOOK
COMPREHENSIVE PRACTICES
PRACTICES
VOLUME I
2nd Edition
SPAN INTERNATIONAL TRAINING, LLC

2013
~013
LAS VEGAS SAFETY WORKSHOPS
402 w. MY Vernon so
W. Mt St #111
Nixa, MO 65714
Phone: 888-589-6757
Fax 417-724-2883
www.spansafetyworkshops.com
Dedicated to Environmental, Health, and Safety Professionals

l»J l
to Protect
Striving to
,
-3 g . ':'; ..;"",T H§
..-" 1.1. g
H f"l'::::
e*
§':i
. 1~Jv"*z~,*
i'i..;:.l...Q`,t. ...,,,......
i I B r.- •.
1)~p.
8..1; §€al:
3-E3
~.. r;.'c:~"·
'..'.<~ .£1j
,;\.!.
m: _en g QE. to
~ :"'1':1,,':;-' -,', ....,'11 J""Sa;?I1(;# 0,,

~.-~ :"4~~' ,,': t~:U:e. ~ 'tt i'/
I :s
?
international
SPAN infenational
Safety Workshops
www.SpanSafetyWorkshops.com
www.SpunSufelyWorkshops.com
1
The information
information contained inin this study guide is intended to be used in
in preparation for the Certified
Certified
Safety Professional examinations and should not not be used as an authority in
in the professional practice
of
of safety, industrial hygiene,
hygiene, or environmental compliance. The opinions expressed are those of of the
warranty. or
authors and no guarantee, warranty, or other
other representation is made as to the absolute correctness or
or
a
sufficiency of
of any information contained in this study guide.
~ Copyright © 2013 by SPAN International Training, LLC

402 W. Mt Vernon St #1
#111
$1
~ Nixa, Missouri 65714
www,spansafetyworkshops.com
www.spansafetyworkshops.com
I
I
i All rights reserved. No pan

pan of
of this material may be reproduced, by any means, without permission
I
I
I
in writing from the authors, except by a reviewer who wishes to quote brief
brief excerpts in connection
with a review in a magazine or newspaper. Inquiries by phone: 888-589-6757, Fax 417-724-2883,
info@spansafetyworkshops.com..
email info@spansafetvworkshops.com
II
I
ISBN 978-1-891017-64-3 (set)
ISBN 978-1-891017-62-9 (v.

978-1-891017-62-9 1)
(v.1)
ISBN 978-1-891017-63-6 (v.2)
FOREWORD
FOREWORD
The major objective ofof this workbook is to serve as a guide in preparing for the Certified
Certified Safety
Professional (CSP) Comprehensive Practice examination. It is assumed that only fully qualified
safety practitioners will attempt to sit for the CSP examination, which means everyone using this
workbook has a solid foundation in the Safety and Health field. Given this assumption, no
attempt has been made to provide a basic safety text. Rather, the problems presented in this book
of questions that may be expected to appear on the CSP examination. The
are representative of
workbook is designed to be used as the foundation document in your home-study effort.
However, it is imperative that you realize considerable additional reading and research will be
required to develop the study program required to pass the CSP examinations.
, u
The material in this workbook is used during the CSP examination preparation workshops
International Training Safety Workshops. We sincerely believe attending
conducted by SPAN lntemational
our workshop is the fastest and easiest way to prepare for these challenging examinations.
...
The workbook is divided into two major volumes. The first volume contains the basic course of of
instruction given during the workshops along with the Exam Prep CD. It is by necessity brief
and covers an almost unbelievable amount of of subject matter. The second volume and/or CD
contain self-evaluation home study sessions. After each section of the workbook you will find
fully developed explanations for the answer selected for each question. In many cases
information about all the selections offered as possible answers will be included to assist in
developing a better understanding ofof the subject. These sessions are designed to allow the safety
I
self study that is
professional to measure his or her progress during the extended program of self
certification exams.
normally required to pass the certification
waite in this book! You paid for it,

Please write it; why not look at
not use itit to full advantage. IfIf you simply look
the math problems
problems without performing the calculations,
actually performing
without actually yourself
calculations, on paper, you will find yourself
ill
ill prepared come exam day. Likewise,
Likewise, reading and paying attention to the explanations will
But remember, what's in
in learning. But
result in in these pages comes from from you. True
us .... not from
from us....not
significant growth comes only
learning, comprehension and significant ideas, test
only when you take up the ideas,
Q
1 comments and/or
disagree. ItIt is to your advantage to add your comments
them, ask questions and disagree.
calcul ations to the pages of
calculations of this workbook. Add your personal comments, questions, ideas, or
comments, questions,
shortcuts to each page. Then see what happens the next time you review workbook.
review the workbook.
of gaining your certification is a difficult task that will challenge both your patience
The process of
and ability. However, we are sure you will find it an extremely rewarding effort that will serve
you well as you progress in the safety and health field.
field.
carefully checked for accuracy, but errors may

The material presented in this workbook has been carefully
bring itit to
missed. Should you discover an error, itit would be appreciated ifif you would bring
have been missed.
our attention
our via email
attention via info@spansafetyworkshops.com
email info@spansafetvworkshopscom
J.
...
.. ..
Bish~';°°-.3
I I I I
SPAN International Training Safety Workshops
Self Study Workbook Volume I
CSP Self
II WW W l l
Table of
Table of Contents
...... .......... . .... .. . .... ... . .. . ... .. . ... ... .. . . . . .. .. . ... .. . ........ 3
How to Use This Workbook .......................................................................................

.» * l a iv
How to Study.. ..................................................................................... ............ ....... 6
Study ............................................................................................................. *
How To Use The "Q & A" Method Of Study ...... .............. .... ...... .............. .......... 7
Study........................................................... » * 4
Study
Stud ..... ................ ...................................... ..... ...................... ......... 10
y Techniques .....................................................................................................
0 * •
About The CSP Exams ............................................................................................ 13
...... . ... .... ......... . . .... ........... ................... .... ....... ...... 14
Benefits of Certification ...........................................................................................

I * I * * I. I I * | •
Requirements for Certification .................................................................................

....... ...... .............. ....... .................... ............... .. * 15
*
a
* Q *
........................... .......... ....... .................... ......... ... .... .. . .. 16
The Examinations ....................................................................................................

• -iv I * * as • 1.0 0
How to Select A Calculator ..................................................................................... 18
Exam References ................................................................................................. 21

21
Comprehensive Practice Examination Weighting of of Subject Areas.......................

Areas ....................... 25
CSP Examination Breakdown ................................................................................. 26
About the Computer Examination .......................................................................... 27
.......................... .. .... ... ...... 28
Questions from Students on the Computer Exam ................................................ • 0 s q »
Pearson VUE Testing Center Locations .............................................................. 331l
......... .... ............ ....................... ..................... 33
Math and Science Introduction ................................................................................ an * * •
Calculator Warm-up Exercises............................................................................ 34
.... .......................................................... ..... ....... ........... 36
Calculator Answers .............................................................................................. h fa* *
Equations Most Often Used on the CSP Exam ........................................................

... ............................ ....... ...... 38
* •
Scientific and Engineering Notation ....................................................................... 52
Unit Conversions ..................................................................................................... 57
Unit Conversion "Prefixes" ................................................................................. 57
s c a s o a u n s m a n o b u 1 l i o o a : n o o n a t w a a a s a p a o e \ o a s » ¢ » ¢ c t ¢ o o ¢ s i » ¢ » s » 6 » o ¢ o ¢ t o ¢ ¢ ¢ ¢ » 0 0 ¢ » ¢ » » ¢ a
Unit Conversion Method ..................................................................................... 58
. ............. .. ....... ........... 59
Equalities Between The Metric And English Systems ........................................ v o f •
Reciprocals ............................................................... ~ .......................................... 60
Conversion Exercise Questions ........ :.................................................................. 61
Conversion Exercise Answers ............................................................................. 62
Math and Physics Review Questions ...................................................................... 66
...... ........... .................. ............ .......

Math and Physics Review Answers ......................................................................... . 77
o n 4» * *
0 Q
Engineering Economy ............................................................................................. 94
I III l I I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I l II Illllllllll HH II I l i l l II umm I Ill l lm * LLP
Copyright©2013
Copyright©20t3 SPAN International
International Training,
Training, LLC Page
Paget1
17 Q
CSP Self I
f
Engineering Economy Questions ............................................................................ 96
Engineering Economy Answers .............................................................................. 99
Statistics................................................................................................................. 107
Statistics
Decision Theory ................................................................................................ 107
Statistic Sample Problems .......................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ........................................
Calculating "z" scores ........................................................................................ 116
Coefficient of Correlation.................
Correlation........................ ..........................................................
.................................................. ......... 127
Probability calculations involving the Poisson Distribution .............................. .............. ....... .... 134
t-Distribution ..................................................................................................... 137
Operational Statistics ......................................................................................... 141
Chemistry............................................................................................................... 144
GheNliStry
Q.
A
Equations............................................
Chemical Equations ...................................................................................
... ....... ...... .. .. ..... . ................
.. .. . . 144
* •• an
"Partial" Periodic Table of .................. ......................................

of the Elements........................................... ........... .... 148
Collecting Safety, Health, Environmental And Security Risk Information........... . ....... 152
Collecting Environmental, Health, Safety And Security Risk Information
Questions"
"Questions"...................... 156
.................................................................................. 156
Collecting Environmental, Health, Safety and Security Risk Information
"Answers" .......................................................................................................... 176
Assessing Environmental Health Safety and Security Risk .................................. 202
Risk..................................
Assessing Environmental Health Safety and Security Risk "Questions" .......... . . . . . . . 207
*
Assessing Safety, Health, Environmental and Security Risk "Answers" .......... . . . . . . . . 233
Environmental, Health, Safety and Security Risk ............................... 273
Managing Environmental,
Managing
Managing Environmental, Health Safety and Security Risk "Questions" ........278
........ 278
......... 306
"Answers" ...........
Managing Environmental, Health Safety and Security Risk "Answers"
I
*
I wuuuulmluuJJ.IJluuullll1uuLLL.¢LJuJ uwL.u uLuJLuluuuL._L_.J.
Page 2 InternationalTraining,
Copyrlght©2013 SPAN International
Copyright©2013 Training, LLC
li.
CSP Self
l I
How to Use This Workbook

This workbook was designed to be used in a rapid-development three day workshop
conducted by SPAN International Training Safety Workshops. It also can be used
effectively to provide direction and scope to a complete home study effort.
Workshops are conducted periodically throughout the year so that students can take
the examination as soon as they are prepared. Generally it takes the average safety
(if there is such a thing) about 100 - 120 hours of
and health professional (if of dedicated
self study, in addition to a workshop, to adequately prepare for the examination. The
self
self study can generally be accomplished in about 8 to 10 weeks.
Following the concept of formal presentation coupled with home study, the
workbook is divided into two sections or volumes to allow both classroom material
and self-evaluation sections. If
If you are using this material as die
the foundation for a
home study course without the benefit of the workshop, additional study effort will
be required to master the material.
Considerable effort has been made to fully develop and explain the concepts and
techniques discussed. However, given the differences in the background and
experience of the safety practitioners sitting for the CSP examinations, it is
impossible to explain all concepts to all students.
We suggest that you read the introductory pages of of the workbook first
frrst and then
browse through the rest of
of the first
t`1rst volume stopping and actually reading whenever a
subject or question piques your interest. Conversely, we recommend that Mat you do not
read any of volume two,
o/volume two, although it is all right to browse quickly through the material
to get an idea what you are up against. The material in volume two is designed to be
used for self-evaluation as your study program progresses. If If the material is to serve
that purpose you must refrain from studying the questions and explanations until
after you have used the material for a self-graded test. Remember, these are only
suggestions. You must use the study techniques that work for you.
After you have reviewed the workbook, you must establish a study plan. There are
many volumes of printed material available on the subject of setting up a home study
effort; we have provided some ideas later in this section and hope they prove useful.
effort,
However, at this point it is sufficient to simply say that you must have a plan. The
plan must provide adequate time to master the material and you must have a place
where you feel comfortable learning without distractions. We feel that the average
safety practitioner requires about 10 weeks of study for the Comprehensive Practice
l Illllllllllllll l mule ill I W Hmm l lllllll I I II ill l I HUH II l lllllllll u l l I lllllllll llllllllllllll II I I u IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I IIUJ
Copyright©Z013 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 International Training, LLC Page 3
-I
I
I
CSP Self
ullllllll l l III lI lI l
examination if
if he or she has the benefit of
of a workshop. Without the workshop add
another 4 to 6 weeks.
This workbook is designed to allow you to make the most out of of your study time. It
has been developed to allow you to concentrate on areas that have historically been
presented on the test. There is no extraneous or "nice to know" information in this
workbook. All of
of the information is important. Concentrate on the areas emphasized
and you should be able to reduce your research and study time considerably.
However, keep in mind, Methe ASP and CSP tests have changed very dramatically in
recent times, major revisions have occurred. Therefore, you may be able to pass the
exam studying only the material in this workbook, and you may not!
not! Most safety
professionals who have been out ofof school for a while would be well advised to
.~pend
.Spend additional time on a general safety and health review prior to
to taking the actual
examination. We recommend you pay particular attention to the "How to Study"
section coming up in a few pages
This workbook uses a question and answer format with detailed explanations
provided for most answers. Difficult concepts or theories may have material
i presented in table or paraphrased format. This method is used to allow broad
coverage of
of the material and is provided as a time saver. In almost all cases where
...
tables are presented you will have to research the subject more thoroughly to gain an
..
.....
..
in-depth understanding. You will find the answers to each chapter of of the book
immedi ately following the questions.
immediately
Information in the Answers

Always Review All the Information
The first
[rrst chapters of
of the workbook are devoted to becoming familiar with
widl your
calculator, performing conversions and reviewing elementary math and science
concepts. These chapters serve as warn-up
warm-up exercises for the classroom presentations
l and should be used in the same manner ifif you are using the workbook as a home
! study course. The workshops offer review sessions the last two days of
of study to
provide additional review for any weak areas.
If
If you are using the workbook in a home study program without the workshop this
may present a problem, since you will not have had the benefit of of a guided review.
The concepts illustrated in the first chapters require some elementary understanding
before progressing. However, the trick is to learn the concepts and theories that
pertain and avoid costly research or study of
of material that will not be tested. Seek
help from co-workers, high~school science and math teachers. A
co-workers, friends, or high-school Avoid
void the
ones that want to teach you how to build a watch when you only need to team learn how to
* l l l l lu lI l
Page 4 Copyrlght©2013 SPAN International Training,

I.
CSP Self
I I I I I I II II II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II II II I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II II III III IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII III III III III III II II II II
tell time. If
If you look you will be able to find someone willing to assist you for a
price (not necessarily money) you can aafford.
fford.
From the introductory chapters, the workbook progresses to individual chapters on

each of
of the three areas of
of the Comprehensive Practice examination. These three
chapters also use the question and answer format and are designed to allow you to
become familiar with the type of questions offered on the exam. Explanations are
offered to reduce research time. The CSP examination covers a tremendous amount
of subject matter and thus many questions can be developed from the areas covered.
'Hee
The workbook does not contain actual test questions. Rather the questions presented
are representative of
of the questions you will see on the actual examination. For this
reason you must assure yourself that you understand the area or areas the question is
asldng
asking you about. Many times this will require additional study, however do not
stray too far from die
the subject or you will lose the direction the workbook attempts to
provide.
Most safety professionals prefer to proceed straight through the workbook studying
an area at a time. The workbook is presented in large type with plenty of room for
you to complete the work on each question page. After completing volume one, we
suggest that you use self-evaluation session number one as a mini-quiz. Do not look
at the answers until after you have graded the quiz. The results will show you areas
that require additional effort. Remember, the questions presented are tough, but the
actual test is a bear. You need about a 55-60% grade to pass the Comprehensive
Practice examination, so you should aim for a better score on the self~evaluation
self-evaluation
quizzes. Remember, direthere is always new information being added to the test. We
estimate that we will cover only about 65% of of the material you will be tested on
on!!
However, if you are very familiar with the subject areas contained in the
workbooks, you will be able to spend much more time on the not so familiar areas
of
of the examination come test day.
Use the other three self~evaluatjon

self-evaluation sessions to check your progress as your study
program continues. The workbooks will provide direction for your program but you
must do the actual studying. The next few pages concern how to study using the Q Q&
A format.
llllllllllllllll H u I n
IllllllllllllllllHllllllllllll H ill l IIIIlllllllllllllllllllllllI IU L........u l all
Training, LLC
Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, Page
PageS5
I IIII IIII
--_
of* I
CSP Self
r r - l |[ Iw1 II l nlnl uu l l I mu
How to Study
I
N
! This section is designed to assist you with mastering a learning methodology.
This workbook uses a Question & & Answer format that allows you to concentrate
on areas that you are not familiar with and avoid over studying material in areas
where you already possess enough knowledge to pass the exam. Fundamental to
this technique is a good core of questions and your ability to take advantage of the
guided study aspects of the process. The technique is intended to be useful to
practitioners who have mastered the sldlls
skills and tasks necessary to perform in the
safety and health arena. As adult learners most of of us are not fond of
of the process
of
of study, however we do enjoy the process of of learning. The difference lies in the
ability to retain what is important to the accomplishment of a goal and reject what
jlbility
'. is not important.
If
If you use this workbook properly we believe you can do just that;
that, master those
areas important to your goal (passing the CSP examination) and expend minimum
effort on research and actual study. The technique also has some very beneficial
I
I
:
I
side effects. You will find that the learning process will make you a better and
.r
.
..
..
. more proficient safety and health practitioner. However, the process assumes you
...
...
have the discipline to do the research and study the material that you are weak on.
If
If you attempt to study using only the material presented in this workbook, you
risk the very real chance of not being adequately prepared for the examination.
How do I do it? What is involved beyond reading the question and looldng
looking at the
answers? OK -- Lets look at the process and then make some suggestions about
your study habits.
1
1
I
m _JJ
Page 6
IH l llllll lIIIIIIII
Copyright©2013 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 International Training,
Training, LLC
l ;
--. I
CSP Self
l l
How To Use The "Q

"Q & A" Method of
A" method Of Study
Study
The Q & A method of study is easy to master because most of the work has been
done by someone else. The research done for you involves someone actually
taldng
taking the test and recalling areas of interest from which desired learning
outcomes are developed. The desired learning outcomes are then reduced to
Questions, Answers and Explanations. If If this process is accomplished correctly,
you are presented with a series of questions that approach the same level of
difficulty as used in the examination. The subject matter and format parallel the
actual test questions. This allows you to determine if if you currently possess the
knowledge required or if if you need to gain a more in-depth understanding. The
method is very much in concert with the traditional method of learning that is,
progressing from the known to the unknown. However, in this case you determine
the known and unknown and save a lot of time in the process.
The steps to using the Q & A Method of of Study are also very similar to the
traditional steps for reading, or reviewing a textbook.
.• First, using all your learned test taking strategies, attempt to answer Me
question.
the
.• Second, grade the results if

explanation.
if you are doing a self-evaluation then read the
•• Third, answer the question - Was this a known or an unknown? Did I have
the knowledge base to detennjne
determine the answer to this question or did I get the
right answer by an educated guess or worse yet, dumb luck?
Note: This is a key step in the process and determines if you can proceed or need
to gain more knowledge on the subject. Additionally, you need to ask yourself if
if
your knowledge base on this subject is broad enough to answer questions ofof equal
difficulty about other aspects of
of the subject.
lllll II I IH HINIHIu n I IIHH l I H l H llllllllllll llllllllllll l l u Ill llllllllllll up Jun al l II I Ill Hmm E
Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training,

Copyright©2013 Training, LLC Page 7
IllllllllI
..
CSP Self Study Workbook Volume I
l lm lI l III I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I II I I I IIIIIIII\ll\l\IIIIIIIln mm uulullllllnll llll llll I III IIIIIIIIIIIIII
. • Fourth, move on or take notes. If

If you are comfortable with your knowledge
on the subject then move on to the next question. However, if you are not
comfortable with your current level of knowledge on the subject or other
aspects of the subject, then you should take notes about the information you
need. We recommend you write in the margins of the workbook right next
to the question.
. • Fifth, research and study. When you complete a set of questions and make
notes on the information you need to study, you have developed a
deficiency study plan. Now all that remains is to research and study the
material necessary to master the required knowledge. However, remember
I
I
A
to stick with your notes and stay on subject. It is very easy to stray onto
some other interesting subject and lose sight of your desired learning
.
outcome.
A look at an actual question, answer and explanation will tend to illustrate and
explain the process.
1. A paint storage area when flammable paints are present in closed

containers that is located adjacent to and communicates
communicates with a spray booth
requires which of
of the following types of electrical fixtures.
fixtures.
A.) Class I, Div 1l
B.) Class I, Div 2
C.)
c.) Class II, Div 3
D.) Class I, Div 1,

l, Group P
...JW I l lllllll 'l L_J.U U
Page 8 Copyright© 2013 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Internation al Training,
Training, LLC
*s
L.~
I
.~~~-
|
- ---- ,~~~~,
CSP Self
ml l l II Illllllllllllllllllllllll n l I II II IIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII n I I II II I I l ml lllllllllllll in l
l.
1. We selected answer B because:
This area would require Class I, Div 2 electrical equipment in accordance with
OSHA 1910. 107. Also see NFPA 70, ART. 500. The following table illustrates
1910.107.
the classes and divisions of the NEC.
. .11. _
-i
. .L
..
[
` .._
' DIVISION
bMSIONl . .. ....1 ..
':..
,
.
'J
~,
5 ,.
. .
,f)m8ION2
DIVISION 2 ·
, f
dLASS
1
cLAss
,.' v ~~~
\
DIVISION . . '-,-~- .
. ,, "':',,,,-,~ . 4
.
-. _ ..
~ . \= _
.- 11
.
,
. -DIVISION
<<.~.
,'<~~\..
,
~ *,.w.~ --~.,::,::.~.<~
<<.~.»
/';.,~' :,:: ';
v
.
v ..
` . .;
,1"
.
,,
.»
..
.*
v ~ ,,.,.~;.:c<',
»-,.* _-~_>"'A'_
..=4: X
".'.:.: ';;':
»~ .,'",'
v ••,.. ," • . . . , , am
N--"
t - " , L. .,..., » ~& ,, 1: , » :,
\ v . ..
m » " ,
|- i
I Normally explosive Not normally present

Gases, Vapors and hazardous in an explosive concentration
and Liquids (but may accidentally exist)
(ART
(ART. 501) n
II Ignitable quantities Dust not normally

of dust normally is suspended in an ignitable
Dusts or may
maybebe in concentration (but may
(ART. 502) suspension
suspenSIOn or accidently
accidentally exist). Dust
conductive dust may layers are present
be present
III Textiles, woodworldng
woodworking Stored or handled
Fibers etc. (easily ignitable in storage
and Flyings but not likely to be (exclusive of
of manufacturing)
(ART. 503) explosive)
This question obviously concerns the classes and divisions of the National
Electrical Code. The NEC classification of of hazardous locations is a very
complicated subject and it is easy to see that many questions could be framed
around this subject. From very basic questions about what article defines the
hazardous locations, to complicated application questions about how equipment
is constructed to comply with NEC requirements. 'This

This question is pretty
detailed, because it asks about an area adjacent to a classified location. The
explanation does not tell us a great deal, but does provide a table illustrating
some of
of the provisions of
of the NEC articles dealing with classified locations. IfIf
you previously had substantial knowledge in this area, the table is detailed
enough to refresh your memory.
No W l II IIIII lllll I I IIIIIIIIII II l lllllllu H II llllllmlll l

Training, LLC Page 9
Page
II.
n
I
_
CSP Self
l n
I
! So, the question you should be asking yourself
yourself at this point is, how much do I
need to know about the subject of of hazardous locations as defined by the NEC?
Well, if electrical theory is your strong suit, you probably know a lot about the
NEC and some articles and will feel comfortable with this question and the
general subject. Another possibility is that you are knowledgeable on the
subject but need a little bnish
brush up. Yet another option is that you know very little
about the NEC hazardous location classifications, in which case you need to do
of investigation into the details of
a lot of of the concept
concept and the application
techniques. How deep into the subject matter do you need to dig? The level of of
detail in the question provides a good indicator. As we stated earlier this
question is pretty detailed and you probably need to know quite a bit about the
1
l
.:subject.
subject. An additional indicator is the repetition of
of the question in our
l
1
-'.. workbook. If If a question keeps appearing with only minor changes in format, it
is a sure indication that the subject matter is important and we anticipate the
actual exam to have several questions dealing with that subject.
In summary, the QQ& & A method ofof studying is similar to the outline method.
The basic outline is presented with the questions. You then determine ifif you
have what it takes to feel comfortable with the subject or not. If
If you need
I additional knowledge, you research and study to develop the required
additional
knowledge or skill. The system works well for many different levels of of adult
learners because "you" determine what you need to study and how hard.
Study Techniques
One of
of the most important items to establishing a good study program is finding
a place to sandy.
study. Your study area must meet the following conditions:
.
• Your study space must be specific to studying. You must not use a
garage, den, workshop, or other area where you play. You must find a
place that signals "study". The place becomes a clue to you,
you; when you
enter you study - no other activities, none.
.
• Your study space must be comfortable. The area must have good
lighting, ventilation, be temperature controlled and quiet. You need a
large table or desk where you can spread out your reference materials.
The area must have readily available your health and safety reference
.I
l l u I
Page
Page 10 Copyright©2013 SPAN International'
Training, LLC
CSP Self
l
l
material. The area should also contain any supplies or materials you use
je, stapler, highlighter, calculator, scratch paper, etc. The intent is to
ie;
make your stay comfortable
comfortable and cut down on interruptions.
interruptions.
.
• Your study area must not have a stereo, TV, telephone, refrigerator, or a
really good view.
Having a good place to study goes a long way toward eliminating external
distractions. Another very important consideration in developing a good study
program is eliminating internal distractions. The total elimination ofof external
distractions is almost possible. The total elimination of internal distractions is
distractions;,is
impossible. However, we all know you can make much more progress if your
mind is free from daydreams, worries
won°ies and the constant feeling that you are not
going to make a deadline. So - attempt to free your mind for studying. You
must:
.
• Reduce indecision
indecision and daydreaming.
daydreaming. Set realistic time limits, determine
what you are going to study and stay on schedule. IfIf you study a subject
too long at one time you tend to daydream which reduces your
effectiveness.
• Don't let personal problems interfere. If

If personal factors distract your
studies you will not be able to concentrate
concentrate on either and the result will be
more frustration. If you have serious personal problems you should
frustration. If
consider dealing with them and rescheduling your CSP study, maybe
even delaying the test date one cycle.
.
• Deal with outside details. Busy minds often produce random thoughts.
Keep a card in your study area and jot down appointments and details of
projects as these brainstorms come to you. You cannot prevent these
details from surfacing, but if you deal with them it may free your mind so
that you can return to your studies.
I l I l I I 11 I llllll ll.lll_IJI

Copyright©2013 Training, LLC 11
Page 11
,.
F .
I
CSP Self nm ~Tlnm III l
Lu IH'TT1UMI 'To I I mwlmlllnllllm
You must also be physically and mentally prepared to study. All of the
following factors are just common sense, but probably deserve repeating:
•• groups!!
You should eat a well balanced diet. Remember, the four food groups
Don't forget the protein. A proper level of blood sugar can go a long way
feel like studying.
in making sure you feel
•• sleep! Establish and maintain a regular bedtime.

Get enough sleep!
.• Exercise! Find a form of exercise that you enjoy and stick with it.
*
-»
AI
.• Mental fatigue comes from simply trying to do too much. Allot yourself
time for breaks and don't try too hard. The average safety and health
practitioner should study for the CSP exam for 100 to 120 hours. Don't
try to do it in twenty.
The suggestions above are just that, suggestions. You must establish a study
If
program that makes sense for you and one that you can fit into your lifestyle. If
I If they don't
of the items we proposed make sense, then try them out. If
some of
make sense for you, then don't do them. Find out what works for you.
l
:
I
!
of our students that are studying for certification exams tell me that
Many of
finding a suitable place to study is the toughest hurdle to overcome. Some have
suggested that returning to work in the evening or early in the mouing
morning has
proven to be the solution. You may want to consider it.
One last word about the Question and Answer method of study. Be sure you
are actually studying rather than just reading the material. Studying using the
Q&A method involves constantly asldng yourself questions. Do I really know
asking yourself
Me examination rephrase this question to "test" me in
this subject? How could the
constantly asking
the same general area? Do I understand the concept? By constandy
research, as opposed
yourself questions you develop focus and purpose to your research,
to random reading.
Best of luck on your study program and on the C S P, Comprehensive

Practice examination.
as
II l I in II l llll
Page 12 Copyright©2013 Trainin~ LLC

Copyright02013 SPAN International Training,
Ilt.. ___________
as ':f'H'e·"¥"\!I.iI!'~E·_._""""
'lM!§ilil&P'.d*'.ll*iL¢l'!wi'i"a=~¢msn.. lr
I
CSP Self
m
I umllllllllluul mu lll l
About The CSP Exams

Shortly after the turn of
of the century there began appearing in this country,
persons practicing the art and science of safety work. These practitioners came
from different academic backgrounds and had a multitude of work experience
ranging from operations to engineering. They all had one thing in common,
they were trying to promote the safety and health of
of employees. Until the
Certified Safety Professional certification program began, they also had no
standard measure of qualification.
The Board ofof Certified Safety Professionals (BCSP) was chartered by the
American Society of of Safety Engineers (ASSE) in 1969 to establish a method of of
measuring qualifications for the safety profession. The Board established
qualification standards and began issuing certification shortly after its founding.
founding.
Although chartered as an independent, separately-incorporated board, the BCSP
has several sponsoring organizations which provide members to the BCSP Board
of Directors. These sponsoring organizations are the following:
following:
• American Society of Safety Engineers
• American Industrial Hygiene Association
• National Safety Council
• Institute of
of Industrial Engineers
• Society of Fire Protection Engineers

t
• System Safety Society
• National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
Today the CSP designation is the premier certification in the safety profession.
No other single means of measuring your qualifications is as widely accepted or
respected. There are currently about 12,000 Certified Safety Professionals and
almost 1,500 actively seeldng
seeking the CSP designation.
u ll1u llllllllllll Illlllllllllllll l I I l l Illllllllllll up lllllllllllll lm l l l I I II llllllllllllll IHIHIW II II I I IIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII l l I I l m Hlllllllllllllllll l ill Hllllll I \Ill lllllllllllllll\l l I l I n llllllllllll II \\\1ll l l\\ll\l \l WUUM
Copyright©2013
Copyright©2013 SPAN International Trainin~ LLC
International Training, Page
Page 13
13
CSP Self I l I l
lllllllllllllll l II l I l How n I II n
Benefits of Certification
The process of certification commands a considerable amount of effort. Many
safety practitioners wonder if the advantages of
of certification justify all the effort.
The primary advantage of certification is that it provides a credential. The CSP

indicates that a safety professional has achieved a standard level of qualification
as judged by their professional peers. This level of qualification is important in
establishing credibility within the ever growing field of Environment, Safety and
Health. Employment opportunities are much greater for personnel holding CSP
certification, the courts recognize the certification as a step toward authentication
*.; as a expert witness, and it is almost always required to do consultant work in the
*
1
. field ofof safety today.
Additionally, we think there are several reasons that should cause you to think
about starting the process of
of obtaining your certification right now. First, there is
a growing trend by states to license safety professionals, much like physicians,
engineers, architects and other professionals. The states have that authority under
their duty to "protect the health, safety and welfare of the pUblic."
public."
I Second, federal legislation is constantly being proposed, there is substantial

support to modify existing safety and health laws to include federally certified
"safety specialists".
Third, look at the help wanted ads in any major newspaper or talk to a safety and
health recruiter. Certified Safety and Health professionals obtain employment
earlier and receive greater compensation.
FouM,
Fourth, the Board of Certified Safety Professionals has recently decided not to
offer certification to any practitioner without a four year college degree or a two
year degree in safety or health. This requirement was effective 1I January 1998. As
die
the requirements increase,
increase, we think the examinations will become even more
dynamic,
dynamic. complex,
complex. difficult to pass and expensive, both in time and money.
We think these and other recent developments add up to a future environment

where certification is going to be the desired/required credential. Being a CSP
will become much more important, more lucrative, and it will be harder to obtain.
Like the other professional certification/registration examinations the ASP-CSP
ILJJ...J-LL_J I ll\llllllllll IHIIIIIIIII lIIJ!l.llllllLI1l.llJ.J...J.JI L.l.LLLLIJlUl J UlulwllllHllllll l I W l I I l in mm

Page 14
Page Copyrilht©201:tSPAN
Copyr§ht©2013.SPAN
\"ijt
International Training, LLC ,no
Ll
snag as a ai tQ §I!§ ii11 an

~.II.I' ''til'i.'''#'''#~_''''.h'''''''"
lYrAEsi~§ral:ule»a.¢¢-.________
lE
M
CSP Self
... ... ... ... . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . .
exam should be taken as early in one's career as possible.
Note: The following information

infonnation concerning the requirements for certification may have
changed after publication. It is strongly

strong1y suggested that you contact the BCSP for current
information, should
shou1d any question arise.
Requirements for Certification

Requirements Certification
A candidate for certification must have a Bachelor's degree in safety that meets
the Board's minimum course requirements or a combination of education and
experience recognized by the Board plus a minimum of four years of professional
safety experience. A degree at the Bachelors level in any discipline or an
Associate level degree in Safety and Health is required,
required, without waiver.
waiver.
For exact requirements, go to the BCSP web site at www

www.bcsp.org
.bcsp.org and review the
candidate handbook. Along with die
the education and experience requirements.
requirements,
candidates must successfully complete a series of two, one day examinations.
Those candidates possessing other acceptable registration or certification may
waive the first exam. Currently, the only acceptable means for waiving the first
exam is
IS as az
a:
.• Professional Engineer (P.E.) any state, any discipline
• Canadian Registered Safety Professional (CRSP)
• Certified
Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH)
• Certified Health Physicist (CHP)
•• Member, Singapore Institute of Safety Officers (SISO)
.• Chartered Member of
of IOSH (CMIOSH)
• Chartered Professional Member SIA (CPMSIA)
• Chartered Engineer (CE) from the Engineering Council (UK)
•• American Board for Occupational Health Nurses (ABOHN)
II llllnl umm l Ill w Ill lllllllllllll ul IHll l l lHIHIHll n H I I n l nlnl l l l I mu n lllllllllllll w I II l H l Illlllllllllllllllll l l I IllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllHlll I

Copyright©2.013 International Training,
Training, LLC Page
Page 15
15
mumI
CSP Self
I l III Ills M Imus IHII r Ill1llll'lllll\lllllllW" n HM l
• Graduate Safety Practitioners (GSPs)
• All others must successfully complete both the Safety Fundamentals

and Comprehensive Practice exam prior to receiving the CSP
certification.
The Examinations
A candidate for certification may take the first of
of the two examinations -- the
..1
Safety Fundamentals, sometimes called the "ASP" or "CORE" exam -- -- after
I -; meeting the academic/experience requirements.
c
The Safety Fundamentals Examination is truly a Safety Fundamentals test. It

covers the basic academic knowledge expected of a safety professional at the
entry level.
leveL A candidate passing the Safety Fundamentals Examination is
recognized as an "Associate Safety Professional" (ASP). This designation
indicates a candidate's progression toward certification.
The second test in the series is the Comprehensive Practice Exam. Before taking
this examination, the academic/experience requirements must be met, passing
scores must be recorded on the Safety Fundamentals, (unless waived by other
registration or certification) and the candidate must have four years of acceptable
professional safety experience.
When a candidate has successfully completed the Comprehensive Practice

Examination, they are designated a "Certified Safety Professional". The
Comprehensive Practice exam is divided into three sections. The three sections
are Collecting Safety, Health, Environmental and SecMty
Security Risk Information,
Assessing Safety, Health, Environmental and Security Risk and Managing Safety,
Health, Environmental and Security Risk.
The entire process of

of certification generally takes from 6 to 12 months. So don't
get in a hurry, you have plenty ofof time to PLAN your study program.
LJIIJIJUMJJ u LJIJJIIUILIW l IJJ.ULllJlWUIUJJl.MLMI L_.J.LL...J
Page 16 Copyright©2013
International Training, LLC
. . . L
------------ -------
Ii;\!''''"
Ki' H \ hi EHt UtlllU;_
Es § §n§ _"".'9'''_____________
il§§F.f£.Til.§:iN-tm*..;_\
CSP Self
llll mm l
Costs associated with the certification process are cumentlyt

currently:
....................................................... ................. ........... $ 160.00
Initial application fee.......................................................................................... I **•*
....... ...... ..... .............. .... . S

"Safety Fundamentals or ASP" examination fee............................................... * $ 350.00
......................... .... .. .............. .... ........... $ 140

ASP/GSP certification fee (annual) ................................................................... .00
140.00
"Comprehensive Practice" examination fee .....................................................
. . $ 35
011 0.00
350.00 n o 0 9 0 4 0
........................, .............. ................................ S

CSP certification fee (annual) ............................................................................ $ 150.00
The above information is accurate as of

of this printing. For more current
information, candidates should contact the Board at:
BOARD OF CERTIFIED SAFETY PROFESSIONALS
BCSP
2301 W. Bradley Avenue
Champaign, IL 61821
(217) 359-9263
(217) 359-0055
Fax (217)359-0055
www.bcsp.org
www.bcsp.org
lllllllllllI l llll H It I I l um II n Hll l l l l l l I l H HI ml Illllllll Illlllllll W l Illlllllllllllllll II nlllll
Copyright©2013
Copyrlght©ZO 13 SPAN International
Page 17
llllllllllll l l lllllll l I
"'":
/ - II
Self Sandy
IIIII III I I III l I I II
How to Select A Calculator

The CSP
cSP exams all require the use of a good scientific calculator. It is suggested
in the material distributed by the Board that the calculator has functions for
common logarithms, natural logarithms, trigonometric functions, powers and
roots.
On January 1,2004,
l, 2004, the calculator policy relating to examinations leading to the
Certified Safety Professional® (CSP®) designation changed. Those taldng
taking BCSP
examinations will be allowed to bring one or two calculators into die
the
examination~
examination, any calculator brought into the examination must be from the
:.* brands and models listed below.
•
..
A
Brand and Models

Texas Instruments: TI-30, TI-34, TI-35, TI-36
Casio: FX-115, FX-250, FX-260, FX-300

Casie:
Hewlett Packard: hp 9, hp 10, hp 12, hp 30
Different versions of the above brands and models will be permitted. For
example, the TI-30X IIS
lIS and hp 30s calculators will be allowed, as they are
versions of the permitted brands and models.
However, we believe you should be very selective in your decision on a calculator

for this study effort. Technology has brought the price of
of calculators down to a
very affordable figure.
figure. Unfortunately, not all manufacturers of calculators take the
time or effort to supply a decent set of instructions with the machine. With the
complex manipulation required to operate many of these calculators, a good
instruction manual is probably as important as the calculator itself. You will find
that the instruction manual can be a very good friend as you progress through the
CSP study material, especially if you do not use a calculator in your everyday
work.
1.
I. First, and most importantly, the calculator should have a well-illustrated
instruction manual. The manual should be large enough to read, not an
inch by an inch and a half. It should have examples of problems and
answers with illustrations.
A
.JJJUL...JJJJ ill WL..._l l LLI_l
Page 18 Copyrigbt©201 3 SPAN International Training,

.up
Ifl sJI'!
iii H §Illll'£'.;/.F~_Ii_3liCl!""" '_~,_________
§ as §w.¢.@¥e=;~».»~.m¢»n,., - * |
I

.I
CSP Self
lllllll IllllllllllllllllllllllI IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII III I I II IIIIIIIIIII l II II llllllIHllllllllllllllllllllllllllll I IIIII I II I I I

I llllllllllllllllllll l
2. In addition to the suggestions made by the Board, we believe the calculator

you select should have these functions (in order of
of importance):
• A statistical function capable of

of calculating mean, standard
deviation and correlation.
• A change sign function for numbers and exponents
.• A universal power function
• Scientific notation
•• Combinations, Permutations and Factorials
3. Lastly, the calculator should be large enough so that you can use it. Many
of
of the modem calculators have keys so small that it is almost impossible to
hit just one key.
key . You will be doing a considerable amount of of work during
this study effort, so make it as easy on yourself as you can.
can.
Obviously, many ofof the items on this list are personal preference. You should
evaluate these suggestions with respect to your own science and math skills and
determine which functions are the most important to you.
you, Let us explain why we
choose to include the functions listed above.
During your course of study, you will encounter several statistical problems
involving the calculation of standard deviation, both population and sample.
Determining standard deviation requires inaldng
making a table, determining absolute
values, squaring numbers, etc. In other words, a lot of of manipulation. Not the
thing you want to do on a five hour test that allows you a mute
minute and a half per
question ~ If
question! If your calculator will perform Mis
this function with a single key stroke
(after you input the data), that is the way to go.
LJ UJ lluuuuuJ_Lu w l L.L.LuLuwuL;Lu._wu
Copyright©2013
Copyrigbt©2013 SPAN International
Training, LLC Page
Page 19
19
I I
CSP Self
Illlllllll l
Likewise, coefficient of correlation calculations are very complicated and time

consuming to do with xX and y tables. Operations that take seconds on a good
calculator may require five or more minutes to set up on paper. It is just good
time management to obtain a machine to do the work for you. Additionally, you
save a lot of
of memory effort by not having to worry about applying the correct
formula.
The same rationale holds true for scientific notation, combinations, permutations
and factorials. The problems involving probability and reliability all require use
of
of these tools,
tools; some to a greater extent than others. Again, why not let the
machine do the work for you.
.
r
`*.s
.. There are a selected number of calculators that will serve you well during your
CSP study effort. SPAN International Training Safety Workshops includes the
TI-30X liS
IIS series calculator as part of the workshop because it has an adequate
instruction booklet, performs all the required functions, is easy to use and read
and, should you wish to buy a spare, it can purchased through SPAN for $20.
I
l uuu IUWJLJJ I
I U.U
i Page 20
Page Copyright©2013
""!':tlt:7;~lI1"#"':;I!\',, ______,_,__
HE 'i§{~E!L&I?*§'£;$s*!=lem<m-==.¢=..-,
. _ _ -
Hllllllllll HIllllllllllllllllllllllllllll II Ill I I l I I I I I II II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Exam References
The Board of Certified Safety Professionals (BCSP) provides a small pamphlet
entitled "Examination Guide". In this pamphlet several pages are devoted to the
subject of
of study references. There are 94 references listed for the Comprehensive
Practices examination. However, it has been our experience that tNefollowing
the following
nine references are the ones that have proven to be the most valuable to safety one
practitioners studying for this exam
exam.
------
Reference
I I
NSC Accident Prevention Manual for Business & Industry, Administration and Programs,
13 th Edition (1)
NSC Accident Prevention Manual for Business & Industry, Engineering and Technology,
13th Edition (2)
NSC Accident Prevention Manual for Business & Industry, Environmental Management, 2nd
Edition (3)
ISafety and Health for Engineers (8)

IFire Protection Handbook, 2008 Edition, National Fire Protection Assn. (5)
nd
1**Product Safety Management and Engineering.. 2 Edition (7)
INSC Fundamentals of Industrial Hygiene, 5iJi Edition (4)
1**Chemistry of Hazardous Materia]s, 3rd Edition (6)
(*) Reference numbers refer to the listing of material shown below.

below
** Indicates references not specifically suggested by BCSP
** BCSP.
lllu llllllll IIII II IIIIIIIIIIIIIII II II I I I I I I III I I II II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II IIIIII
Copyright©2013
International Training, LLC Page 21
CSP Self
ill l l I I I l l l l llll II III IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I I llll llll IIIII llllIIIIIIIIIII
Suggested References
1. Accident Prevention Manual for for Business and Industry,
Industry, Administration and
Programs (13th Edition).
Edition). National Safety Council (NSC). This is volume
one of two in the latest series of
of Accident Prevention Manuals produced by
NSC. It represents a combined effort of many authors but is assembled in a
standardized manner that is very logical and prevents duplication or
conflicting theories. It is truly an exceptional text. Things are changing in
safety and health so fast the most current is always the best, so really try to
the 11th
get die 10th and 11th
l lth Edition. The 10thh l l t h Editions are also very useful but the
12th has been restructured and is more current. Try to obtain the 12th
Edition if possible. You may order this book from NSC, Itasca, Ill. 1-800- 1-800
... 621-7615. Website: www.nsc.org
...
.Q
"
».
2. Accident Manual for

Accident Prevention Manual for Business and Industry, Engineering
Engineering and
Technology (13th Edition). National Safety Council
Council (NSC). This is the old
stand-by Accident Manual many of
Accident Prevention Manual of us cut
cut our teeth on, with a
new name. ItIt is the second volume in a two volume set. The 10th th
10 and l11l"'th
Editions are also very useful but the 12th has been restructured and is more
Editions
current. You may order this book from
from NSC, Itasca, Ill. 1-800-621-7615.
Website: www.nsc.org
3. Accident Prevention Manualfor

Manual for Business and Industry,
Industry, Environmental
Management (2nd Edition).
Edition). National Safety Council (NSC). This book is
organized into three general parts: (I) General Framework, (II)
(TI) Waste
Management, and (III) Special Concerns. This is the forth volume in a four
volume set. You may order this book from NSC, Itasca, Ill.ill. 1-800-621-
1-800-621
7615. Website: www.nsc.or,<z
www.nsc.org
4. Fundamentals of ofIndustrial
lndustrial Hygiene (5th Edition).
Edition). National Safety Council.
This is an exceptional text with rewritten chapters on The Skin and
1 Occupational Dermatoses, Nonionizing Radiation, Thermal Stress,
Biological Hazards, General Ventilation, and Occupational Health Nursing.
The third and fourth editions are also acceptable, but I would steer away
2nd or 1lSlst Edition for your CSP study. You may order this book
from the 2nd
from NSC, Itasca, Ill. TIL 1-800-621-7615. Website: www.nsc.org
1.
l llllllllllllll I I W l ulll I n IlllllI II uI mIIH llllllllllllllllllllllll IL l I | up
Page 22 Copyright©201 3 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 International Training, LLC
~~ ...... ~":.~~-, .. -- .. ..... -- ..

l
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CSP Self
.
.
.
l l n H u n lulnllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll II n u III I I I I I I I I I I I II II II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II IIII I l l I l l n H llllllllllllllllllllll l H I l
All of
of the NSC publications are available at the larger libraries and many safety
offices have several copies. They are expensive, so if you do not have ready
access to a copy, it would be worthwhile to look around a bit. You might even
try approaching the local safety council. Many times they will lend you a set for
an extended basis. Also some American Society of of Safety Engineers (ASSE)
chapters have a library. Plus, many of the American Industrial Hygiene
Association local sections have excellent libraries.
1. Fire Protection Handbook (2008 Edition).

Edition). National Fire Protection
Association. This is an outstanding reference book covering many other
areas of mishap prevention in addition to fire
fIfe prevention and protection.
th
The 16th
16 edition or later are acceptable. Order from the NFP A, Quincy,
NFPA,
Ma., 1-617-770-3000. Website: www.nfpa.org
nd
2. Chemistry of Hazardous Materials by Eugene Meyer (2
ofHazardous (2""' to 4rh
4th edition).
Prentice-Hall, Inc. This is the best text around if you need some
elementary instruction on applied chemistry in the safety and fire fIfe field.
field.
WritteN for the fire service, the book is readily available in almost all fire
Written fIfe
departments. Should you have to purchase the book it is relatively
inexpensive and makes an excellent desk reference. If H you need some
chemistry help, this is the one. You may order this book from Prentice
Prentice-
Hall, Englewood Cliffs, N.J.,
NJ., 1-800-947-7700.
3. Product Safety Management and Engineering (2nd Edition) by Willie

Hammer. American Society of Safety Engineers. A fairly new book on the
Hammer.
market that is just exactly what you need for the product safety and system
safety portions of the CSP examination. The quality is superior, a well
written book. Mr. Hammer had a unique method of allowing us us to grasp
and understand the difficult concepts involved in product safety. The
system safety sections are also excellent. Nice section on sneak-circuit
analysis. Order from ASSE 1-847-699-2929. Website: www.asse.or.g
www.asse.org
4. Safety and Health for

for Engineers by Roger Brauer.
Brayer. American Society of
Safety Engineers. Written by the Technical Director of the Board of
Certified Safety Professionals. The information covered in this publication
ranges from line safety through management. Order from ASSE 1-847-
1-847
699-2929. Website: www.asse.org
u LJ.lJ_J - , - . , 1 mnuwl

llll l l II W NW l |-
II
International Training Safety Workshops
SPAN International
CSP Self
I ul II l I I I u
Many ofof these publications can be ordered online via websites such as
Amazon.com, Bamesandnoble.com, etc. If you shop around, you may be able to
Amazon.com, Bamesandnoble.com,
find some good deals on these books. However, be careful to read about the
availability of
of these items for shipment. It won't do you much good to buy the
NFPA Fire Protection Handbook for $50 if it won't be shipped for 6 - 8 weeks and
your test is scheduled for next month.
The purpose of our home study workbook is to give direction to your study effort.
The book does a good job of narrowing down the enormous amount of of material
that you could be tested on. However, knowing what to study is not enough. You
must also study the right material. That is, the right reference material. Finding
.*:: the right books to study from is probably the most important single element in
as
developing your study plan. So take some time and do it right.
Some other references that may be useful in your studies include the following:
following:
• ACGIH Industrial Ventilation Handbook,

ACGIH Industrial Manual of
Handbook, Manual Recommended
ofRecommended
Practices, American Conference ofof Governmental Industrial
Industrial Hygienists
Hygienists
www.acgih.org
.• Commercial Driver License (CDL) Manual, from

from your
your State
Department of
of Highway
Highway '
The Dictionary of
• The of terms used in the Safely
Safety Profession, American
Society of
of Safety Engineers, www.asse.org
• Threshold
Threshold Limit Values and Biological
Biological Exposure Indices, American
American
. Conference of
of Governmental Industrial Hygienists, www.acgih.org
www.acgih.or2
However, we do believe that the majority of the information you need to pass the
CSP Safety Fundamentals exam is contained in the nine suggested references.
I I I l L |,_ IU I I l l LLI

Training, LLC
~..., N·i1:f '··1 2' t tr·~~'1L:§~:·K~fS.'g.~·Q;,.~·~

HI i i i QE I I lar.1£L;i¢!!€reti §'.!:lE3E=2.:la-.1a=:=Iw _ _ _ _ _ __
CSP Self
Comprehensive Practice Examination Weighting of
Areasll
Subject Areas
Comprehensive Practice Examination
Sec ISection
Section Title %
%
,----
Collecting Safety, Health, Environmental and Security Risk
'Collecting
1 28.6
I
Information
2 Assessing Safety, Health, Environmental and Security Risk
'---2--IAssessing 36.6
3 Managing Safety, Health, Environmental and Security Risk
IManaging 34.8
The Comprehensive Practice Examination was designed to test applied

knowledge and the application ofof experience gained through professional
practice. The examination requires a greater depth of knowledge than what is
required in the Safety Fundamentals Examination. The computerized test
consists of
of 200 questions.-You
questions.- You are allowed 6 consecutive hours to complete all
questions. Laminated scratch paper (White Board)
Board) and a marker will be
provided by the testing service. You must provide your own calculators (two
allowed). After
Mter you finish the computerized examination, you will receive an
immediate pass-fail grade. A detailed score report, sample shown on next page,
will be mailed to you from the BCSP. As of this printing the passing score for
this examination is 55-63%.
I I I III I I II I I I I III I I I I Illlml1l.Li.L&.l.l.l.u11

Training, LLC Page2S
Page 25
CSP Self
mwwwlu
WI W II II lnlulllHI I I l
CSP Examination Breakdown
DomainlResponsibility
Domain/Responsibility MAX%
MAX% YOUR%
YOUR%
Overall Examination 100.0 72.7
Domain 1. Collecting SHE&SR

SHE&SR Information 28.6 22.2
Task 1. 10.0 '7.2
7.2
Task 2. 6.2 5.0
Task
Task 3. 6.2 4.4
.......
1.
,*
.*
ac
4•
Task 4. 6.2 5.6
Domain 2. A$essing
Assessing SHE&SR 36.6 24.4
Task 1. 15.6 10.0
Task 2. 11.0 7.7
Task 3. 10.0 6.7
Domain 3. Managing SHE &SR 34.8 26.1

26.1
Task 1. 10.0 7.2
Task 2. I
8.9 6.7
Task 3. 1
7.2 5.5
Task 4. 8.9 6.7
ll\lllllllllllll HIHH l l uu.uuu__I UJLUJLJ. UIUUUIUUUIUU..
Page 26 International Training,

Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
'H -I--»-.... al
ran L £5! 2~~X ii-.·!&'1!i:·li

~.·~I'~· ' * * l a ' ....¥ ¢ :It_ .B. .I. &
. "."q
_ l..,'...
* 1 _ _ _, _ . _
SPAN International
About the Computer

About Examination
Computer Examination
One major goal of the BCSP is to offer certification examinations with a high
degree of validity and reliability to promote a fair assessment of a candidate's
competency as a safety and health practitioner. In support of this goal, computer
ASP/CSP certification was implemented early in 1997. The change
testing for the ASPICSP
to computer testing offered considerable additional flexibility and convenience for
candidates.
Testing on computer is performed at Pearson VUE Testing Centers. Each test

mUltiple choice questions. Examinations can be taken most
consists of 200 multiple
business days at numerous locations throughout the world. Many locations also
have evening and Saturday hours. One great benefit of this improved system is
finish the computer examination you
immediate test grading. As soon as you finish
maiL
fail grade. Later, a more detailed result sheet is sent via mail.
receive a pass or fail
Once a candidate has been approved and considered eligible by the Board of
Certified Safety Professionals (BCSP) and has paid the examination fee ($350),
the Board will curtail voucJ:ler. Once you receive the test voucher, you
mail a testing voucher.
have 120 days to arrange for an actual examination date. Arrangements are made
directly with Pearson VUE via on-line or via the national 800 phone number.
Some Pearson VUE Testing Centers are busierbusier than others, so try to schedule .
if you can.
early if
At the Pearson VUE centers, a candidate signs in, presents identifications and is
seated at a computer workstation. The center provides one sheet of laminated
paper and a marker. 'If ere is a short orientation and practice program to acquaint
There
you with the examination procedure and then the test begins. A small clock in the
finish
comer of the monitor screen keeps track of the remaining time. When you finish
grade.
fail glade.
the examination you will immediately receive a pass or fail
CopyrlghI©2013 Training, LLC

International Trainkig,
Copyrlght©201 3 SPAN International Page 27
I l l l l l l l l l _ - l l l -11111
I
I
CSP Self
I l I I I I I II I I I I I
Questions from Students on the Computer

Computer Exam
NOTE: Remember the best and most current source of information

infonnation on procedures
and policies for the computer test is directly from the BCSP at (217) 359-9263, Fax
(217) 359-0055.
Question How do the questions appear on the computer screen? How do I

make answer selections? Can I back up or mark questions so that
that. I
can come?
Can
Q.
Answer Examination questions appear one at a time and look very similar to
.;
.'"
-I the questions in the workbook. With a mouse or keys, the candidate
selects the preferred answer and moves on to the next question. You
can also mark questions for further review or skip them and come
back. After the last question, a list appears and shows item numbers,
answers selected and questions marked or skipped. The computer
test is very friendly - you do not have to be computer literate to take
this exam.
Question
Question Can you bring food or drinks into the exam room?
Answer No. They give you a small locker to put all your things in, including
snacks, purses, watches, etc. You may or may not be allowed access
mayor
to your locker.
Question What can you take into the exam room?
Answer Only your calculator(s) and ID cards. Everything else must go into
your locker. You can take two calculatoxs
calculators into the exam.
exam.
lllll I III ILMLJ I LJ l lL_..uL...L_llJIIILuuLl.ll
Page 28
Page2S Copyright(C)2013 SPAN International Training,
~9'~
M t~!fc:\f;1io
? T . " 3 ' Y ! " 3... { ¢l&!E'5 1114fc
¢ . .2
.·:..··........
l l » l ¢ . ""'_
-an _.., _•.__ _
CSP Self
Question What is furnished in the exam cubicle?
Answer One laminated sheet of paper, one marker and the computer
monitor, keyboard and mouse.
Question
Question What is the workstation/cubicle like?
Answer Generally very nice, although this may vary with different
Pearson VUE Centers. Cubicles are large, with a desktop
about 3'x 4', excellent lighting, very quiet, with comfortable
padded chairs (adjustable).
(adjustable), The keyboard and mouse take up
all space in front of
of the monitor, so calculations must be done
t
off to the side. Our chairs were on rollers, so we could move
off
around easily.
Question Are there any children in the exam room?
Answer No. The room is for adult testing only. All children activities
are in separate areas of
of the Pearson VUE Center.
Question How many other people are in the room?
Answer There are multiple workstations in the exam room. The

number of people varies with time and day. The proctor has a
view of Me
the entire room (via glass window and comer mirrors
on the ceiling, plus being taped by video and audio
monitoring).
Question Can you take breaks?
Answer Yes, as many and as often as you want. However, the clock
keeps running and you must sign out and in each time. You
must have a finger print check each time you leave and go
back in. You can walk around, go to the restroom and even go
to the break room.
wxlulwllwL...1 lulllllllllluuuuuuu1J.L...LJ W LBJ Illllllll I I l \ll\l \l l l l l l l l l II uIuLlllu.LulllL.Julnnml»

lllllllll

I
i
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook
Workbook Volume I
H I l II
Question Do you need ID's?
Answer You need one ID: with your photo and signature. They also take
your photograph and a finger print during sign-in.
Question Do you need your Authorization letter?
Answer They usually don't ask, but take it just in case.

case. You will need the ID
number when you call to schedule your appointment.
. Question
h
Can you schedule the exam any time?

,,"
-I
1
A
Answer No. They usually have certain times set aside for professional exams.
Book your slot several weeks in advance to get the time and day you
want.
Question Is there enough time to finish the exam?
Answer This is very subjective. We found there was plenty of time to finish
and have review time, but we've talked to other people who haven't
finished. The time per question (1.65
finished. ( 1.65 minutes) is the same as the
written exam and we found the computer not to be a factor in this
area.
Question Are there graphs to interpret? How are the graphics?
Answer Yes, there are a limited number of graphs to read. They are a little
harder to read on the screen, but not much. Graphics are pretty
good.
I II Ill l I I l II, l l

il'\."'-l;V8g·'EII~!'.:ii:"','II··~':!F9: __
i § I ¥ 1 bY Et i f t f r r n ii l . z £ ! r""~
u ~_ _ _ _ _ __
°a n»;.-
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook
Workbook Volume I
General Comments:
General
We found the computer exam to be a positive, convenient way to take the exam.
The Pearson VUE people were friendly and helpful. The cubicles were quiet and
well lit. The chairs were comfortable. There was plenty of table space and the
computer was user friendly and non-threatening.
This information is based on a limited number of exams and Pearson VUE

centers. Conditions may vary considerably between testing locations. Feedback
from you on your testing experience will help us keep this information current and
accurate. Please call us at 1-888-589-6757. We greatly appreciate your feedback.
feedback.
A listing of Pearson VUE center locations is on the BCSP web site or by calling
or faxing the Board of Certified Safety Professionals.
Good Luck on your exam!
Pearson VUE Testing Center Locations
For worldwide locations, look at the web site www.pearsonvue.com.
For all areas not listed, contact the BCSP for testing information.
infonnation.
I l I I I I I I II l I III II l u II I l lllll III I I III I II I I I llll [II I IIIlu1lull II
Copyright©2013
Page
CSP Self l I I l lllllllll I l I l lllllllll III II II I I I III lllllllllIIIIIIIIIII I II II III II I II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I I lH 1\1111\11111111111111 HIIIIIIIIH Ills l I III I
Notes
....
l.
.
-.
...1
A
Jwwwwu l n mlmn lllllllllllllllllu

Training, LLC
CSP Self
I l
and Science Introduction

Math and Introduction
The Math and Science pant
part of the workbook provides a foundation review. It is
designed to allow you to become familiar with performing calculations similar to
the ones encountered on the Comprehensive Practice examination. Additionally.
Additionally,
some elementary science concepts will be reviewed. You are reminded that this is
not a basic introductory text,
text. this part of the workbook is designed as a refresher
for concepts you have already mastered. This part of the workbook is separated
into die
the following broad areas:
Conversions are an important part of

of the process used in solving many of
of the
problems encountered on the CSP exams, several pages are devoted to the process
using the Unit Conversion method.
The Math
Math Review section provides a review of
of information dealing with the
application tested on the ASP exam.
Engineering
Engineering Economy deals with calculations involving the "time value"
value" of
money.
The Statistics section contains sample problems involving standard deviation

calculations, Z~scores,
Z-scores, coefficients of variance and correlation,
correlation. the Poisson
distribution and the t-»distribution.
t-distribution.
A short Chemistry
Chemistry section discusses some of
of the christly
chemistry concepts that may be
tested on due
the exam.
An Equations Section listing the equations that have historically been used most
often on the examination can be found in the front of volume two. All the terms
temps
used in the formulas are fully defined and we are sure you will find this a most
useful section as you proceed through the workbook. We encourage you to refer
to it often.
llllllllllllllllllllll I HH l \lll\lllllllllllll II Illlllllllllllllllllll l I l Illllllll IIIHH Illllllll I llllllllllllllI LJ I Illlllllllllll l l l III1IU1IIMMW

Training, LLC Page
Page 33
-r-w-q.q-

SPAN International Workshops
Self Study Workbook

CSP Self Workbook Volume I
l I I uIIlllllllllll ill I Illlllllllllllllll IH IOU l llllII IIIII m llllnlll vmmrwm I ll1ll1lllllIMIIlllMHHHHl l HW u l H HHHH
Calculator
Calculator Warm-up Exercises
Exercises
Solve the following using your calculator. Note:
Note: Solutions and screen display for
the TI-30X IIS
lIS are on pages
pages 2-3 and 2-4.
11.
• Calculate $69.95 - 10% discount = .......................
... ... ....................................
............................._
...... _ __
4 o
2.
2 |
Calculate 14 X ... .............. .........................
x 356 ....................... . .. .. ........ . ... . . ...........
. .. .. . . . . .. . .. ... .. . ...................... . .. ... .. - - -
• Q * • * I • 9
33.
I
Calculate n
It x 3.62 ..... ....•......... ......................
3.62....................... .................... ......................
..... ............................
......... ..- - -
an 0 • • Of *
.
I
.;
""
x6 2
(l
4.
4 I Calculate 2-J96 ) ............... .......................
.1
2 X 2 . ... ... . . .. . .. . ...... .... . . ... . ... .. .. ... .. ... ... ......
Q S ........... .. ...................... ................... .
55.. C alculate 54.

Calculate 54.87
87 .. ... ................... ...... .... .... . . .. ........... ........ .... . . .. .... ...
...................... ...................... ...... ••.•....•••••• .............. ••••. * ---
4. ..J2535 .......................
.. ...... ..................................
............................................
........... ....................-
...... .. - -
87
6
6. • Calculate 4.87112535 0
77. 0
............................................
Calculate log 15.32....................... . .... * ..... ................. - - -
............................................ Q * » • * »• I * *
8
8. 9
...... ........ ...........................
10glO 2.......................
Calculate 90 + 16.61 xX 10810 .............. ......................
.............. _ _ __
0 ** *
9.
9 • .5 .......................
Calculate 11 - ee--2.5
2
......... ...... ......................... ......... .. ......................-
... ....... .... ......................... .......... .. - -
* * • -Q v i ! no an *
10. Calculate 45-l ........... ................................

45- 1 ...................... .................... ....................-
....... ............ ....................... .... .. . . - -
* • * * 0 4 • * o • 5 *
as
1J.J HH llllll I Ill Il l l II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I llllllll IIIIIlmlhlm I ILIIll I l I llll up I III I ill
Page 34 Copyrigbt© 2013 SPAN International

Internation al rraining,
--...-..»..,.-.._.____..._.
CSP Self
11
11. Calculate
Calculate .............................................................._ _ __
* Q I I I D I . U * * * l § l ! \ l i ' * . C * * l ¢ * C . . Q . i . \ * " ' . l l . l * * * i C * * l * * ¢ * * O U * * * * '
45
1/2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12. Calculate (64)
(64)112 ................................. ........................._ _ __
t o * . *
13. . . . .. .... ...... . ....... ............ . .. .... ....... .... .... ......... . . _ _ __
Calculate sine 30 ................................................................................ • * * ** •
14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . .. . .. . . ... . . .. . ... .. .. . . . _ _ __
Calculate arcsine of 0.5 ...................................................................... 0 p a

- _
(4x5)
15. Calculate (4x5)
Calculate .............................................................................
(5x4) ...........
......... ........ .............. ......... . .... . . .. ... . . .
* O O a 0 1 -0- • I s l e
(5x4)
70+50
16. Calculate 12
Calculate 12
............................................................................. - - - -
i t s a l l l 0 0 9 » Q l . . l l § l 0 » » ¢ l » l » ¢ 1 ¢ . 0 ¢ O t i i i b l l 0 0 I O . 6 o 1 l d ¢ ¢ l » » » l * l o . 0 O » » l 1 l ¢ Q » » ¢ 5 0 l
5 x5
5x5
17. J 4.5 x 2 .......................................................................... _ __
Calculate ~/4.5 ¢ 0 » » » 1 » » ¢ a ¢ » » n o » o ¢ n n i o o o o e 1 a a u a t s » a t » » » » » 0 t & ¢ o » 1 s s a t b 6 o 0 » ¢ » » ¢ ¢ ¢ o » ¢ ¢ * » ¢ » ¢ ¢ g

All:
Calculate 14 -:-. 12-:-. l. ~ . 1

Al-»
¢I~.a
wllha
na-»
E.
2.
18.
p+
O
an
of!
.|.
.kg
3-:- 4-:- 8············································· .. _____

G)
O
Note: Rounding of numbers for the examination is not a problem. Due to the I
differences in calculator
calculator accuracy, the test will use approximate answers that
will not be affected by reasonable rounding errors.
l LLLUJI
Copyright©2013
Page3S
CSP Self
Illllllll I II I l lllllllllllll I I I I III I I I I I I llll I lllllllllll II llll Illlll lllllll Hl lllllllllllll lllll lllllmml lllllllll I I I II IIIIIIIIIIII
Answers
Calculator Answers
11.. Calculate $69.95 - 10% discount = ............... ......... .......... ...... ............ $62
=.......................................................... .96
$62.96 • * 9 •
On the TI: 69.95 - 10% x 69.95
2
2.. . .............. ..... ............ ......................... ..........4984
x 356........................................................................................
Calculate 14 X D
4984 A •
=
x 356 =
On the TI: 14 X
Calculate 'II 2 ...... ...... ............................ ............................................ 40.72

X 3.6 ........................................................................................
2
33.
• 1t x .
2
On the TI: 1: 3.6 =
1t x 3.62
.. 44.
41
Ct
[
Calculate ~
X62
l ) ........................................................................................
.. ........... ............. ..... .. . .... .............. ..... ....... .. .................
...... 6
JH _
5 * a I 1 ¢ . .u *
2
On TI: (1_J2x
On the TI: 6 ) I (-./9) =
(LJ2 x 62)/(~19)=
4 7 ..................... ............ ...... .. .. ...................................... .....

Calculate 5 .887........................................................................................
4.
55.
• ....... 2535 I o f » 1
On the TI;
TI: 5 A4.87 =
5/\4.87
6.
6 1 4.87~2535 ........................................................................................
Calculate '*~8*'~l2535 ..................... ... ......... .. .. ..... .................. ......... .............. 5
* * s a * aw: 4 * • 9.- 9
On the TI: x~/(2535) =

TI: 4.87 1.",,(2535) =
7.•
7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19
Calculate log 15.32 ....................................................................................... as •
logl5.32 =
On the TI: log15.32 =
88.
u Calculate 90 + 16.61 X 10g10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ .. 95
10glO 2 ....................................................................... • * Q G e o
x log 2 =
On the TI: 90 + 16.61 xlog2=
OntheT]:90+
-2.5
9..
9 Calculate 1l -- ee,2.5 ........................................................................................... 0.92
O t t s a o b o l a 1 s 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 . 0 0 0 Q 1 t O § ¢ 0 » . | » o ¢ ¢ a ¢ » o ¢ ¢ 0 » » o » s Q . 0 » 6 § » Q O O l . ¢ 1 u p 9 0 0 0 i a 1 a u n , » » » ¢ 0 . » | » | » a 1 Q 0 . 0 ¢ 0
TI:• It - e*-2
On thee Tl| 5-
e"-2.5 = l
-1
10.
1O. 45 .............................................................................................. 0.022
Calculate 45'1
On the TI: 45/\-1 45. 1 =
45 A-I or 45" ==
l II I II l
.•
Page 36 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training,

lllll lllllll llllllllllllllll
I
Lu
... .
...
CSP Self
11
11. Calculate - ...............................................................................................0.022
11. 0 . 0 l i ¢ . O Q i l 1 ¢ & ¢ O b 0 0 l 0 ¢ 1 6 ¢ 1 l 0 . l l * l O l l l l l l D O O l l l l 1 O C O O O \ 1 0 0 I U O 0 & l b 1 0 i i 1 0 t i b i i i i i l i i q . Q 0 l 1 4 Q I 0 l . l 0
45
OntheTI
On the TI:. 1/45 =
0
II
12. Calculate (64)l/2
12. ............................ ....... ............ ............ ................................8
(64)1/2................................................................................................... s o * \
On the TI:
TI: 64/1(I 64/\ Ll2
I2) or 64/*
641\(1/2) LJ2 =
13. Calculate sine 30..............................................................................................

13. ................................... ............................... ....... ...........0.5 Q I 11 *
On the TI:
TI: sin30 =
14. Calculate arcsine of 0.5 ....................................................................................30

14. a n ¢ l » » 0 o a u v o l n s l n é o n a r o n u e v l r b b a i a o o o r a o v o o s u o n o e u o b t b o s 1 1 u o o o o e a o 1 a o b 1 » a ¢ . : » ¢ » ¢ o » » a l » o » \ » l a
On the TI: sin-I 0.5 =

TI: sin =
(4 x5)
(4x5)
15.
15. Calculate .............................................................................................. 1
s o s s l o o n s a o v a n a o o o o » ¢ » l Q » » » . » 1 o o o ¢ » » » s » o 0 . 1 n o o o : s u n t : t a s a a g o u u o t t o o a a p b l l l a s t . . a . ¢ 0 ¢ » o l » o ¢ u ¢ . » o ¢
x 4)
(5x4)
(5
(4 x 5) I (5 x 4) =
On the TI:.(4X5)/(Sx4)
OntheTI
II
70+50
12
16. Calculate
16. 12 ...............................................................................................
n o » » » ¢ ¢ 6 ¢ ¢ » » a n a h o w . s . 0 0 s » a » a a ¢ » ¢ » l ¢ o b a s a n o o n » o ¢ » ¢ » l ¢ ¢ ¢ » » » Q 6 . i t 1 u 9 0 9 0 b i o t W i t t o o d . 9 ¢ § ¢ ¢ ¢ 0 ¢ » o . \ 0.4
55x5
x5
On the TI
TI: (00 + 50)
«70 -1- (5 x 5)
/ 12) I/ (5
50) 112) 5)
II
17. Calculate ..Jl4.5

17. 4.5 x X 2 ........................................................................................ 3
a n t o e i o o t i i l i o o o s o o a w v r v i o t n a s s v o o o . . Q v o n i t s o o n a a a u s s o e o o a o o l a o o a b t b e o o a u s i a a n l l o b i a a w t b
On the H
TI: ~I(4.5 2) =
"';(4.5 x 2) •
II
18.
18. Calculate 2 + §~ + §~ + i1 1 2
i3 7
+ z ++ §~.......................................................................................
........................ ........................... ........ ................. 1.143 Q
On the TI:
TI: LJ41 LJ2/2-13/3-1417-18 = lu
1_l4/ L12/2_13/3_l4/7_l8= In FE
11,1 1/7 F 4 ..b D:>
D => 1.143
H l lllllllllllllllllll I nun I w lllllllll\l\ll II l w Il l l l l u n l lllnlnlllllII II Illlllllllllll I llnlnlllll I I I I I IIII IIIIIIIIIII I I II I I I II I I I I I II IIIII I I H llllllllllllll I WH llll l m - 1 1 1 1 I WINU 11U1-l
Training, LLC
Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, Page 37
3'
as
,
q
,/
J l
.
CSP Self
¢Self Study Workbook Volume I
~'
I l l l l
I l l
'l·
.r
uf
*I
Equations Most Often Used on the CSP Exam

Trigonometric Functions
Tnlgonomelrie Notes
c
a
3
Ace::
b
.
A
.A
.-. 2
1
2
3 +b
a =c2
.
sin A = a
a
s1nA=-
c
C
b
OS A = b
ccos
c
C
a
TanA=
Tan A a
b
"~
."j
l.l. l w I LULJ._l I
Page 38 Copyright©2013 SPAN International

(:opyright©2013 International Training,
Training, LLC
---
Ii~ I1;,
l • • I·'I::t·:...g:!f;'.~'i:_.·':2:"':ii:·J;-:le:.~~.' _ _ _" ' _ _ _ __
- 1 -
s-

l Self Study Workbook Volume I
CSP Self
Probability
Statistics & Probability Notes
X - c
x-~
=
tt= " Pa n '\In
§s
It t-score
X mean
uJl mean
§
S = standard deviation
n of data points
= number of
zZ= x- u
X Jl
ocr
L
z z-score
X individual data point
= individual
uJl mean
0
0' standard deviation
I
P(I~) = (lt)'
Per) = (Atr e-e At
,u
l r!
p
P poisson distribution
r of observed events or rate
number of
X
A = expected number of events or baseline
t = time
I I II I t llllllllll.l
Training, LLC
Copyright©Z013 Page 39
Page 39

CSP Self
I lllllllIIIIIIII I II lIIIIIIIIIIII II I I I Illll
I
...
Yr
Reliability
Reliability Notes
I Pf PI ==11-- R(
Re)t ) I
Pr
Pf = Probability (failure)
R(t) = Reliability (0
(t)
..
41
;I
an
R(t)=e·"=e-~
R(t) = 6-L= e in
t
I
4
R(t)
Re) = Reliability
Reliability (I)
(t)
II
e = 2.71828
II
x
A. = The Failure rate (reciprocal of Mean Time Between Failure)
Failure)
II
t = A specified period of
of failure free operation
II
m = Mean Time To Failure or Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF)
II
Mechanics
Mechanics
I F=~
F =iN J
F = Force required
I !.l
p = Coefficient of friction
N = Normal weight
I F,d, ::= Eds

Ed, F,d, I
F = Force
d = Distance
up uuJ.u..u.ll W lILulllllllmLl.u
Page 40 Copyright@2013 SPAN International

Training, LLC
t•••.
F. _
\ I ii
..._ Q
It
... ·'&
1 ~alr¢.|:-- * -. ...... .. ... ...._...
_ , _ ,........ ,~.,_. _. __ . __ _
CSP Self
II lllll Q
Mechanics Notes
r
I
+at-- ]
v=vo +at
v=v0
vy = Final velocity
u n l -
ll
v 00
V = Initial velocity
an-
a = Acceleration
t = Time taken
In-nu
nunlnv
IA-
s=v0
s=v tt+
+
ae
at"
o 22
vO0 = Initial velocity
\11.11.111
s = Distance traveled
-
a = Acceleration
www
st = Time taken
anno
-un-
I V2 2
V' == vV: +2as
+ 2as
0
I
v
V -=
Mullin
Final velocity
vo0 = Initial Velocity
sS = Distance traveled
a = Acceleration
um#
um
K.E. = my
K.E.= mv
. 2
K.E. ::= Kinetic Energy

m = mass
v
V === velocity (ft/sec)
(ftlsee)
ll l I l l u n Hllllllllllllllllll\l l I l I n Hll l l \l \l \l l \l l I al II II I IW Illlllllllllllll I\\lllll II lW lllllll l l l l _ l l l

lIIIIIIlIIIIIII
l l l I lllll
I IIIIII111111l I IIILI
Copyright@2013 SPAN International

Page
m f _ '
CSP Self l1 l l l I I I
Electricity Notes
I V=IR
V=IR
I
vV = Voltage
I
= Current
Current (Amperage)
(Amperage)
I R = Resistance (Ohms)
.
.
.: I
. 4
I
l.
P=VI
P = VI
P = Power (Watts)
I (Amperage)
= Current (Amperage)
V = Voltage
2!
I I
=!
1
l
RSERlES
R =RR,, ++RR 2z .l...._l.R
SERIES = +... + RNN
R = Resistance (Ohms)
1 1 1 1
- - - ==- ++- ++...+
... + -
R pARAllEL
RPARAU..EL R}
R1 R2 RN
RN
R = Resistance (Ohms)
.
I
L_lJ L_l.1 LU I-I
Page 42 Copyright©2013 SPAN International~Training,

Copyright©2013 International-Training, LLC
V"
-T
U . I-
!5-§,.•
§ §fi ! is'
I-Il i ! E Iii nIi ziI'"'5·iII1.:iI!i'·l(:·)I;
a n ¢ » » ="',.. . l . .-:....,_.._.
. . . . - _ ._ _..
._ . .__
l _ _ I
SPAN
CSP Self
. ..
.. . .
Laws
Gas Laws Notes
PV : nRT
PV=nRT
P = Pressure
V = Volume
n = Number of Moles
R = Constant
T = Temperature
Temperature
11v_pv
~Vl _ P22 V22
~ T
T22
P = Pressure
V
V = Volume
T == Temperature
Note: This is known as the Combined gas law
Hydrostatics &
& Hydraulics
i
I Q22
Q
I
I
~v == 891d4
Pa 891d4
P
Pav = Pressure velocity (psi)
Q
Q = flow rate (gpm)
d = internal diameter in inches

Page
CSP Self
n u u Ill lllllllllllllllllllll n H l I I l I n u Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll l II ml l l l IW lllllllllllllllllHl\llll\ll uII umlllulululmlnmIIlnlnm1lHI
Ventilation Notes
(s _ R2 )0.54
_ [(S_R,)"54]
Q, -Q. (s
QUO =Q,
= Flow (rpm)
--
_ R1)0.54
(S _R.)"54
(gpm)
[ 1
Q
S -= Static pressure (psi)
R = Residual pressure
-
he
pressure (psi)
P=(~)'
.
p=l§T
:*
.... I
~
.
P = Pressure (psi)
-an
Q = (gpm)
_ Flow (rpm)
.How
K = the orifice discharge

willnur
al
coefficient (constant)
(constant)
Q,
Q 1
- ~
R - _
Q
QUO2
= F,
P2
Q =
_ Flow (gpm)
(rpm)
P = Pressure differential (S -- R)
-nu#
i v
P = 4.52 Q
in.-»
Q1.85
1.85
Pdd U n a
Cl. d
d 4.81
85
Cl.85 4.87
P
Pdd = Pressure drop -- psi/ft
-M
psilft
Q = Flow (gpm)
l a p
-= coefficient of
of roughness (pipe)
C
d = internal diameter in inches
alumna
l lllllJ
UMIIMLJJJ I H u num l n Ill I
Page 44 Copyrlght©2013 SPAN International

Training, LLC
Q-*.
finl-
tL.~·~ i>I:
!¢1.rnmn H "'J.~_ ..... _,_""",._._.._. ___ _
til llr.§;~:n.¢. l n n ~ . - . _ . -
CSP Self
II Lu l l W lI -
Ventilation Notes
.......
I Q =AV
Q=AV J
Q = Volume (CFM)
A = Area (Cross Section)
V = Velocity (Lineal feet)
vV = 400S.J\TP
4005~/VP m I
V = Velocity (Linea)
(Lineal feet)
VP = Velocity pressure
I TP=SP+ VP~-
TP=SP+VP I
TP = Total Pressure
=
SP = Static Pressure
VP = Velocity Pressure
V=
V = Q
Q2
lox2
lOx + A
+A
V = Velocity
Q = Volumetric flow ((cfm)

cm)
x = distance to hood opening (ft)
A = area of
of hood opening (ft2)
- L...UU
Copyright©2013
Page4S
CSP Self I
lllllllll I IIII I
Ventilation
Q== 403x106 xSGxERxK

Q_403Xl06XSGXERXK
MWxC
MWXC
Q
Q = Volumetric flow cm)
((cfm)
II
SG = Specific Gravity
II
ER = Evaporation Rate (pints/minute)

II
K = K-factor
K -factor or dilution ventilation safety factor (3-10 unitless)
II
MW = Molecular Weight
II
...
.A
.•A
C = Concentration
Concentration (TLV)
(TLV)
II
Q,=G G
Q.-.=
I
Q
cm)
G = Generation rate ((cfm)
cm)
C = Concentration (decimal value)
J
\
C=gQU
~
c= G (1- ee-
)
-Nt/60
Ntl60
)
I
C = Concentration
Concentration (PPm)
(ppm)
G = Generation cm)
Generation rate ((cfm)
Q
cm)
N = Air changes per hour
AUrchangesperhour
t = time interval in minutes
. I l U i LUJLUJIJLU lWl
Page 46 Copyrlght©2013 SPAN International Training,

\"_~
CSP Self
m
HI I I llllllllmw l l l I II llllllllllllllll I l l I I I I II llllllllllIIII II I lllllllllll II III I II III llll I I I lllllllllll II I I lllll I III l
Ventilation
Ventilation Notes
1
TLV
TLVMM = + f2 fft. fn
+ fz ..... +----
f.,
LFL1
LFLt LFL2 LFLn
LFL,,
LFLm =
= Lower Flammable Limit of a mixture or solvent
f == Fraction by weight
Radiation
Radiation
I2 -=1I1 (d,
12 (dJ)2 un...
1 (d 2 Y
(do
Inverse Square Law
I = Intensity
d = distance
;: [ I
I sS=6CiEf
E 6ciEf
;~~';'
%~:
i;:< ~ ::
. _~#~~;C!rr .
\.'"\~'::
S = Roentgens/hour/foot
Roentgens!hour/foot
Ci = Curie strength (curies)
E = Energy (MEV)
f = fractional yield
www I mum
1.
all
International Training Safety Worksho

ps
Self Study Workboo
CSP Self Workbookk Volume I
l Illllllll lllllllllllllll Illlllll l l l u II Illlllllllllll lllllllllllllll
Noise Notes
Notes
W
L =1010g10
Lw =lOloglO W
W 0
0
Lw
Lw = Sound pressure level (dB)
W = final sound intensity
.:.
.-A
5
W
W00 = initial sound intensity
4
I
"
f
Lpp =
L 2010g1010 kp
=201og
I
Po
Lp
Lp = Sound pressure level (dB)
pP = final sound pressure
po
Po = initial sound pressure
T = 8
T = 2[(L-90)/51
2[(L-90)/5]
T = Allowable exposure time

L = Exposure (dB)
.._..JlLWUINULIU.__J.U uwlwwuuw LM IIIIllllL_.Jlwwuu1uJ1uuuLJ
Page4S
Page 48 Copyright© 2013 SPAN International
Training, LLC
" * .
Ki i am i se zurp§slrli " ~ ¢ » ¢ ,_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
rtll:.tlllflLL'##~L.iI:~,*,T~1F§i
p s
ho
ks
or
W eI
ty m
fe olu es
Sa V No
t
g k
in o
in b o
ra r k
lT o
na y W
io tud
fS
el
]
:
:
[
g lO ,x1
l0 ce Q
20 an e 0
o+ =°1ist oQ,
X
c
t d stan
dB la i
d
ve at
,= d
le el e
dB un
dl
ev nc e
So un sta nc 01 .
di sta
= So al
] +9
o[~00
] = iti di
dB In nd
0g1 1
o = co
dB Se
6lI
do
= e ©
ag
l6.
d1 er
Av
-\'3\<
5
d
= te
gh
A ei
TW im
eW
(%
)
A
=T Do
se
TW
=
L
D g,
in
in
ra
lT
na
io
at
rn
te
In
AN
SP
13
20
©
ht
rig
py
Co
~
5
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CSP Self
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
l www nu I
Engineering Economy
Engineering Economy Notes
I I
F=P(I+it
1==p(1+i)"
P=F(I+it
p=F(1+i)"
n
F=A((l+~n-lJ
I J)
F = A (1+)" -1
A=,=(((l+iY
,. A
.
1
I
A=F 1
(l+')"-1
-1
P=A((I+i t -1-IJ
(1+i)"
i(l+it
p = A ( i(1+i)" J
I
I
|-
=N
A=P( i(1+i)"
i(l+it J
(1 +it -1
(1+i)"-1 )
P = Present Value of money
F = Future Value of money
A = Series of payments (annuity)
1 = interest
interest rate
n = number of periods
5
L_JuJuuJuul LU.M.J..LLLU I lILlJLlJJ l lJJ L
Page S0
50'
: Copyright©2013 SPAN International
Training, LLC
"*» m--.......
11I"."i1!:#,zc#!'.lrJlil,'''YI#::"jJt_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
E!mrrsr1f:§~fr;¢n
CSP Self
l
Heat Stress Notes

.
.
.
~WB+~.~~~
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
WBGT= 0.7 WB+0.3GT
WBGT = Wet bulb globe temp.

WB -
= Wet bulb temperature
GT _ Globe temperature
=
~+o.;~~
WBGT=0.7WB+0.2GT+0.1DB
WBGT = Wet bulb globe temp.

=
WB == We
Wett bulb temperature
GT =
= Globe temperature
DB == Dry bulb temperature
Concentration of
Concentration of Vapors & Gases
4
mg/m33 xX 24.45
In = mg/m
ppm 24.45 _
war9
r
5gr
a&
I
.|
R
1
PP MW mw
m.
e<
~*:
ppm = concentration
lllslslul
mg/m33 -= milligrams/cubic meter

MW -=
- I I
Molecular weight
II in llllll l l l l l l l l ill I l l l l l l l l l l l l 1 l l II lul l Illll I II I II [II l I IIIIIII II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII un I un IllI lllllllllllllllll Ilnlnl llllllllllllllI InlwllllllIIIII
I l I I I I IIIII I l I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIlllIUJIL-I ll.l.L

Training, LLC Page S1
PageSl
IIl un lllllll
w.
In
SPAN International
Internatignal Training Safety Workshops
CSP Self
I-'M arm W*
Scientific and Engineering Notation
The concept ofof scientific notation is used extensively in Health &

& Safety work.
If section..
If you are not familiar with this concept, pay particular attention to this section
Additional information is available in most elementary science texts,
texts, and in a
I
number ofof safety engineering and industrial hygiene works.
In engineering work it is often necessary to use extremely large and very small
Forr example, the mass of
numbers. Fo of an electron is commonly cited as
0.0000000000000000000000000009107 grams. We need a simpler way to
.: express such numbers. Scientific notation eliminates the need to write all the
s
.A41
~ zeros directly.
1
Basics:
1
i
1)
1) Exponents and bases.
I
I
If
If you have been in the health & safety game long enough to be studying for the
l
ASP exam you are already familiar with the idea of of raising a number to a
2
power. For example, 10210 is read as 10 to the second power, and it is equal to 10
x 10, or 100. The 10
10 is known as the base and the 2 is called the exponent.
The exponent tells us the number ofof times the base is a factor in the
multiplication.
mUltiplication. For example:
Exponent
102/
102/
Base t
l l llllllllllll.wluuuun ll\ll\lllll__mJ._.UJ lllllll INN

Training, LLC
t§·~ ~·:a;k;JINI!l.·'4"C, __'_",-_"',, _ _•_ _ ,_ _ _ _ _ _

CSP Self
um II I
Scientific and Engineering Notation
Exponent
/
106=
10' = 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10=l,000,000
10 ,000,000
Jase
ase
106 is equal to one million. How about 10 to the Sth?

So, 106 8th?
110088=
=10
l0X
x l10
0 Xx l10 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10 =100,000,000
0 Xx 10Xl0X10X10X10=l00,000,000
10-6 • We can always

A base can also have a negative exponent, for example, 10-6.
write a base with a negative exponent as the reciprocal, with the sign of the
exponent changed to positive. The reciprocal ofof a number A is defined as 1/A
11A
Negative Exponent
/
~ Reciprocal of Original
10.1 =
10' =(.J;)1;O.1
0.1
1~ Same exponent with

with a positive ,;gn
pos;tive sign
10' = 1
10 n
.all ~
ViiA;o
1000
= 0.001
= 0.001
101 = 10- = 10° =

=0.1, then even a safety guy can figure out that 100 =1
1
Since 10l = 10 and 10"
1 Ills l I II I l II I IIII Il _ I I lI IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII w II II I

International Training, Page 53
CSP Self
2) in scientific notation.
Writing numbers in
Any ordinary decimal number can be expressed as a decimal number between 1l

and 10
I() multiplied by some power of 10. For example, the number 392,000 written
in scientific notation looks like:
3.92 x lOS
105
l
.;4
'"
Decimal number
1 Power
1
Powerofl0
of]0
Between 1 and 10
OR
3.92 E 05 because "E" := "x

"x 10"
10"
The ordinary decimal number 0.00432 written in scientific notation looks like:
I
4.32 x 10-3
10
or 4.32 E -03
E-03
1
Decimal number
1
Power of 10
Between 1 and 10
There are three rules for converting ordinary numbers to scientific notation.
RULE l.
L ------ If the number is equal to or greater than 10, then:
If
l.
1. of places you must
Move the decimal point to the left, counting the number of
move it until you have a decimal number between l1 and 10.
l HI II IlNllll\\ll\llll\llllllllH\ll\\lllMllll\lllllllll l I II HI I H lllllllll II II M ill Ills mm II I
A
Page 54 Copyright©2013 LLC
CopyrlJht©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
1
"
--------------------------------------------------------
~*'.i&.,.5::iIf" ••'JI,.G.'J:L'IIt.•_ _ _ _ _ __
CSP Self
2.
2, Multiply this decimal number by 10 raised to a positive power equal to the
number of
of places you moved the decimal point.
RULE 2. If the number is less than 1.

If
1. Move the decimal point to the right, counting the number of places you must
move it until you have a decimal number between 1l and 10.
2. Multiply this decimal number by 10 raised to a negative power equal to the

number of
of places you moved the decimal point.
ULE 3. If the number is equal to or greater than 1.0 and less than 10.0.
1. Simply write down the number and multiply it by 100

10° (1), because no (zero)
movement of the decimal point is required.
3)
3) ordinary decimal numbers.
Converting scientific notation into ordinary
106 , into an ordinary

To convert a number in scientific notation, such as 4.923 Xx 106,
.decimal number, we start by examining the exponent. If If the exponent is positive,
we move the decimal to the right a number of places equal to the value of the
exponent. You may have to fill in zeros. Remember that positive exponents are
associated with numbers greater than 10.
If the exponent is negative, we move the decimal to the left a number of places
If
equal to the value of the exponent. Again, you may have to fill in zeros.
Remember, negative exponents are associated with numbers that ave are less than 1.
l.
4) Multiplying numbers in scientific notation.

Multiplying
To multiply two numbers written in scientific notation, multiply the two decimal
numbers together in the usual manner and then add the two exponents, being
careful to treat the exponents as signed numbers. The sum is the correct power of
10 in the product.
lOin
JI Illlllll up l l I I l l l l l l HHHIllllHHHlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll n ill n I -

II I l lllllllllllllll l l I Hllllllllllllllllllllllll HH_ I I IIIIl l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l IIwIIll l l l l l l l l l l l l l l w l ill 11111IllllllllllllllllllllllllI m I lu

--~
1

CSP Self
| llll | 11 |
| 'lu MLJJ W uh-
5)
5) Division of two numbers in scientific notation.
The process of of division in scientific notation is similar to that of multiplication. To

divide two numbers written in scientific notation, we divide one decimal number
by the other in the usual manner and then we subtract the exponent in the
denominator (divisor) from the exponent in the numerator (dividend), being careful
to treat this as Me
the subtraction of
of signed numbers. The difference is the correct
power of 10lOinin the quotient.
6)
6) Engineering notation.
The SI (System International)

*
International) or metric measurement system functions to a great
I • extent by moving in units of
l
of three decimal places. For example, the prefix milli is
3
equal to 10 3
10-6 • Likewise, the prefix kilo is equal to 103
10- ,, micro is equal to 10-6. 10 and
106 • Engineering notation is very similar to scientific notation
mega is equal to 106.
except that the exponent is moved in units of three to take advantage of of the metric
3
notations. For example, 100,000 in engineering notation is 100 x 103. 10 • This would
not be permitted in scientific notation since the "100" is a number greater than 10.
Stated another way, engineering notation is expressed as a decimal number
between 1 and 1000 multiplied by a power of 10 in multiples of 3.
Let's try some comparisons between the two systems to make sure you understand.
Let's
Decimal number Scientific Notation Engineering Notation

Engineering Notation
450,000 4.5 X 105

x 105 450 x
X 10
3
0.000 l1 10'4
1 X 10-4 10-6
100 X 10
9,900,000 106
9.9 X 106 106
9.9 X 106
0.000 000 000 l1 10- 10
1 XX1U10 10-~l2
100 X 10 12
100,000,000 108
1 X 108 106
100 X 106
So, if you see numbers that don't follow the mies

rules for scientific notation, they may
be expressed in engineering notation. They are still the same value, just expressed
differently.
I
-Page 56 II m III' III Mum I u II NW I

ll I l II al Ill IM I
Page 56
s
hop
rks
Wo e I
ety
Saf olum
ing k V
rain b o o
al T o r k
tion yW ns
rna tud rsio
nte e l f S e bol
(f)'
cm
NI onv I
Q*' a
S C Sym
P t
CS Un
i
/
IE
fix
I¢>

I Pre IP
,4
s"
fixe a
"Q
Pre I ex IT
0
n"
. A
sio
I?€'%§
18
ver 10 eta IG
on tor 1p
6
a c = a
nF 000 15
g
ter 1M
atio 000
woe
0 a
s°'Q
plic
'
000 =1 gig
4
ulti Ik
¢
0 00 00 a
\sg,
0 11514
g
00 000 12
me Ih
00 00 10
00
/ 6
0
/
000 0=
00 00
00 my kilo I da
10 00 t t t o ase
hec
9¢€
00 =I I IB
00 0 00
10
»V
ka
Q
0
I:
6
00 I de
¢»
00 10
10 0=
/
00 W
O
00
10 1tY
eci i 1m
4
/go
= s
00 d
10 2 1 t
/
cen
I:
0
=1
100 illi
pa
1
0 Im
=1
10
¢ " ? » Q, Q
cro
»¢.°;*
I:
0
10
¢
nll o
1 = - .1
s 1
=1
4 0 nan
¢
m § 2
'U
0.1
6
10.
»
pico to la
g6%
1=
'* Q
3
t o
0.0 0 . 61° 1
=1
49
0-6 fem
Q 01 =1 .9
0.0 0
001
2
nd. =1
AS
1 to
lat
9.
0.
7
rsta 000 00:V
1 »;\°
/
5
=1
1
AS
00 ®\"\601
0 . 1 0 . 3%
18
0 ®\
0 = 0.
tion

0.0
00
0®°
0 00
%®"®\»;\6"'
0B 00
001m A
=1
ota 00 00 001 P
0.0
0
00
0 000
00u®°®°®\¢1% 000
00 00
0.0 00
00u®"®°®°®\xm LLC
00 ng,
0.0 ini
Tra
nal

y
tio

ma
rna
hey essed nte
n, t NI
atio exp
r SPA
not , j u s t 013
val
ue t©2
igh
pyr
Co
I

CSP Self
Self Stud
Studv Workboo
I
Workbookk Volume I
IIIIIIIIIIIIII lllllllllll II llllllllllllllll I II IIIIIII IIIII II
Unit Conversion Method
The Unit Conversion Method depends on two mathematical facts:

facts:
.
• Any
Any equality can be used to write a fraction equal to 1
.
• Like quantities in the numerators an
"cancelled out".
andd denominators of
of fractions can be
FRACTIONS ARE EQUAL TO 1. A quantity divided by itself is equal to 1. For
example, clearly 8ft/8ft =

=1. The equality 1 m ==100cm
l00cm tells us that the 1I m and 100
i
.a
A
ern represent exactly the same distance. Therefore, dividing 1 m by 100 cm is the
cm
q
same as dividing 1 m by itself, and therefore the fraction
lm l00cm
em 1
t
~=1=l Similarly 100
Similarly,
, 1m =1
l00cm
100 em lm
It is always true that an equality can be made into a fraction

It fraction that is equal to 1,
and we call that fraction a conversion factor.
factor.
Write conversion factors for the following:

following:
a. liter = 1000 mL
1 liter= f. 1000 mm
l000mm = 1l mm
::
b. = 2.2
1 kg = lbs
2.21bs g. 760mmHg
760 mm Hg = 14.7 lb/in22
14.71b/in
e.
C. 2.2 lbs
2.2lbs == 1 kg h. 760 mm
mmHg
Hg = 29.92 in Hg
d. = 1 kg
1000 g = i.
1. 16
160z = 454 g
oz =
e. 1000
l000mm == 1 km j.
J. llIb
ib == 454 g
i n - Illll Mul II um I
an
..,1!fge58
*me S8 Copyright©2013 SPAN International
Copyright©2013 Internationa l Training, LLC
LLC
;,r "
r 9- 'h
.
..........
V5£z:l-Inn: h|=.1!»¢- nn - .
I III

CSP Self
HH Had llnbd l-l woo W I
Equalifies
Equalities Between
Between The Metric And English
Metric And English Systems
Systems
As you know, multiplication by 1 does not change the quantity that is being
multiplied, for example 8 foot x 1 ==8 foot. However, units might be changed when
multiplying by conversion factors.
factors. For example, if
if we multiply 8 kg by the factor
equal to 1, 1000g/lkg,
l000gl1kg, we get the answer 8()00g:
8000g:
8kg xx 1000
8kg 1000g = 8000 g
8=8000g
kg
lkg
We can be certain that 8000 g is the same quantity as 8 kg because the multiplication
is by 1, but we have done a "unit conversion", i.e., changed the units from kilograms
to grams.
For this simple example we could have used the following reasoning: if
if l1 kg is 1000
g, then 8 kg must be 8000 g. Frequently the conversions we are required to make on
the CSP examination and in Health & Safety work are a tad more complicated!
complicated! So,
we recommend the general method ofof problem solving that follows.
follows.
The steps to be taken in reading a problem and setting up a calculation by the "Unit
Conversion Method" are:
are:
1. Identify the given quantity and unit and write it down.
2. Identify the new quantity to be determined and write down the new units it is
to have.
3. Determine the conversion factors that will change the given into the new
quantity and unit. The factor will have given units in the denominator and
new units in the numerator.
IIIIIIIIII II I II IIIIIIIIIIIIII II I I l l lllllllllllllllllllll l I I l IHllll H l l l lllllllllllll l mn H l I l I H lllllllllllll ill u l llllllllllllllll l WW l l l n Hll l l l l l H l II Hlllllllllll l I l II I H llllllllll in l H Ills Illllllllll I l II l um ill 11111111 II II w
Page 59
SPAN International
Internat;onal Training Safety Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook Volume I ..
..
..
.
4. Set up the calculation according to the following format:

format:
Given quantity conversion new quantity

and unit x
X factor and unit
II
Given unit new unit
x new unit
II
1 given unit
lull
s
-A
,"
Ill l - I I I JIIII.l.IIJ.IIJII.IILIIIIIllIIIIIIIIIIllllIIll.l.IIIJIJJJlllIIU.I_ I
A
l
Reciprocals
Reciprocals
Because of the relationship with 1, if you know one conversion factor you can use
the reciprocal to find the reverse process. For example:
I I II
39.4 inches =
= 1 meter. How many meters equal one inch? Answer:
Answer: 39.4-1 (or 1
39.4-] (or
divided by 39.4) equals 0.02538, so 11 inch must equal .025 meters!
meters! If
If you know
any one
anyone conversion, you can easily compute the reciprocal.
I
l l II I NW l l l l m l MU l ll l l mum
Page 60 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
'w
t.:_ _...
h h a m - 5
..-r.~
v
_ _.... ,_.._._.. _._._
1 » x , § ......... _ - _
CSP Self
LUJLIU LWLLLI wwuJuJ UJ W l .ILIU l Lu WIIIIIIJ
Conversion Exercise Questions

Do the
Do the following conversions: (answers at end of
following conversions: of the section)
1. 76 cm to meters.
2. .53 kg to milligrams.
3. 0.034 liters to milliliters.
4. 5 inches to mm
IIIITI cm
5. 273 g to
o lbs..
lbs
6. 32 ft/sec2
ftIsec
2
meters per sec2.•
1.
7. 12m8
12 mg to lbs.
8. 5,000 glcc
g/cc to kg/m33
kglm
9. 400 mm Hg to Ib/in 2
lb/i112

..................................
r
International Training
SPAN International ops
Workshops
Training Safety Worksh
Self Stud
Studv Workbook
Con version
Conversio n Exercise Answers
'n
em to
1) 76 cm meters.
76 cm x 11 meter
76cm =0.76 meter
x meter =0.76 meter
1 100 cm
em
.53 kg to
2) .53 milligrams.
I.
.a
"
•
-I
0.53 x 1000
0.53 kgX g x 1000 mg
1000 gXl000 mg
=530,000 mg
mg =530,000
11 11 kg 1 gg
3) 0.034 liters to milliliters.
0.034
0.034L l0oo mL
L 1000 mL=34m L
X =34mI_
1I l L 1L
4) 5 inches to mm em
cm
55 inch
inch X 2.54 cm
x 2.54 em xX 10 MM
mm 2-127 mm
= 127 mm
1 1linch
inch llcm
cm
inch x 2.54
55 inch C =12.7 em
12.7 cm
x 2.54 emM =
11 11 inch
II I l l l l l l II l l l [Ill l II l l l nI
.u
Copyright©2013 LLC
Internatio nal Training, LLC
_ lllll\lllllllH II III
Ii ' $ . . - i r a n . 1 v --.-._......_ w,._·..·__.__ _._

SPAN
HHHHHH
CSP Self Study
Studv Workbook Volume I
l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l n u II n u II I ll l l l l WlllllllllllllllHHIllllllllllllllllllllllll l l l l l l l l l l I lI l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l
5)
5) 273 g to lbs.
lbs.
273
273 gg xX lk
1 kg 2.2 l 0.6011bs
g xX 2.21bb z= 0.601 lbs

1 l1000g
000g 11kg
OR
OR
27
2733 8
gx lb = 0.6011bs
x 1lIb : 0.601 lbs
I
1 454 g
454g
6)
6) ft/sec22
32 ftlsec meters per sec2• u
32 ft X 30.48
32ft 30.48 cm x 11III
em X m =~9.754
=9.754 meters
meters
l1 x l1 ft 100cm
100cm
OR
OR
32 ft 11m =9.754 meters

32ft x ITI =9.754 meters
X
11 3.28 ft
3.28ft
7)
7) 12 mg to lbs.
lbs.
l2mgx
12mg lg
Ig 1lIb
lb 12 .__
--=-x x
X =
l1 1000 mg
mg 454 g 454,000
=0.0000264
= lbs
0.OOOO2641bs
Which could be written:
written:
2.64 x 10-5 or 26.4><10

X 10 26.4 xl 0--6 lbs
l IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I I III I IIIIIIIIIIIII l l l l I I ul llll n lllll n ulllllu IIlII III llmllIlllllJlII IIIIIIIIIII

Training, LLC Page63
63
I
| I
Internati,onal Training Safety Workshops

SPAN International
CSP Self
Self Study
StudY Workbook Volume I I
8) g/ee to
5,000 g/cc kg/m3
kg/m3
5000 g X 1,000,000 CC
ee X 1 kg
----x x--~
1ee
lee m3
l1 m3 1000 g
kg/m33
= 5,000,000 kg/m
==55 xX 10 6
kg/m3
...
K
- I
.I
9)
9) 400 mmHg
mm Hg to Ib/in2
lb/in2
400mmHg
400mmHg xx 14.7 psi
14.7 psi = 771b/in2
::7.7Ib/in 2
11 760mmHg
760 mm Hg s
n
l
Page 64
l _ IHI II
. Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC

l I l I I l l l W
l u Illllllllll III I I I I I I I I I IIll

I II I II IIIIIIIIIIIIIII
"q'# a .
x Q
SPPAAN
N1I1n7te1r
CSPP nhat1ioonn
Se aall
ellff SS T
ttuuddvy rraazinnilnngg
Wor
kbboooSa feetlyy W
NON l
No ll
l
okk V Work
Www l
NNoote
ss
olum lnee I sho pss
lllll
I l
II l l
II
-.
Cop
Pa/pi
yrig
ht©
201
3 SP
AN
Inntee
rm
naatlio
na n ain
al Tr
ing,
LLC lll
ll
PPagee
6655 *
i
CSP Self
I I I
Physics Review Questions

Math and Physics Questions
1) Which equation represents this problem? A laborer is paid time and a half
for all time over forty hours. Last week he worked 50 hours and earned
62. Solve for normal hourly rate?
$462.
$4
=
Illllllllllll
A 40x + 15x = 462
A.)
=
B.) 3/2x = 462
C.) 40x times 3/2x =

=462
=
10(3/2x) + 40x = 462x
D.) 10(3/Zx)
.
an 2) A vessel exhibits a vacuum pressure of -7 psig at sea level and STP, what is
.A....
•
","
41
the pressure expressed in psis?
psia?
A.) 9.7 psi
psia
B.) 14.7 psi

psia
C.) 7.7 psia

psi
D.) 19.7 psi

psia
3) If a vessel contains 70% air and 30% hydrocarbons, what is the oxygen
i iii lial[lis
content of the vessel?

I 1rmlIIIII
Tan
A-) 21%
A.)
B.) 14.7%
C.)) 18%
C-
D.) 16.5%
4)
I
I 4) What is the molecular weight of dry air?
I
A.) 30
B.) 45
C.) 1
D.) 90
l I H in
HE,
lllll
.n
"Copyright©2013
. . . . . . . . .s'JI',~·:IJ,',.v'.ac:.i!l':<..v"•.•,..,.., .. v_.,_____. _ _ _ _ _
CSP Self
How many moles of sulfur are there in 22 grams of the element?

The atomic weight of sulfur is 32.
Note: The
A.) 6.8 moles
B.) 0.68 moles
C.) 0 moles
D 68 moles
D.)
A
A 900 foot building casts a shadow at an angle of 36 degrees with the
ground. The length of the shadow is?
A.) 1500 feet
B.) 1239 feet
C.) 653 feet
D.) 669 feet
The rule of thumb for determining the pressure exerted by a column of water
IS
A.) multiply each inch of rise by 0.433
B.) multiply each foot of rise by 62.4
C.) divide each foot of

of rise by 62.4
D.) multiply each foot of rise by 0.433
) What is
i s the volume in gallons of 400 pounds of
of gasoline with a specific
gravity of 0.687
0.68? One gallon of
of water weighs about 8.34 pounds.
A.) 170 gallons
B.) 1700 gallons
C.) 70 gallons
D.) 700 gallons
A large water storage tank is located on plant property. The tank is 32 feet in
A
diameter and 22 feet high. How much will this tank hold when filled to two-
two
thirds capacity?
A.) 19,700 barrels
B.) 87,350 gallons
C.) 132,350 gallons
D.) 12,970 cubic feet
H u IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII u III l W -,Ill II HI II H lu l lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll II I _IIIIIIIIII

I l I I IIIIII III II II III lllllIIII II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II I I I

umm
IP'
CSP Self
11 ----ll...--n
ulmuulum. -J
mm
lll'lllll
10) If 3500 cfm ofof air is drawn through an 8 inch diameter duct, what is the
velocity in feet per minute?
A.) 1023 fpm
B.) 10,030 fpm
C.) 800 fpm
D.) 1000 fpm
11) Given a velocity

velocity pressure reading of
of 0.60 in
in a circular
circular duct, what is the
velocity in
in feet per minute?
A.) 3102 fpm
B.) 15 fpmfpm
• C.) 29 fpm
's
D.)
D.) l023m
1023m
12) Find
Find the velocity
velocity pressure in
in a 1.5 inch (actual diameter) open ended pipe
with 250 gallons per minute of
of water flowing?
A.) 114 psi
B.) 14 psi
C-)
C.) 44 psi
D.) 254 psi
D-)
13) Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) is a mixture of

of gases and may be a mixture
nlllnll' III
of
of propane and n-butane. Based on the following LELs and that a sample
was found to be 2% LPG, what is the fractional volume of propane in the
sample?
Acetylene 2.5% Benzene 1.2% Methane 5%
Propane 2.1%2.1 % n-butane 1.8%
A.)
A.) .30
B.)
B.) .60
C.)
c.) .67
D.)
D.) .85
I I II III II II I I I
Page 68 Copyright©20l3
LLC
lr~_.",
¢ ' : . ° - a - 1 so ","",_,_~_,_. -
*... ¢ .-....-.. ._____ _
CSP Self
.s
14) What radioactivity would remain from l1 Ci (curie) of Co»60

Co-60 (5.24 years
half~life) after a 20 year period?
half-life)
A.) .0071
.0071
B.) .071
A= Ao
A
C.)
c.) .71
.71
D.) 7.1
7.1
('
e
n2
ln2
i-] 1
Tn~ I
15) If a source of Co-60 was discovered in a laboratory and had a reading of 2

If
Ci, and the half-life of
of Co-60 is 5.24 years, what was the original reading for
the source? Paperwork found in the Lab indicates that the source was
obtained 10 years ago.
ago .
A.) 3.4
B.) 5.2
5.2 A= Ao
C.) 7.5
A
D.) 8.0
(m2i-]
m2
TM
e€ \ ~
t
16) Your plant has had 50 serious vehicle accidents in the past 10 years, three
involving fork trucks. What is the probability that the next serious accident
will involve a fork truck?
A.) 10%
B.)
D,.) no way to tel]
tell
C.) 9%
D.) 6%
_WUI l l II l 1 I I I l l l II l up II lllllllllll l l l I l l I l l III un l IllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllHHlllllHlllI I I 11 ululllmllllmlumlllllllmmlLwlllllml

Copyright©2013 International Training, LLC Page
Page 69
69
IIw m - - _l l l l l l l \l l I _I
-MMMMU1 IIIIII1

CSP Self
Self Study
Studv Workbook Volume I -
Note: The information illustrated below should be used to answer the following
four questions
questions..
1 Kip 2 Kip 1 Kip
-.to
B l~D D l F
\
TI
4 ft
4ft
... ~ L
H
A
an
I
c
C
3 f1
3ft I E
3 ft
3ft
I G 3 ft
RA
RH
17) Using the truss illustrated above determine the reactions at points RA and RH.
R H·
= =
A.) RA = 2 Kips, and RH = 2 Kips.
B.) RA =
=4 Kips, and RH == 4 Kips.
C.) RA = 2 Kips, and RH = 1l Kips.
D.) = 1 Kips, and RH =
RA = =2 Kips.
I
18) If
If the loading at point "D" is increased from 2 Kips to 8 Kips, what would
I
the reaction be at RH?

A.) = 10 kips
RH =
B.) RH =
= 8 lips
kips
C.) Rn =
RH =5 kips
D,)
D.) RH =
= 2 lips
kips
19) Which of
19) of the following truss members could be replaced with a cable and a
turnbuckle tensioning device?
A.) Members AB and FH
B.) Members BD and DF
I C.) Members BC, DE and FG
D.) Members DG, CD and GH
ll lH ll l l m n Ii
I I I
Page 70 Copyrigbt©2013 SPA'N

Copyright(é2013 SPAN International Train;ng,
Training, LLC
i.. --
~ ....
E8§l%ili!&au_-"ur =¢°r~¢».-an-n-_..._ .....
CSP Self
20) Which of the following truss members have compression forces applied?
A.) AB, BD, DF, EG
B.) AC, BC, AB, FH
C.) GH, EG, CE, AC
D.) AB, DC, DG, FH
21) A 20-foot-wide,
A 20-foot-wide, 40-foot-long small barge, weighing 12,000 pounds is
transporting three stacks of cargo, each weighing 3,000 pounds. To what
depth will the barge sink in the water with this loading
loading?
A.) .5 feet
B.) 5 inches
C.) 9 inches
D,) 2.3 feet
D.)
22) A water tank (tank A) that is filled half

half
full has a diameter of 25 feet. A smaller
tank (tank B) has a diameter of 10 feet
and is floating in tank A as shown. When
a crane us used to lift tank B the water
level in tank AA drops
drops. When the water
level in tank A drops 5 feet and tank B is
still partially submerged, the lift line
breaks. What is the estimated load on the
line when it breaks?
A.) 24,505 lbs
24,5051bs S ft
B.) 95,000 lbs
B-) Ibs
C.) 128,650 lbs
128,6501bs
D.) 153,152 lbs
153,1521bs

Page
l
I Hll l l l l l l l l l l l *
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CSP Self
23) Which of the following correctly illustrates the load radius of the lattice
boom crane shown below?
A.) Center of load to center of rotation
B.) Center of load to remote tipping point
C.) Remote edge ofof load to remote tipping point
D.) Center of
of load to closest tipping point
Illl l
1.
,,,"
..A
A
<II
1
|_
I
I
I |. \
|
|
1
L..
Radius Radius
:__-
l I'
I.
Radius
|
L
-I I
.. I
r
Radius
l lllllllllllllllllll l l H I I Will
Page 72 Copyrigl1t©2013
Copyrigftt©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
l
-'
--
lIf~g!I"""~"""""",,
k<8 I al Illlll l ____________
W W
CSP Self
l W W W II II II l l II
24) A microprocessor
microprocessor controlled multi~station
multi-station elevator system detects an
unbalance condition on a cargo elevator and applies emergency braldng.
braking. The
rate of
of travel is 50 feet per second and the hoist will stop during a
malfunction in .5 seconds. What stress is placed on the single wire rope used
to raise and lower the elevator during a malfunction, which, with cargo,
weighs 1.5 tons?
A.) 9,000 lbs
9,0001bs
B-) l2,320lbs
B.) 12,3201bs
C.) 11 tons
D.) 4.5 tons
25) Safety requirements for the general public require a use zone of 6 feet to
surround stationary playground equipment. What are the minimum
measurements for the placement of monkey bars that are 7 feet tall and have
an 8 foot xX 6 foot footprint?
A.) 8 feet xX 6 feet
B .)
B.) 14 feet x 12 feet
C.) 19 feet x 18 feet
D.) 20 feet x 18 feet
26) Safety requirements for the general public require a use zone of 6 feet to
surround stationary playground equipment. If a second set of monkey bars
were to be placed with the 8 foot sides facing each other, the minimum area
needed would be _ _ _ _'.
A.)
A.) 8 feet x
X 18 feet
B.) 20 feet x
X 18 feet
C.) 20 feet x
X 33 feet
D.)
D.) 20 feet x 36 feet
I I I III l up I HI n umm | ill IWIIIIIIWIIIIIIIIIILllJ1u,u.llllJ.l.lll
Copyright©2013
International Training, LLC Page
Page 73
r-
CSP Self
27) A motor vehicle carrying hazardous materials was required to apply all
wheel brakes and make an emergency stop on a straight, level section of of
interstate highway. The area was under construction and posted at 45 MPH.
The investigating official measured the average skid mark as 232 feet.
Assuming a coefficient ofof friction of
of .66 (dry asphalt), approximately what
speed was the vehicle traveling prior to the emergency stop?
A.) 50 MPH
50MPH
B.) 60 MPH
60MPH
C.) 70
C.) MPH
70MPH
D.) 80 MPH
80MPH
*
*4
I
28) A pallet that weighs 100 kilograms falls off off of

of a K-loader
K-Ioader when the locks
fail.
fail. It lands Hat
flat and level on the tarmac and skids 30 meters before it come
to rest. What was the approximate speed of of the k-loader
k-Ioader in KPH at the time
the pallet fell? (assume
(assume the coefficient
coefficient of
of friction between
between the pallet and
tarmac is 0.53.)
A.) 22 KPH
B.) 45 KPH
C.) 64 KPH
I
I
I
I
64KPH
D .) 75 KPH
D.)
a
29) Your plant manufactures electronic parts. These parts are moved throughout
of four wheel handcarts, type "A" which weigh 65
the plant using two types of
pounds and type "B" which weigh 105 105 pounds. The coefficient of friction
for both carts is 0.12. What weight can be carried in the "A" cart with a 22
pound pushing force?
A.) 167
167lbs
lbs
B.) 118
118lbs
lbs
C.) 135 lbs
D
D.) 15 lbs
15lbs
l II I' ii I
al
Page 74 Copyrigi1t©2013
1
[I:II-'I:-IS:
H l i i iI] ii i~Ht S
I ii rI$IB'II
iw Ji::X·:"X';J".·~;·"
§ m w r ; m m f _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
CSP Self
30) Modifications to the operations would allow a push with 42 pounds of force.
Consider an additional 10% of the rolling friction is required for starting.
What weight could be carried in the "B" carts when pushed by employees?
144lbs
A.) 144 lbs
B.) 158 lbs
158lbs
C.) 213 lbs
213lbs
D.) 245 lbs
245lbs
31) You have just received a report on the percentage ofof your workforce affected
by a chemical's
chemical's toxicity. The toxic effects criteria are defined as a function
of concentration (C) and time (T), which yields dose (d) or d =
of = C x T. Toxic
doses are as indicated below. If your workforce is exposed to a release of
Gas Z for 30 minutes, what is the predicted minimum concentration that will
cause fatalities in 50% of personnel ?
of your personnel?
LTL50
LTLso 50% population
popul ation mortality
LTL05
LTLos 5% population mortality
TL50
TLso 50% population irreversible effects
Gas Ex anent
Exponent LTL50
LTLso LTL05
LTL
LTLos TL
TLso TLV STEL
(C}l·f)(T) 9
X (c)I"TT) lOll
1.52 x 10" 1010
4.05 xX 10" 1.32 xX 109
10 100 150
Y
Y 2.65(T)
(C)l.O)(T) 104
3.77 x 104 10)
1.66 xX 105 103 150
5.31 Xx 103.~
5.31 225
(C)
Z
Z
2-50(T)
(C)L.)u(T) 3.4X lOIS
3.4 x 108 1_7X lOIS
1.7 X 108 lOIS 10
1.6 X 108
1.6x 15
(C)
A.) 63 ppm
B.) 3171
3171 ppm
C.) 733 ppm
D.) 663 ppm
Training, LLC
Copyright©Z013 SPAN International Training,
Copyright©2013 Page 75
Page7S
lmnI
Internatipnal Training Safety Workshops
SPAN International
Notes
•
Copyri;;1t©2013
t.!I!:-:.......,.....___,__ -..-, _._.___ . _

CSP Self
Math and Physics Review Answers

1) We selected answer A because:
because
Regular Wages + 10 hrs overtime = Total wages
40x+l0 ( 32~ )x
40x + 10 (- ) x =462
= 462
40x + 15x =462 =
2) We selected answer C because:

because
Add 14.7 to psig to obtain psia

psis
-77 + 14.7 7.7 psi a
3) We selected answer B
B because
because:
Normal air contains 21%

21 % oxygen by volume. The vessel only contains 70%
0.21 =
normal air. Therefore: 0.7 xX 0.21 = 0.147 or 14.7%
14.7%.

because
The molecular weight of dry air is about 30.
5) .We
.We selected answer B because
because:
The atomic weight of

of sulfur is 32, which means that one mole of sulfur
weighs 32 grams. So 22 grams divided by 32 =
= 0.68 moles of sulfur
sulfur.
l I l u n H u n H llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll II II II IIIII III IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIII II II I I l l I I l llllHlll\H\l\Illlllllllllll\lllllllll\lll\ll\II\llllllllllllll\lllHllllllllllllll\Hlllll\\ll

I l l llllllllll lllllll\IHIII\lll1l\l"llll[llll.UU.LII
Copyright©2013
l !
l
II lllllll II
SPAN Intemationa]
6) We selected answer B because:
a
tan A=~
A=-
b=
b _aa
tan A
900
b
36
tan 36
.
is
b=1239 ft
-;* 7)
.*
q D because:
We selected answer D
The Weight density of of water is 62.4 lbs/ft3.

lbs/fe. To convert to inch per foot of
rise you must divide by 144 (square inches in a foot). This equals about
0.433 psi per foot of water.
8)
The gasoline weighs .68 times as much as water. 400 pounds of water is
about 48 gallons divided by .68 equals 70.5 gallons of gasoline.
B because: v _7Id2X
2
h
V=n:d Xh
4
Step 1: Determining capacity
in cubic feet
V
V== 3.14x(32)2
3.14x(32)2
44
X22
x 22 =17,693euft
=17,693cu ft
Step 2: Convert to gallons 17,693x7.48

17,693x 7.48 gal per cu
eu ft = 132,347
Step 3: Adjust for the tanktank:
only being 2/3 full.

full.
132,347x
132,347 x 0.66 = 87,349 gallons
W llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll l Ill l | n III II II l l l l II l l l How l
up Page 78 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC

e
·,ot-.\..... ___ .__

!a:=»n l & $ @ -
CSP Self

because
Q_.A
Q=A V
V=Q
A
4
A=1tX(_)2
A =nx(-)
12
V= 3500
0.349
=10,029
V= 10.029
11) because
We selected answer A because:
V=4005..)VP
v=4005~/vp
vV=4005x
= 4005 x ..).60
V=
=4005x.77459
4005 X .77459
V =3102 ft per min

=3102ft
Um Illlllllll lll\llllllllllllllllllllII\ll\lllllllllllllllllllllllll I l IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I II llllllllllllllllll Illlll ulLLLI.ll.i._llJJIILlILllllJulllllll

Copyright©2013 Training LLC Page 79
Page
l
_
CSP Self
1

2
p v=
- Q Q 4
v 891 d
)391d4
2
_ 2502
p v--~250
P
891x1.5 4
891x1.54
62500
py
Pv 891x5.1
891 x5.1
L
.m
.
A
.II
62500 =13.86 psi

62500 =13.86
P
Pv = 451
45111
13)
Let x = of propane and y =

= the amount of = the amount of
of n-butane, then:
2.lx
2.1x + 1.8y
l.8y== 2 and x +y=
= 1l (100% of the LPG)
since y = 1- x
sincey= . l x ++l 1.8(1-x)
then 22.1x . 8 ( 1 - x ) = 22
Combine terms 2.lx

2.1x + 1.8 1.8x =
L8- 1.8x =2 or .3x = .2
=.2
Divide thru by .3 and x =

= .67
An alternate solution would be to plug and chug the answers into the
formula
1.8y = 22
2.1x + l.8y Answer A would be 2.1 + 1.8 x .7
2.1 xX .3 + ¢ 2 (1.89)
.7,*
Answer B would be 2.1
2.1 x .6 ++ 1.8 x .4 ¢ 2 (1.98) '*
Answer C would be 2.1
2.1 x .67 ++ 1.8 x .33 = 2 (2.00)
m l m I m l -_'mm Mm mum m m r v mr'rr1mm'm'r"'mnm1r
1.
Page 80 LLC
HIHIW I I I Ill.lllll I-l

I
...... ..
~ l.i
k .,. ...
. . ,1 or a ..... ..,.~--.
Quran.. ».¢..
We selected answer B because:
A=
lei
A= ~~~~:~~~~~~~~~~ lCi _ 1Ci =0.071Ci
= e 2~64j - 14.08
e
A = radioactivity remaining after time t

Ao = radioactivity at a given original time
t = elapsed time
T1I2 = half-life of the radio-nuclide
In 2 = .693 (natural log)
We selected answer C because:
A=
T
e ,r.;
Ao =Axe
Ao =2xe =7.5Ci
We selected answer D because:
Probability is the number of fork truck accidents divided by the number of

total accidents.
3
P=-=0.06=6%
50
Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC PageSl

I
I
1
CSP Self
u
The truss is a simple skeletal structure. In design theory, the individual

members of a simple truss are only subject to tension and compression
forces and not bending forces. '
Thus, for the most part, all beams in a toss

truss bridge are straight. Trusses are
comprised ofof many small beams that together can support a large amount of
weight and span great distances. In most cases the design, fabrication, and
erection of
of trusses is relatively simple. However, once assembled trusses
. ,A
•
or
take up a greater amount of space and, in more complex structures, can serve
as a distraction to drivers.
Step l1:: Draw a Free-Body diagram of the Truss.
1 Kip 2 Kip
Kip 1t Kip
i i J.~
/
IRA
RA
3 ft
3fl
I 3ft
I 3ft
3 ft 3 fl
3ft
RH
TVV'T"°""""'l'lll'IHI'lll1 rllrmmlmmm'°"nn'1 in r'T'r'rrr'n"nn'1rmmm FTM

I
1.-»._
~:l"l''t ttl i i ' 1..1:. iIl.jF.B.d'i%'."",,:.II".R.~A._._ _ ~._ .... _

CSP Self
l
2:
top 2 Solve for the external reactions. Taking moments about point H and
solving for RA we get.
am,,
2:M =OH
(lX3l+(2X6)+(}X9l-'-(RAXl2)=
(lx3)+(2x6)+(1x9)-(R Ax12) 0
(3)+(]2)+(9)=l2RA
(3) + (12)+ (9)== 12 RA
24
R
RA ::== 24 = 2 Kips
==2 iT
A 12
Ibs - ki = kilo, P
A "kip" is equal to 1,000 lbs
Note: A p = pound. =
Step 3: Since the structure
symmetrical it
2I-v=o
IF=O
appears obvious the
reactions must be
equal. However, 22+R
+ R HH -1-2-1=0
- 1 - 2 1-0
solving for RH we
get.
R 2 Ki
RHH =2 ps
Kips Tt
a 1 *GP
Kip 8 Kips Kip
11 KiD
Step 1: Draw
Free-Body 1~
l~ l~
diagram of
of
/ \
the Truss.
/
1 RA
an
l 3ft
3ft
I 3f£
3ft
l 3ft
RI!
Rn
Copyright©2013
Page 83
83
.
in II nmlnlnlnlnlnlnlnlnl \ll\l\l\l\l\llll\l\l\
r
SPAN International
Internati9nal Training Safety Workshops
CSP Self
Step 2: Solve for the
Solve
external reactions. XML
IMH=O
Taking moments
about point Hand
H and ((lx3)
l X 3 ) ++((8x6)
8 x 6 ) ++
( l(lx9)
X 9 ) - ( -R A
(RxA
1x12)
2 ) = 0=0
solving for RA we
get.
(3) + (48) + (9) = 12 R A
(3)+(48)+(9)=12RA
60
R A = 12:5
RA
. Ti
60 = 5 Kips
Step 3: Again, since the 12
ZF
IF=O
.
L
structure and the
loading pattern are
~
.A
1
•~
symmetrical it appears 55+R

+ RHH -1-8-1=0
--l=0
obvious the reactions
must be equal. Solving
for Re
RH we get. RH =5 Kips iT
This question leaves a lot to be

desired because it does not give
us nearly enough info on the use C C

of
of the truss. However, assuming
the question is really asldn
asking C /V my
Ifc/r\:0c
which members are in tension, LTJLT-L
LT V 1-_LT\l
Tl T~
we can use this illustration of
the forces in a stable structure
that is symmetrically loaded. Caution: External forces such as wind can
change the loading.
II U II II I ill l l II I

Copyright©2.013
I
E l 1_ I Illll I
ps
CSP Self Study Workbook
Workbook Volume I
lIJI.llWJIJ UUIIN uu
20) We selected answer D

D because:
Again the illustration depicts a

C
perfectly stable structure that is
symmetrically loaded and shows the
symmetrically
forces involved. The analysis of a
C Ifc/r\:0c
A/1\li\
statically determinate frame is more LT
LTJLT-
I/T__T\I ;
L T~ T~
appropriately accomplished by
free-body diagram of each
drawing a free~body
member and then applying the equilibrium equations for each diagram.
Step 1: l.)etemljne the square

Determine
footage of
of the barge 20 ft x
X 40 ft := 800ft 2
Step 2: Determine total weight to be
supported by the water

12,000 lbs
Ibs
3,000 lbs
Ibs
3,000 lbs
+3,000 lbs
Ibs
21,000 lbs
Ibs
Step 3: Determine the volume of

water to be displaced by the 2l,000lbs ft" =337 fe3
21,000 Ibs xX fe : 337 ft
weight. 1 62.41bs
62.4 lbs
NH l n lllllllll Illlllllllllllll HI w IL.J1JwlllluH um llulllllllImll I llllllllllmllllllll-11Ill I

JU_.J I I ulnlllill_lllllllllll l l l Illlllllllllllllll l II III III IIIIIII l | | I | Ililllllllllll
Copyright© 2013 SPAN International
Workshops
InternatiQnal Training Safety Workshops
SPAN International
..u.l
CSP Self
|
uuululuuulw
Workbook Volume I
Self Study Workbook
| | II I I
uuuauuIllluwau II WII J-J UMW-UIUJJ
1111
lllllllllllllllll
Step 4: Determine the amount of

Detennine of
depth (in inches) required by
v == area xX depth
V
the barge to displace this
much water 337 = 800 x depth

800xdepth
337 fr3
337 __ 00.42
ft3 = 42 ft
ft
800ft 3
8()()ft3 o
0.42
0.42 ft x 12 .in = 5 inches
ft x 12 IN = 5 inches
•
1I 1I ft
A
i
¢
. volume
Calculate the usable volume'
• Calculate
V = n x d 22 o h
_1tXd
Vusable
usable X h
4
1t
2 2 -10 2 )
xx (25 X 5 = 2061.67 ft 3
V
V= 4
b. Calculate the displaced water (water weighs 62.4lbs/fe)
2061.67 fe x 62.4 Ibs/ft = 128,648Ibs

3
Page 86 Copyright©2013 SPAN Internationa l Training, LLC

CSP Self
Load radius of
of mobile cranes is measured from the center of rotation to the
load hook. Selection "A" offers a measurement to the center of the load,
which may not always be correct,
correct, however it is the best selection available.
Note: The center of
of the load may not always be the center of of gravity, which
is where the load block/hook
blocklhook should be located.
B because:
We selected answer B
Step 1: Calculate the deceleration. vV ==V

V 0o ++at
at
0=-50+ (a x .5)
0=550+(ax.5)
a =50+.5=100 f1/36ff2
= 50 -;- .5 = 100 ft/sec
Step 2: Calculate inertia forces

placed on the elevator. Combining [F=
[F=mm (-a)]and
(~ a)] and [In
[m= = W]
W]
Deceleration is a g
negative acceleration F: Wx(-a)
Wx(- a)
F=--
which accounts for the g
(-a) in the formula. 3,000lbsX(-100 2
ft/sec2)
3,000 Ibsx (-100 ft! sec ) = _ 9317
9317 lbs
lbs
F= 32.2 ft! sec
ft/seg2 2
Step 3: Add weight of loaded elevator to

detennine total
inertia forces to determine
--9,317Ibs
9,317 lbs
forces on load line. --3,000
3,000 lbs
12,317 lbs
12,3171bs

8'
Self Study
CSP Self
25) D because:
The six foot "use zone" is a requirement from the American Society for
F1487, Playground Equipment for
Testing and Materials (ASTM) standard $1487, for
Public Use. of this standard is reprinted below:
Use. A portion of
Stationary Play Equipment ~-
9.2 Stationary play equipment may be free-standing
-- Stationary play
structures, may be in combination
combination with
with other play of a
equipment, or may be part(s) of
..
composite play
composite play structure.
....
9.2.1 The use zone for stati

9.2.1 unary play equipment shall extend no less than 72 in. (1830
stationary
of the play structure.
mm) from all sides of
..
...
5
I
....
.*
4
9.2.2 The use zones for two or more stationary play structures that are not physically
if the separate equipment
attached but are play-functionally linked shall be determined as if
were parts of a composite play structure.
9.2.3 The use zones of two stationary

of two stationary pieces of positioned adjacent to
equipment that are positioned
of equipment
one another may overlap ifif the adj scent designated play
adjacent structure are no
of each structure
play surfaces of
more than 30 in. (760 mm) above the protective surface (that is, they may be located a
minimum distance of
minimum of 72 in. (1830 mm) apart). IfIf adjacent designated play
play surfaces on
I
either structure exceed a height of mm), the minimum distance between the
of 30 in. (760 mm),
structures should be 108 in. (2740 mm).
I if the monkey bars are surrounded by a 6 foot safety

As can be seen in the figure, if
zone, it would add 12 feet to each footprint dimension.
6
6 8 6
-a
u I 'I
\
I
| T"
'I Li II
II
i
f N
I I l r I II I I' H m MMIII mlm: I' HM MN I
a
LLC
L.
1IlI,I·PIi:'Ii;:....
E Ii|lL"¥."".°am.1wev,m¢|-- -_ -
: . Y ' 1 I i i ! " _...~_
CSP Self
From ASTM Fl487,

F1487, 9.2.3, two play structures exceeding 30 inches in height
must be separated by a use zone of 9 feet (108
(l08 in.). As can be seen in the
figure, if the structures are separated by 9 feet and surrounded by a 6 foot
safety zone, it would add 12 feet to the length and 21
21 feet to the width (20' xX
33').
6
6 8 6
r \
r
1 J r
I I- | r
I l
9
'T
f'.. I
/
1"- /
6
V "-
V ~
un
i'..
I /
r
;'
'I "- 1" /

6
Il
/ .......
1 _ - _ - .
V "-
6
Illlllllllll n II lIHHIll IHHIHIHIHIHIll IHll l l l l l l l l l l n H u n H cLUJ LLJ I I II I l I HHIllllllllllllllllllllllllll IIIIIIIIIIIII mu I l I l

l l luwlllll1111l111.llIJI1
l WII
Copyright©2013
Illllll
CSP Self StudY Workbook Volume I
Self Stud/
I
Apply the formula and solve V=~30xSxJl
V = \/30X8X#
V -J30ox
Y := J3 x 232x0.66
232 x 0.66
/4640
V=-J4640
. V 68 MPH
Y=68MPH
2
**At
Note: This formula is not given in the formula sheet provided by the BCSP on
of formulas shown on
examination day. It must be derived from the series of
the next few pages, which are given.
Step 1: Basic formula is
combined with mass equals
weight over gravity

[F
[F = [m :gv Jyields
rna] and m
ma
.
F = ~a
Wa
g
Step 2: Acceleration is
g Jand [y2] 2
substituted for velocity a
F = WWa WV2
WV2
[ F = 2S yields F
and aa = 2vslylelds F = 2Sg
squared + by 2 times
......... g 2sg
distance
Step 3: F is substituted -
note that N =
= W on a level V2 y2
F = WV2 and
Jand [F
[F = H
Jl w
W ] yields Jlu = 2Sg
surface which allows W to [ 2sg
2Sg
2sg
of the equation
cancel out of
- IlIIll l l l l l l l l l l 111111 I I II l I I MluHIIIIIII

I
Page 90
lu.
~,,""''.JJI'T.SI<,._.,"''',,_,
I¢?'.:§:a1!'.a» __.__
air.9-.¢*as~l.-.-H._.,_
CSP Self
Stepp 4: y2
Ste V2 in feet per V2
second is replaced with
FPS := VMPHX
.. (V'WS VmpHX 1.47)2
2~:
[f1p == 2sg and
Jand [V':'
[of
2
V~ x 1.47']
2
VmpH L472] X
2
Note: The constant 1.47 is yields Jl
p =
V2PH
xX 1.472
1.47
often used to convert from 2sg
2Sg
MPH to ft/s,
ftls, both sides of
of
the equation are squared to
V22
solve for V
Jl = V~PH
2
V ' P H X 1.472
Step 5: Multiply the givens X 1.47
|»*
and simplify 2sg
2Sg
2
VM2 PH X 2.15
V
Note:
Note: Acceleration
Acceleration of u=
Jl MPH x 2.15
64.4xS
ftls 2
gravity is 32.2 ft/s2
2
V
pJl=~
VmpH
30xS
-= vim
2
Step 6: Rearrange to solve V
Jl MPH
for Velocity in miles per P ` 30 x S s

hour. V~PH
VM2 PH = 30 x
X S x
X p
Jl
V MPH = N/30xSxp
VMPH .,j30xSxJl
Step 7: This formula is

known as the locked wheel VMPH == -j30xSx
VMPH \/30XSXpJ.l
slid
skid mark formula and can or
or
be shown in either format.
V
VMPH
MPH := 5.5vsxu
5.5-JSx J.l
Note: If
If you do the conversions to make Velocity in KPH and the S in meters, the
conversion number is 255 instead of 30.
llllIIllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll I I I n I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII n u IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I UQ II ,_IL_LJlLllJILLliII.ll.II.l.lllllllIll.Jull
Copyright©2013
Page
s
CSP Self
Self Study
Where: = acceleration
a ::::: S= = distance
V =
V::::: Velocity F = Force
F=Force
= gravity
gg::::: J.l =
it = Coefficient
Coefficient of
of friction
m = mass
m:::::
Note: fonnula can be used for various physics problems involved with determining
The formula detennining
the velocity of moving objects when the coefficient of friction is known.
.
I
.. <
* V
Vma1espH ~30 Xx S Xx Hf.1
MilesPH :=1/30
V =~
KilometersPH =
VKilometersPH 255 X S X IIf.1
\/255
V KPH =
VKpH ~/255 X 30 X .53
=.J255x30x.5 63.67 2:~ 64 KPH
3 :=63.67
29) B because:
= the force of friction times the weight of

Force to move the cart = of the cart
plus the load.
F~l1N
F:::::J.lN
I
:
22=0.l2xN
22=0.12xN
22
~=N=N
0.12
N=l83
N==183
N=183
N =183 -
- 65 (cart)=118 lbs
| lIII l l lnllllll\H I l[l m II Mu l lllllllll |' MnlllII I II
Page 92 Copyrigbt©2013 SPAN International Training,"LLC

•
-Ii..
Wllllllll I l
CSP Self
IHH W uuuuu up IiJIIIluJIIIIII lmul I
XXl.I=42lbS
Xx1.1=421bs F -pN
F=J.lN
42 38.2=0.12xN
38.2=0.12xN
X = 1 1=38.2lbs
X=-=38.21bs
1.1
38.2 =318
N == 38.2 =318
N
0.12
N=318
N =318 - 105=213
105 = 213 lbs
Ibs
31) We selected answer D because:
Find the concentration of gas Z using C Xx T =

= dose
C 2 x30=
c2-5 3.4x108
x30=3.4)(10"
.5
C2,5
25 3.4x10" == 11,333,333
3.4x108 =1l,333,333
C . == 3030
2</C 22
2%/Q .5 = 2</11,333,333
=.-2€/11,333,333
C =663
C=663
.._lUl III III IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I HI II IIIIII lulu upIUJ IIIll llllllllll Hllllll l llmlm
Copyright©2013
Page
• Ill
|
CSP Self
Engineering Economy
The formulas
fonnulas shown here are the same as those you will be provided in the formula
fonnula
book provided at the test. They are shown here in several forms
fonns to assist you in
solving for the various unknowns. However, you must be able to perfonn
perform these
transpositions, without assistance,
assistance, on the actual examination.
in"*qg""' Nl-
* c* 'i»
'§2@'e r
.r H' is.
I a ,"
as J, * ;
` " U 1 i
~\
=F(i+
at
=»_$, g
.
I
u *If u
a
z 'FP(1+§)" 5' so
.Ji
3- #S
so 5- ' g »
he
i
.~~»&f »~*¢ -A 9' Ki-k,~' wif M* ¢'*§» so w »~£4'@&-I
an-nualllllll
*
I.,
at
it *L
'L
.f
-1
,
.A
a, n .1
g
an
w
J? I ,Q V/a, 1¢?.»
if
nr
*:
»:s~> nr
I
as ,of mf w
-*r "»g*'~ --wt.--~»

ml.
= interest rate for a given interest period

s
Where
II
n= number of
of interest periods
II
:: *c:
P= sum of
of money at the present time
II
'-n
F= future worth of a present sum of money after n interest periods, or

II
the future worth of

of a series of
of equal payments
<1
A= a payment or receipt at the end of an interest period in a series of n

II
equal payments or receipts
I mr I
Page 94 C>pyright©20l3
Cfpyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
s..
I
:»': 'l'lUllIILJI
Notes
HI l l II n u II II II II II II II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Illllllllllll _ I I Illlllll llllllllllllllllllllllll l ill u lll u

llllJI.l l II hl lIIIi l

Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC Page 95

CSP Self
Self Study
Studv Workbook Volume I n
Engineering Economy Questions
1) IfIf $1,000 is invested in an investment account paying 8% interest. How
1) How
much will be accumulated in the account at the end of 10 years?
A) $2535
B) $3125
C) $2159
D) $2076
D)
2) In
In three years, $400,000 will be required for EPA modifications to your
How much money should you invest at 10% to have the required
plant. How
amount when needed?
.
4
*
A) $310,789
B) $300,526
C) $287,565
D)
D) $293,824
...
..
..
3) ItIt is anticipated that in
3) in 5 years from now you will need a new piece of
of
instrumentation. Assuming that the device can be purchased for $30,000
and that money is worth 15%, how much must must be deposited yearly in an
investment
investment account to have the required amount?
A) $5449
B) $4549
C) $3957
..
..
..
..
D)
D) $4449
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
4)
4) You are proposing to to replace an old piece of
of equipment with
with a newer model,
..
i..
.
because you are having a high accident rate on the old equipment. The
life of
useful life of the new equipment is 10 years and the annual cost of of the
accidents averages $1,000 per year. Considering

Considering only
only the cost of
of accidents
and that the annual rate for monies is 8%, what is the maximum
maximum investment
above the cost ofof the new equipment that would justify the purchase?
A) $6652
B) $7265
C) $6710
I
D) $6842
D)
m I n II I I rmmmnmmmml_ll l"T I H'1'TIITT"
A
LLC
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
_II
~~
l&p1z»..-.n»»..............- . -
r
i
1
r
CSP Self
5) What is the uniform

uniform annual payment that will amortize a loan of
of $400,000 in
.u
8 years with a 14% interest rate?
A) $84,356
B) $86,228
C) $87,459
D) $85,765
D)
6) What is the lump sum of

of money required now to avoid an annual end-of-
end-of
l year expense of $2,000 for 7 years with interest at l11.25%?
l.25%?
A) $874
$8741l
B) $9456
»
J
C) $9122
D) $9349
D)
7) You are a safety professional in an industrial facility.

facility. During
During your
inspections you have determined some improvements are required that will
cost $100,000. You decide to put this in a five
cost five year strategic plan and know
of the project will be $150,000 in five years. How much money
that the cost of
1
would you need to invest on a quarterly basis into
into an account
account that receives
J
10% annual interest compounded on a quarterly basis to cover the cost of of the
project in
project in five years?
A) $5872
$5761
B) $5761
C) $5963
D) $6020
D)
r
e I
1N
II l
7
I
Cr
v
\
J
r
I .1
r .

CSP Self II
8) Your company needs a shimshot machine. After searching you find two
I options. First, you can lease the machine for 10 years at $1,500 per year.
Second, you can buy the machine for $10,000 with a maintenance agreement
that costs $500 per year. After 10 years, you can sell the machine as scrap
for $5,000. Assuming the value of money will be 15% for the ten years, is
buying or leasing the better option?
A) $7634
B) $7389
C) $7528
u..
D) $7495
....
.e
lJ'
I
If the $500 per year maintenance agreement was required for leasing, as well
9) If
as buying the shimshot machine, which would be the better option (buying
or leasing) and what would be the percentage saved?
A) Buying 13.21%
13.21 %
B) Leasing 12.31%
12.31 %
C) Buying 11.45%
D) Leasing 10.90%
V ll'IIlw I mr"°"Tr1nmnnInmmnm
B1'1!¢w;un.n=1@=r:l~w
.
.
.
.
.
.
CSP Self
| II |
uuuuul.ul.ll.l.u I
Engineering Economy Answers
If $1 ,000 is invested in an investment account paying 8% interest. How

I) If
1)
much will be accumulated in the account at the end ofof 10 years?
0=10 P=$l,000
i=.08 n=10
i=.08 P=$l,OOO F = ??
F = PP(1+it
(l+i)"
F=l,0
F= 1,000 (1 +.08)10
00 (l+.08)'°
F=$2,159
F=$2,159
Keystrokes for the TI-30X IIS

lIS cdculatorz
calculator: 1000 xX 1.08 A 10 =
1.08/\ =2159
2) In three years, $400,000 will be required for EPA modifications to your
plant. How much money should you invest at 10% to have the required
amount when needed?
i .1 0 n ==33 F
i=.10 =$400,000 P ==??
F=$400,000
P = F (I+itn
(1+i)°"
3
P =400,000 x (I.lt
p=400,000x(1.1)"
P = $300,526
P=$300,526
Keystrokes for the TI-30X lIS

IIS calculator: 400000 x 11/1.10/\
400 000 X / 1.10A33=
= 300,526
I I l II n I Ill l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l Il l l l llllll wllllll.I-II

Page
1

..
..
..
..
..
..
CSP Self
3) It is anticipated that in 5 years from now you will need a new piece of
instrumentation. Assuming that the device can be purchased for $30,000
11 and that money is worth 15%, how much must be deposited yearly in an
investment account to have the required amount?
i ==.15
. l 5 n = 55 F=$30,000
F = $30,000 A='?
A=?
A=FI i
A=F CI+ii)"_IJ
\(I+i)"-1 /
*
I
!
•
a
a
.15.__
A==30,00()xl
A = 30,000 x ( .15 5 J : $4, $4,449
449
\ ((1+.15)
l + . l 5 ) 5 --1
l /
Keystrokes on the TI-30X

TI-30X IIS:
lIS: 30 000 x
30000 X .15 (1.15 A5-1) = 4449
.151I (1.15/\5-1)
4) You are proposing to replace an old piece of equipment with a newer

model, because you are having a high accident rate on the old equipment.
The useful life of the new equipment is 10 years and the annual cost of
the accidents averages $1 ,000 per year. Considering only the cost of
$1,000
accidents and that the annual rate for monies is 8%, what is the maximum
investment above the cost of
of the new equipment that would justify the
purchase?
X,
(O+i t -l]
(l+i)"-1
i .08 n=10 A=$I,OOO P=?
A=-451,000 P =? P=A
P
i(1+i)"
iO +ir
(1+.08)10- 1 ] =$6,710
P=I,OOOX( l(+.08)'°-1
P-~1,000x
.08x(1 + .08i o =$6,710
.08)<(1+.08)"*
Keystrokes for the TI-30X IIS: 1 000 X

TI-30XIIS: (1.08A
x (1.08 / (.08 x 1.08 A
A10-1) 1(.08 10) = 6,710
A10)=6,710
I
T-'HI'H n mm-mmmnn l m'|'mr'r1mnm"| m l mmmmnvnvmrvnmm rrmmmmr

Page 100 Copyright@2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
I.
II
H
......I&~·~~~
••I. . . . . . . . . . . . .- -
Tl

CSP Self
5) What is the uniform annual payment that will amortize a loan of $400,000
in 8 years with a 14% interest rate?
his
i=.14 n=8 P=$400,000
.14 n=8 P=$400,OOO A=?
A=?
II
A = P i(l+i)"
A=p(iO+i)"J
((1+i)"-l
l+i)n-I )
.14 X 1.1488
A =400,000xl
400,ooox(.14 x 1.14 J=$86,228
=-$86,228
(1.14l'-1
(1.14)"-1
On the TI-30X IIS

lIS calculator: 400000 x (.14 X 1.14
400 000 X A8) I/ (1
].14A8) (1.l4 A8 -1) = 86,228
_I4A8
6) What is the lump sum of money required now to avoid an annual end-of~
end-of
year expense of $2,000 for 7 years with interest at 11.25%'?
11.25%?
i=.1125 n='7
i =.1125 n =7 A=$2,000
A $2,000 P =?
p=?
r'
p=A ' t" ...1'
(1 +1)
P=A (.1+i -1J
+i)"
i(1+i)"
1(1
P=2,OOOX( 11.1125)'-1
p=2,000><| (1.1125)7-1 J=$9,349
=$9,349
.1125 x ( 1.1125 )7
.II25;>((1_1125)" J
On the TI-30X lIS:

IIS: 22000
000 X (1.1125 A7-1) I (.1125 X
x (1.1125A7-1)/(4125 x 1.1125A7) = 9,349
1.1125 A7) =
I I II Illll lllllllllllllllll u H I I IH l I l I Hill Illlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll lllll l 1 llllll ill l I I l in u lllllllll H u l lIIU l I I I I I IIII II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIII III III III IHIII l I I In H l I IIHII lllllll lnlullllI l IIIH llllllll1llJUJLII.lllla!IWIIIIIll1

Page 101
_lllllll
SPAN Internatiol,1al
SPAN Integration Training Safety
.al Training Workshops
Safety Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study
Study Workbook Volume I
Workbook Volume I I III
7) You
You are
are a safety professional
professional in an industrial facility. During your
industrial facility. your
inspections
inspections you have determined improvements are requir
detennined some improvements ed that will
required that will
cost
cost $100,000. and know
strategic plan and
$100,000. You decide to put this in a five year strategic know
that the cost of
that the projectt will be $150,000
of the projec How
$150,000 in five years. How much much .
money would you need to invest on a quarterly
money would quarterly basis into an account that
account that
receives
receives 10%
10% annual interest
interest compounded quarterly basis to cover
compounded on a quarterly the
cover Me
cost of projectt in five years?
of the projec
i-'=.10+4=.025
i =.10+ 4=.02 S n ==S
5 X F=$150,OOO A
x 4=20 I==$150,000 =?
A='?
s
..»
•
I
q
A=F
A=F CI -I)
(l+
+ ii),
i)"-ll
.025
== $5,872
.025 20 ) =$5,872
A=l50,000x
A = 1SO,OOO x
l
( (1+.025)2"-11
\
(1+.025) 1
¥
l
I
On
On the
the TI-30X
TI-30X HS:
lIS: 150000
ISO 000 X (1.025 A20 - 1)
.02S/I(1,025A20
x .025 =5,872
I) = S,872
-i l I I II I l- In II ||lII lIHhulllli
Page 102
102 Copyright©2013
v
"
II I I lllllllIII HHII I I -IIIInlu.
_ 1 I I'll - - _
I|llll lmllll
M-..l¢i:::ne9-.¢*---».......-
CSP Self
ulla L...u L.J l
To solve the next two problems, we must compare the costs related to each option
based on "common ground". We chose to relate everything to a present value.
8) Your company needs a shimshot machine. After searching you find two
options. First, you can lease the machine for 10 years at $1,500 per year.
Second, you can buy the machine for $10,000 with a maintenance
agreement that costs $500 per year. After 10 years, you can sell the
machine as scrap for $5,000. Assuming the value of money will be 15%
for the ten years, is buying or leasing the better option?
We need to calculate all expenses and profits as present values:
Step 1: Calculate the present expense of leasing the machine for 10 years.
=$1,500 P='?
i=0.15 n=10 A=$1,500 p=?
Please
P lease
= All(~1i (+i)n -1]
1 ++ii)n
)"
(1+i)"--1-I
(1
10
P, =1500X[
Rlease'
I"- (1.15)10_ 1 ]=$7528
1,500x (1.15) =$7,528 f
.l5x(1.15)IO
5x(1.15)10 •
.1
OntheTI-30XIIS:
On the TI-30X IIS: 1IS00X(1.ISAI0-1)/(.ISX 1.1S A10) =
500 x (1.15A1()- 1)/(.l5 X 1.15/~ =7,528
7,S28
nH lllllllll I l l l I H H lllllllllllllllllllllll I I H up l mu I l l n H lllllllllllllllllllllll u lllllllllll uml mu[jlllll lllllWIllllwwlwullLwluwll

l
Copyright©2013
103
llllllllll NW
I
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Step 2: Calculate the present value of the maintenance agreement expense.
i=0.15
i 0.15 n=l0 A=$500
n = lOA = $500 P = ??
Pmaint=A
Pmaint A [(~+it-I]
(1+i)"-1
i(1+i)"
1(1+it
.
A
."
r
|
P =500X[ (1.15)"'-1
(1.15)10_ 1 ] $2,509
maint = 500 X .15x(1.15)JO =
Prnainl =$2,509
x
.15x(1.15)"'
I
On the TI-30X IIS:

lIS: 500 xX (1115A10- LIS" 10) =
I) I (.15 xX 1.15/\
(LIS" 10 - 1)/(.15 = 2,509
Step 3: Calculate the present value of selling the machine for scrap in 10 years.
i=0.15 n
i=0.l5 n=IO F $5,000 P
= l 0 F=$5,000 P=?
=?
i
Pscrap
Pscrap =Fh+iI"
= F [I + it"
I
Pscrap =5,000x[I.15]'°=$1,z36
Pscrap = 5,000 x [1.15ro=$1,236
i
On the TI-30X IIS:
lIS: 55000
000 xX 1.15A -10 = 1,236
1.15" -10
I
Page 104 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Traim'ng,

Training, LLC
CSP Self
Step 4: Calculate the present expense of buying the machine by adding the
present value of maintenance costs and subtracting the present value of revenue
for selling the machine as scrap in ten years.
Pbuy
Pbuy =Ppr
= kg + Pmainl
Pprice Pmaint --
- Pscrap
Pbuy
P buy 2.509 -
10,000 + 2,509
= 10,000+ - I1,236
,236
Pbuy
Pbuy = sl 1,273
=$11,273
As can be seen from the calculations, it would be cheaper to lease the

machine.
9) IfIf the $500 per year maintenance agreement was required for leasing,
leasing, as
well buying the shimshot machine, which would be the better option
well as buying
(buying or leasing) and what would be the percentage saved?
The cost to buy the machine remains the same as in the previous question at
$11,273. Using our answers from the previous question:
question:
Step 1: Calculate the cost of

of leasing the machine by adding the present value of
of
of leasing the machine.
maintenance costs to the present value of
P =
P Please + Pmaint
= Beast P maint
=7,528 ++ 2,509 ==$10,037

P=
_ _ m u n i -

lOS
ii II
Training Safety Workshops

Study Workbook
Self Stud I
Step 2: Calculate percentage saved by leasing.
Pbuy
P buy - P lease xlOO
Please
..._
saved " '

= P
Please
x100
%saved
lease
11,273-10,037 xl 00
11 ,273 -10,037 X
%saved =
%saved ='
10,037 100
10,037
*
1
•
%saved
%saved 12.31 %
= 12.31 %
E
I
I
-.in Il Ill llllllllll lr II I I W

Internatio nal Training,
nf:arv-
CSP Self
Statistics
Statistics
NORMAL DISTRIBUTION
-...llllllllll.....
-3 -2 -1
-1 0 +1
+1 +2 +3
68%
. | 95.45%' . I'
I
|.
| 99.73%
It is anticipated that upcoming CSP examinations will limit the questions

concerning hypothesis testing to the nonnal
normal distribution. Therefore, a nonnal
normal
distribution is illustrated here;
here, it should be noted however that the procedures for
Hypothesis testing vary somewhat with the distribution. If you attempt Hypothesis
testing using a distribution other than the normal distribution a good review of
basic statistical theory is in order.
The "normal"
"nonnal" curve has a single peak (bell shaped). The two tails extend
indefinitely, never touching the horizontal axis. The mean is represented by the
symbol X-BAR. The mean mean lies in the center. The median
median is the middle value of
the series. The number that occurs most often is called the mode. The standard
deviation is represented by the Greek letter sigma "0" or the small letter "s". No
matter what the value of
of the mean and the standard deviation, the area under the
curve is 1.00.
Decision
Decision Theory
Theory
The general procedure in decision theory is to state a hypothesis and then evaluate
against a model distribution that approximates the data available. If
If we reject a
hypothesis when it should have been accepted, we have committed a Type I error.
If we accept a hypothesis when it should have been rejected we have committed a
If
M.ll.IL%l.IL_.U_l Ll.1JJ..1J m Ll_l LE Liu w

Copyright©2013 International Training.
107
CSP Self
I. Type II error. When testing a hypothesis the confidence level or significance level
I
1 indicates the probability of
of the test being in error. The following example defines
the process.
I
I
l
l
If we wished to test a coin to see if it was fair. We could conduct a test and then
If
compare the results with known data. The dispersion of of heads and tails obtained
y
when tossing a known fair coin follows this standard distribution:
-
-
Y<=50
X=50
.........
I
I
.
•
i
»
~
/ I \
0=5
•
Assuming that we can accept a 95% confidence that the coin used in our test is fair,
the next step is to establish a zone of acceptance and rejection. Since we know that
approximately 95% of of the values in a standard distribution will be within about +
or - 2 standard deviations from the mean. We can develop the following model.model.
40-50 60
60-5050
5 5
X-50
X=50 Z -+2
Z=+2
n..
II
95l%
ACCIEPT
REJECT REJECT
2.5% 2.5%
l ..
I 4b 0=5
o_5 60
I
This model indicates that with 100 tosses of a fair coin, a head would be observed
40 to 60 times.
II II I I
I
II. Page 108 Copyr°ht©2013
Copyright©20l3 SPAN International Training, LLC
L..
je
CSP Self
l1.. State the hypothesis. "This test was conducted with a fair coin"
Ho0
H Accept the hypothesis if the number of
of heads in 100 tosses of the coin in
question is between 40 and 60. Otherwise reject.
2. Specify the level of significance. In this case we picked 95%, which

indicates a 5% chance of the hypotheses being rejected. Most confidence
-
testing is conducted at the 95% or 99% levels of confidence.
3. Conduct the test to determine if the coin is fair or not. Obtaining 40 to 60
•
heads in 100 tosses would indicate within a 95% confidence that the coin
was fair. A result outside of
of this 40 to 60 range would force us to reject the
hypothesis. We would say that this result differed significantly from what
would be expected if the hypothesis were true. The probability for a Type I
error would be 5%. We would reject at the 5% significance level.
If one wished to be quite confident that they were not rejecting a possible fair coin,
If
the confidence level could be increased to 99% or about + or - 2.4 standard
deviations. The model would then appear as follows.
38-50
38 50 62-50
5 5
I >><
in
Q
X=50
IIi
Z -2.4 Z = +2.4
1
99l%
ACCIEPT
REJECT REJECT
0_5% 0.5%
38 0-5
0=5 62
For example, ifif one obtained 63 heads in 100 tosses of a coin the coin would be
rejected at the 1%
1% significance level. We would be 99% confident in the results of
the test. There would still remain however, a 1% 1% chance that we could be making
malting a
Type I error (rejecting a fair coin). So, in this case, we would reject at the 1%
1%
significance level. This is very confusing terminology since a more significant test
corresponds to a lower significance level.
In practice, the significant level of 0.05 or 0.01 is used, however other values can
u IJJ l L_! U LJ LU..l_lU1JJJ.IJIJ.IlILllJ.LLlJlllJIJulll.l

109

.
.
.
.
.
3
é
CSP Self
.
.
g
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
I
.
.
.
llll l Q
If you use the 0.05 level, then there are 5 chances out of 100 that the
be selected. If
hypothesis would be rejected when it should be accepted or there is a 95%
confidence level that the hypothesis is correct.
Problems
Sample Problems
Statistic Sample
1. Given the following numbers 10, 10, 15,

l. 25, 35 compute the (sample)
15,25,35
standard deviation.
standard
of the stat function on our calculator

Note: To solve this problem without the use of
we must build a table and then apply the formula.
formula .
.
_.s
-.
TABLE
Ig
X X
- x-x-
X-X (X_X)2
(x-U
g
10 19 9
-9 81
z
'I
10 19 9
-9 81
15 19 -4 16
25 19 6 36
35 19 16 256
..
..
.
Zx =9 5
IX=95 XIx-i)2=470
I(X_X)2=470
...
..
...
.
rlr I' l ll I' l I'II1lII m I -inmu Illlllllllllllllm I I
l
Page 110 Training,
International T
Copyright©2013 SPAN International i n g , LLC
I
l
m u m » - . .
CSP Self
Formula
S_
s= ~L(X2)
Z(X2) WHERE (x = x
X -- iX)
)
nn-l
-l
S=~L(X_X)2
S: l2(x-if
' n -l
n-l
ss=
= ~ 470 =10.839
4701 =
55-
-l
Note: Most modem

modern scientific calculators perform statistical functions. I
recommend you learn to do standard deviation calculations on your calculator
prior to the exam. You will save yourself some time and avoid the possibility of
errors.
On the TI
TI 30X IIS:
lIS: Set to STAT Mode then select l-VAR
I-VAR and enter:
enter: Press
DATA Xt=lO
XI=l0 down arrow FRQ=l
FRQ=1 down arrow X2=l0
X2=10 down arrow FRQ=l
FRQ=1
down arrow X3=l5 FRQ=1 down arrow ~=25
X3=15 down arrow FRQ=l X4=25 down arrow
FRQ=l
FRQ=1 down arrow Xs=35
X5=35 down arrow FRQ=l
FRQ=1 down arrow, then press
STATVAT
STA TVA T select Sx = 10.839

111
CSP Self
Self Study
StudY Workbook Volume I
mm
2. What is the standard deviation of the following complete set of data points?
100 ppm, 124 ppm, 115 ppm, 93 ppm, 85 ppm, 102 ppm, 109 ppm, 111
ppm, 114 ppm, 102 ppm, 104 ppm.
TABLE
X X xX-X
-i (X_X)2
(X~Xf
100 105.4 5.4 29.2
E
I
E
. 124 105.4 18.6 345.96
...
~
115 105.4 9.6 92.16

93 105.4 --12.4
12.4 153.76
85 105.4 ..- 20.4 416.16
102 105.4 --3.4
3.4 11.56
109 105.4 3.6 12.96
111 105.4 5.6 31.36
114 105.4 8.6 73.96
I
}
102 105.4 --3.4

3.4 11.56
\
I
I
104 105.4 -- 1.4 1.96

I !
Ex = 1159
LX=1l59 ..-=1181
L:(X-X)2=1181
Z(x-§(`)n4*-
F
s
.. X
\M II II I II I I I I
-----
IIIII IIII llllllllI II lllllllllllllll I
CSP Self
I llll I I Ill I lIIIIII
~'f.~')
cr = I§_j(X2) WHERE ((xx =
n
- XX - 52)
X)
cr = ~'f.(X:
E(x S(-)2
X)'
n
cr=
G * ~1l81
1181
11
a = 10.36
Q'=
Note: This example of of a "population" standard deviation calculation demonstrates

the need to do this type of problem solution on the calculator. There are simply too
many failure points in the long hand method.
On the TI11 30X IIS:

lIS: Set to STAT
STAT Mode then select 1-VAR
I-V AR and enter: Press
DATA
DATA X1=100
X l =l00 down arrow FRQ=1
FRQ=1 down arrow X2=124
X 2=124 down arrow
FRQ=1
FRQ= 1 down arrow X3=115
X3= 115 down arrow FRQ=1
FRQ= 1 down arrow X4=93
x,.=93 down
arrow FRQ=l
FRQ=1 down arrow X5=85 down avow arrow FRQ=l
FRQ=1 down arrow, continue
until all numbers are entered, then press.
press STATVAT
STATV AT select ox
ax = 10.36
n.

Copyrigbt©2013 International Training,
113
SPAN Intemationad
CSP Self
Self Stud
of the following X -- X values:

33. Calculate the sample standard deviation of
I
3.8, 0.8, -0.2, -1.2, -3.2

3.8,0.8,
I
TABLE
x-55
X-X (x~if
(X-Xl
3.8 14.44
0.8 0.64
•
i
.
* -0.2 0.04
0.04
-1.2 I .44
1.44
-3.2 10.24
21(X -
I(X X)2 =
- 5-<)2 = 26.80
2(X-§(-)2
I26.80 = 2.59
S:
s = J'f.(X - X)' p6.S0 2.59 2
n _- 1
n-l 4
..
i
i.. lllllllllll w Illlll w Illmm r
§ alai l Illllllllllllllll I I-INllllllllllllllllll I I I I l l II II II lllllllllllIIIIIIIIIII I lllllIIIIIIIlllllllllllllllllllllllllll I I II Ill'IIII l I III III Illlllllllllll l
*
Training, LLC
1 u gr |
CSP Self
Often in statistical work the coefficient of variance (CV) is used to describe the
relationship between the standard deviation and the mean of of the distribution.
1000
• a
Coefflcnent
•
Coefficient of variance
varlance= = ii
= CV = lOOcr
X
The CV gives us an indication of

of the clustering of data points around the mean of
the distribution. For example:
Which of
of the following exposures has a wider distribution:
• a mean of 900 ppm with a standard deviation of 80 ppm;

ppm, or
• a mean of
of 300 ppm with a standard deviation of 20 ppm
CV = 1000
CV 100a CV = 1006
CV looa
X -
X
CV = 100x80 ppm
_loox80ppm CV = l00x 20 ppm
_100x20ppm
900 ppm 300 ppm
CV =8.89
CV=8.89 CV 6.67
CV=6.67
2
The data with a lower CV is more tightly clustered around its mean. Therefore, the
=
data with a CV = 8.89 would have the wider distribution.
Copyright©2013
Copyrigbt©2013 SPAN International Training,
Training, LLC llS
Page 115
_
CSP Self
Self Stud
Calculating "z"
"z" scores to determine
detennine the percentile and the area under the curve
4. The data shown in this chart depicts the reliability data for failure of a
critical component in a subsystem assembly. Assuming the data follows a
normal distribution with a mean of 1800 and a standard deviation of 250,
what is the probability of the component failing at 2200 hours of operation?
A.)
A.) 99.9%
0.09 I I
0.08
B.)
B.) 94.5% y,
~
r: 0.07
* c.)
C.) 87.7% '!:mQ)~ 0.06
u
4
D.)
D.) 82.5% -u
.... 0.05
.:~
"'CI
>>
:5
A'-'Z 0.04
~es
'8 0.03
-g
.g 0.02
.,..
""~
in
'"
~ 0.01
Q.. 0.01
...I
-I
1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400

Time to failure in hours
Time
E
E
E
..E
.E
¢
..
.
.
..
..
..
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.é
.§
.i
.1.
1..
.E
.
I
.
.E
.
lInIlTflII1liwln lw n mmml VTIMIMIIMI'1"1 r'l-"rlnnm1'nmr"1
..
..
..
..
CSP Self
..
..
..
..
..
..
.
me-mu
Z=
Z
X-u
X-f.1
G
(J
2200-1800
2200-1800
zZ
250
400
Z=
250
z=l.6
z=1.6
Area under the curve, l .6 =

curve; 1.6 = 0.4452
Pf
Pf = 0.5 + 0.4452
R=94.5%
Pf =94.5%
Finding The Area Under The Curve
The process ofof finding the desired area

under the curve often involves several
l><
x
steps. In this instance we are looking for
the entire area under the curve from the
beginning ofof the curve on the extreme left ~
o
~
side to 1.6 standard deviations on the odder
other o
o
side of the mean. Z = = standard deviation
and X-bar = =mean. I
This IS
Thus is the area we are looking
looking for.
|
I H Ills 1 I I lIMllllIII
l I l l lll\l\\l\llllllllllll\lllllllll
Copyright©2013
117
l II |
k
CSP Self I I II llllllllllII
Table of Normal Distribution (BCSP formula

of the Nonnal fonnu1a sheet)
izz 0o 111 122 133 144 5
15 6
16 177 188
9
9
11.5
1.5 .4332
.4332
.4345 .4357
.4370
.4345
.4357 .4370
.4382 .4394
.4406
.4382
.4394 .4418
.4429
.4406
.4418 .4441
I
.4429
.444 I
:
.II
H
i
.6
1.6 .4452
.4452 .4463
.4463 .4474
.4474 .4484
.4484 .4495
.4495 .4505
.4505 .4515
.4515 .4525
.4525 .4535
.4535 .4545
.4545
i
l
Step 1: From the table in the

BCSP Examination x From the table
Reference Handout, .60 :=0.4452
I1.60
.•
al
*
*
determine the area

determine
under the curve from
/
X~bar to a Z of
the X-bar of ally
--
1.60 -- a ZZ of 1.60
This area occupies 6.4452 of the curve.
0.4452 of
0.4452; a Z
would be 0.4452,
of 1.61 would be
of
0.4463; 1.62 would be 0.4474 etc.
0.4463,
Step 2: Since we are looking for the

x
l><
area of the curve, measured From the table

from the extreme left side, ••
1.60 =0.4452
•
we must add in the left half
of the curve, which is, of
of .:-
•
·A~32
/
••
l
I
.
course, 50% or half the
curve.
'or.
This is the area we are looking for.

'I:his
+ 0.4452 ::=0.9452
0.5 +
u II l I I l llllllllllllllll\llll Illlllwllllllllllllllllllmll H WN II
Copyright©20l3
-.. » - - . . . . .
|
CSP Self I I I II I
luwnuwuuw
lllll llll
uauauuawuuu He l.u
| |
I u.u-I-I-I.I.ll.H 11.-11
5. of the component failing if operated until 1400
What is the probability of

hours?
A.) about 11.66%
B.) about 8.33%
C.)
c.) about 7.5%
D.) about 5.5%
about
5. D because:
Calculate a Hz" formula

"z" value using fonnula
X...
X - J.l
z=
z PL
<5
(J
1400-1800
1400-1800
z
250
-400
z - 400 -=-1.6
1.6
250
z= 250
curve; -
Area under the curve, -1.6
1.6 = 0.4452
H
Pc = 0.5 -0.4452
- 0.4452 = 5.5 %
normal distribution can be found in the BCSP Examination

Note: Tables for the nonnal
Reference Handout.
II n II Illllllllllllllllllllllllll I Hllllllllllllllllll in l lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll I l l llllllllllllllllllll llllllllllllllllll l l l H llllllllIllllllllllllllllllllll l II II llllllllllll I No Ill lllllllllllllIlllMIll1

Copyright©2013 SPAN InternaUonal Page 119
Page 119
_
I
CSP Self
Self Study
StudY Workbook Volume
Volume__II
- in
'Q
1'Q
This time we are looking for the area 341
l><
x
under the curve from the beginning of of
the curve on the extreme left side to
to -
1.6 standard deviations this side of
the mean. Again, Z == standard
deviation and X-bar ==mean.
mean.
I
looking for.
This is the area we are looking
I
Table of Normal Distribution (BCSP formula
of the Nonnal fonnula
- sheet)
I
E
:
E
2Z 0
10 11I 2
12 3
13 4
14 5
15 6
16 7 8 9
I
(
15
1.5 .4332 .4345 I.4357
.4332 I .4345 .4357 I .4370 .4382 I .4394
.4370 I.4382 .4394 .4406 .4418 I .4429
.4418 .4429 I .4441
.4441
16
1.6 .4452 .4463 I.4474
.4452 1.4463 .4484 I .4495
.4474 1.4484 .4505 1.4
.4495 1.4505 .4515 .4525 .4535 I .4545
.4525 1.4535 .4545
i l:
Step 1: From the table, determine
detennine the
area under the curve from the
X-bar to a Z of 1.60. There is 04452*
From the table
=
-1.60 z 0.4452
l><
x
.
...
..
..
..
no negative Z or -l
table because it would
occupy the same area.
.6 on the
-1.6
However, it would lie to the

~..
" of the curve.
This area occupies 0.0548 of
left of
of the X-bar. Negative
left,
left; positive right.
Step 2: Subtract the area occupied from that half

half of the curve.
l 0.5 - 0.4452 = 0.0548

»
II I l l I l I l II NI

I
x
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook Volume lI
6. What is the overall probability of the component failing between 1600 and
2,000 hours.
A.) 33.3%
B.) 57.8%
c.)
C.) 61.6%
61.6%
D.)
D.) 45.5
45.5%%
Step 1: Calculate a "z" value using formula

fonnula
X-u X X -
X-fl
Z=-- zZ=
= lu
G
(j 0(j
2000-1800
2000-1800
z_ 1600-1800
1600--1800
z=---- z=---
250 250
200 =0.8 -200 --0.8

z = 200- =
250 0.8
Z= 250 = -200
zZ= 250 - 0.8
250
Area; 0.8 =
Area,0.8 = 0.2881 Area; -
Area, - 0.8 := 0.2881
0.2881
Step 2: Add each individual H 0.2881 +0.2881 = 0.5762

P :=0.2881+0.2881=0.5762
f
area to determine
area detennine the
total area under the
curve Pc ==57.6%
R 57.6%
(explanation on next page)
lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll\ll\l II n l l I I'll wI llllllll inIllllllllllll llllllIll Jun n l ul I lllll

ll
II I lIHIlllllllHlllllll l II I u
l II Ill l l l l l Il l l\l lMH Il

Page 121
II l I
lll-l -
lllllllllllllII n ill I l
SPAN International
Internation,al Training Safety Workshops
I CSP Self
I I I llll II II II II II I II II III Illll I
xI
This time we are looldng

looking for the area under the curve between two points. In this
case the distance from the mean is the same, that is 1-_
± 0.8 standard deviations from
the mean. So we can determine the area under one deviation and double it to
determine the total area. If
If they were different values we would simply add them
together.
Table of the Normal Distribution (BCSP formula sheet)

1
z
z 0 11 2
12 3
13 4
14 5
15 6
16 7
17 8
18 9
19
1
1
93
/).7 .2580 .2612
.2612 .2652
.2652 .2673
.2673 .2704
.2704 .2734
.2734 .2764
.2764 .2794
.2794 .2823
.2823 .2852
of
0.8 .2881 1.2910
1.2881 .2910 .2939
.2939 .2967
.2967 .2996
.2996 .3023
.3023 .3051
.3051 .3078
.3078 .3106
.3106 .3133
.3133
From the table, determine the

I
area under the curve from the X- X
-xX
bar to a Z of
of 0.8. There is no
I
negative Z or -0.8 on the table
,r
because it occupies the same
s
s
s
s
area. So to find the total area we
-re
sI
simply double the table value.
l
s
EEG 122'_""
Ill l l l l l l l lImln l I I l I II n l l l nu l un lllllllllllIINol ll l l l l l l l l I II Hllllllllll w n Hl lll l l l l II

$',...,
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1-
i
I
v
;i'5
llfii
SPAN International Training Safety Wo rkshops
Workshops
CSP Self StudY Workbook Volume -I
Self Study
I
I
2,.
J. |
7.
7o What is the probability of
of the component performing without failure if n
i
operated until 2400 hours?
A.) 8.02%
B.) 0.82%
C.)
c.) 1.04%
D.) 1.82%
7
7.
* We selected answer B because:
Calculate a "z"
"zit value X-f.1
Z: X H
z=
using formula. o
u
2400-1800
z : 2400 1800 una-
z=---
250
Z=
600
600 = 2.4
z= 250
250
Area, 2.4 = 0.4918

Area;
Pf
Pf =0.5+0.4918==0.9918
=0.5+0.4918=0.9918
Determine reliability. R
R,I =1-Pf
RI
R, = 11- 0.99182
0.9918 = 0.0082 = 0.82 %
INHHWMWMWW
Copyright©2013
nlllllllllllllllllllll n uI I HI I III

I I I II II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I II I llllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll II II II I I l I l lllllll -
123
Page 123
I
CSP Self
I II IIIIIII
Workbook Volume I
Self Study Workbook llll I I Illllllll llll Ill Illlll I lllllll r
This time we are looking for the area
r><1
x
under the curve remaining after
I deducting the area occupied from the
I
beginning of the curve out to 2.4
standard deviations.
standard
This is the area we are looking for
__n
of the Normal Distribution
Table of Distribution (BCSP formula sheet)
l
i 0 I1 2 3 4 5 66 7 8 9
iz.3
2.3 .4893
.4893 .4896
.4896 .4898
.4898 _490l
.4901 .4904
.4904 .4906
.4906 .4909
.4909 .4911
.4911 .4913
.4913 .4916
.4916
2.4 .4918
.4918 .4920
.4920 .4922
.4922 .4925
.4925 .4927
.4927 .4929
.4929 .4931
.4931 .4932
.4932 .4934
.4934 .4936
.4936
Step 1: From the table, determine

x
the area under the curve
E of
X -bar to a Z of
from the X-bar
l
2.40.
From the table
z 0.4918
2.4 =0.4918
r
" 1
wrr-'-n-m nm\mmmrmnmlnillnlml»ml»lrnr°1
Copyright©2013 Internatio nal Training, LLC
I
4. .` ._....,
I n_nnIll
- I l - NIH
I. u
CSP Self
II I
I-uuu.u.I
I II II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I I I I I I I I III II III II II II I | | | | | | | |
Step 2: Now we add in the other -
l ><I
x
side of the curve, which is,
of course, 50% or half the
curve.
From the table
=
2.4 = 0.4918
0.5 + 0.4918 = 0.9918
l><:I
Step 3: Subtract from 11 to find the x
small area of the curve.
1-.9918=.0082 From the table

2.4 : 0.4918
0.4918 + 0.5 = 0.9918 1 0.9918

- - ¢
0.0082
:::
Alternately, like some problems presented earlier you could have simply
subtracted the table value for 2.4, that is, 0.4918 from 0.5, with the same
results.
l lIIIII.II.II II.II.IIIIII.IIIIIIII I I I II I Ill. Ilnll .lll\\l\lllllllllllllll\lllllll\\ll\\ll\\ II l I |

Page 125
2.1
CSP Self
Self Stud
r. II
8. You passed the CSP exam (of

(of course) with a score of
of 139. The mean was
115 and the standard deviation was 15.8. If
If 300 people took the exam, how
many scored higher than you?
A.) 38
B.) 19
C.) 6
D.) 169
~iep 1. Calculate Z score

Step X..
X-JI
zz=
= Pl
O'
IT
2=139-115
139-115
z=--
15.8
z = 1.519 ::::d ,52

z=1.519=1.52
Step 2. Find area from table on formula sheet
Step 3. Add .5 for left side of curve
AREA=.4357
AREA=.4357
'
TOTAL =0.5 ++ 0.4357 :=0.9357
TOTAL AREA =
Step 4. Subtract from 1 to get area above Z value

1- 0.9357= 0.0643
1-0.9357=0.064 3
Step 5. Multiply by 300 people

300X0.0643=
300xO.0643= 19.3
fT"'mlTm
Page 126
Page Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
Copyright©2.013
po::
CSP Self
f Correlation
Coefficient oof
Coefficient
The CSP examinations have traditionally required examinees to compute one of
two different types of
of coefficient of
of correlation. The Pearson - Product Moment
Coefficient of
of Correlation (r), which is explained in this workbook, or the
Spearman - Rank Order Coefficient of Correlation (p), which is exp] aimed in the
explained
Candidate Examination Guide obtained from the BCSP. Although, the
calculations are demonstrated on the following pages you are advised to team
learn how
to solve these problems using the "stat" functions on your calculator. As with the
standard deviation calculations, there are just too many steps required to do this
type of
of calculation by building tables and applying the fomiula.
formula.
9. Which of the following coefficient of correlation best describes the

relationships shown in this chart?
A.) + .90
B.) .90
,90
*~.;--.- .
B.) 35
.I
C.) +
c.) .05 30
'D
...... . .
·~-i..
A #
D.)
D.) .05
I
25
0
9
'\°=',.
'.
I
. - . ~ -...
6 0
20
..
I
,
_ ...
.":1:."
'. -. -.
'u I I
u.,
:- .......
:1_,-
| n
I
- .
'-,
15
-. * ." ).ow:.
-Q
Q L Y
* E. lI
10
- |
•
.
1 ° . "
. _ ..• ••••
1
'•
:'\f;..
'..s
• ... 1
-|."-
'
•
'I
....
i'l.l
'
I
•
1 "
0o 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
I I I IIIII II II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II II II II II II I I II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I III III |uuJ|u.u|wLI|lIli-

I
Internation&l Training Safety Workshops
SPAN International
CSP Self I lllll I
9. We selected answer B
B because:
I
l
a
The statistical term for the amount of association between two variables is
correlation. The coefficient of correlation is an expression of of the correlation
as a number between 0 and 1. l . Thus a perfect coefficient of correlation is 1,
on the other hand 0 represents no correlation. In the scatter diagram shown
in this question it is obvious that
there is a strong correlation
between the "Y" and "X" data,
35 •
.,. . . .
..........
however the correlation is not
30
.:. .,8:' .
I I # 1
8
perfect and there are a number 25 | .. _.
»-'ii JI'
I
8
• •• :: ••:1":.
•
.._.§
• II I ••
.I Qs
20
1
*
seem to have no
of dots that seen
of I' •
.-,.
.1::,.... - ·
....
4'
..:r. •
I
-
¢
correlation. It is also evident by 15 .- • 1'6:.....*|!
: .. .
I l l - | l
inspection, that the correlation is .=-H?"

-.-
._
L
10 .° .l'l.'= . . .• I s I
I inverse or negative, that is, with 5 -.".-

... .
• I I ••
:' . .
:'i"°-
I I 1
every increase in "Y" value

'. ,
.|'.¢ !
.. •
I
there is a decrease in "X" value.
o 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
0
The two sets of data are
inversely related. The only selection that offers a strong negative correlation
is liB". If
If the data had a strong positive correlation, it could be represented
by the chart shown here. In which case selection "A" would be the best
choice. Answer "C" & & "D" show almost no correlation and the scatter
1 diagram depicting that condition would show a very random pattern.
I
a Page 128 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
I
I I
I II
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CSP Self
10. As the safety director for a large organization, you have implemented a new
training initiative. Supervisors in some of your plants will test a new self-
self
study safety educational package. These supervisors reported each week to a
training center
center where they checked out self-study safety material. The time
each supervisor spent reviewing the material was tabulated by training
department personnel and when the supervisors felt they were ready they
were administered a final written examination. You are also planning to give
these same supervisors an additional test after six months to determine
retention. The table below shows the hours each supervisor spent on self
study and the raw score each received on the final examination. Using this
data, compute the Pearson Product Moment Coefficient of of Correlation
between the two sets ofof data.
data.
A.) 0.31
A.) 0.31
B.) 0.86
B.)
C.) 0.67
c.)
D.) 0.72
D.)
Supervisor Hours Scores H Supervisor

Supervisor
Supervisor Hours Scores
-
A 124
24 75 G -x 16 71
71
B 23 83 H 15 68
C 19.5 . 98 I 14.5 59
D 18 80 J 14 62
E 17 74
'74 K 13.5 70
F 1 16.5 69 L 10 54
1 d
llllllll I l II nn Illlllll l I mllll II uI

I\ll\llllllllllllllllll\III
Copyright©2013
129
SPAN International
Internation&l Training Safety Workshops
I
CSP Self
10.
10. We selected answer D because:
i Step 1:
l: Build a table
I Supervisor X Y X2
X2 Y2
y2 XY
A
A 24 75 576.00 5,625.00 l ,800.00
1,800.00
B 23 83 529.00 6,889.00 1,909.00
l1.909.00
,909.00
C 19.5 98 380.25 9,604.00 1,911.00
DO
D 18 80 324.00 6,400.00 1,440.00
I!
E' 17 74 289.00 5,476.00 1,258.00
1,258.00
I
F 16.5 69 272.25 4,761.00 I, I 38,50
1,138.50
G 16 71 256.00 5,041.00 I, I 36.00
1,136.00
H 15 68 225.00 4,624.00 1,020.00
1I 14.5 59 210.25 3,48 l .00
3,481.00 855.50
JJ 14 62 196.00 3,844.00 868.00
K 13.5 70 182.25 4,900.00 945.00 I
L 10
10 54 100.00 2,916.00 540.00
I
I
I
l
!
N=l2
N=I2 ZX=20
LX=201l ZY=°863
I:Y=863 LX2=3,540
ZX2=3,540 I:y 2=63,561I
2`.Y2=63,56 zxy=I4,82I
I:XY=14,821
l
I
!
I
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
1III'IIM"T'I'I_
Page 130 ~ Copyright©20l3

LLC
J
Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study Workb
Workbook Volumee lI
ook Volum
N L(XY) - (L X)(LY)
n2(xy)-(2x)();y)
.I
Step 2: Apply the formula.

formula. r=t=========~========
~N L(X 2) - (LX)2 ~N L(y2) - ((L
Jn2(x2)-(.>;x)2 v/nZ(y2) Eyy)2
)
2
Hint: Most scientific calculators

calculators
have a "stat" function, which
will allow you to compute 12 (14,821 )- (201)(863)
12(14,82l)--(201)(863)
o r
r=~== ======~r==========
coefficient of correlation
coefficient correlation with
a single key stroke, after
~12 (3,540) - (201)2 v12(63,561)-(863)
\/12 (3,540)-(201)2
2
J12 (63,561) - (863)2
entering the individual
individual data
points. Consult your
calculator instruction
calculator instruction book.
177,852 -- 173,463
-173,46 3
r=-r======~~==========
On the TI 30X IIS:
lIS: Set to STAT .J42,480--40,401.
742,480 40,401 v762,732 - 744,769
J762,73 2-744,76 9
Mode then select 2-VAR
2-V AR and enter:
Press DATA XI=24
X 1=24 down arrow
Y 1=75 down arrow X2=23
Y1=-75 X 2=23 down
arrow Y
Y2=-83
2=83 down arrow X3=19.5
X3=l9.5 r= 4,389
4,389 _4,389
= 4,389 = 0 72
z 0.72
down arrow Y3=98
Y3=98 down arrow .J2,079.J17,963 6,111
1/2,079 ~//7,963 6,111 .
)4=18
X4=l 8 down arrow Y4=80
Y4=80 down
arrow Xs=17
X5-=l7 down arrow Ys=YE= 74
STATV AT select r =
down arrow, continue until done, then press STATVAT = 0.72.
Copyrig ht©201 3 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Internat ional Training
Training,, LLC
Page 131
International.Training
CSP Self
Self Stud
Pearson Product
Product Moment
Moment Coefficient of Correlation
...
I I . Compute the Product Moment Coefficient of
11. of Correlation for the scatter
..
..
.. diagram shown below.
A.) 0.955 351••••••••••;..............................................
Ilaavaaaantaalnsiu:xanaxanpnnuuls1s1n1nunnulls1i1111p111sa
B.) 0.943
C.)
c.)
D.)
0.886
0.998
·1
annaananna1nquannnnga1nangl»uu.¢.a..¢saln»1l\l»l.l
30 [························••·••••••••••···•··...
25 ....................................."
nth!ntnafnInaaaastnnnnananlnnntlarilils ~
•
I
.A
20t··..•·•·••..•••··•..•·..··..
m1nl1ilnullnaaiula..llI.ninia¢a
1
15 I"'''''''''!
ull.lll1.r»»»
·
I l . D l l l . l ll* u
10 I.......... ........,
·
··· ....
lll.lll
·
5 ··· ... ·
·· . ·
0o 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
I
11. We selected answer B

B because:
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
Step 11: •
a Build a table
.
eXx
I
Y X2
X2 Y2
y2 XY
|
..
.. i
.. !
..
.. i
I
. .
l
E
I 35 35 1,225.00 1,225.00 1,225.00
I
30 30 900.00 900.00 900.00
£25
25 25 625.00 625.00 625.00
20 20 400.00 400.00 400.00
! 115
5 10 225.00 100.00 150.00
10 15 100.00 225.00 150.00
.
zx=135
LX=135 LY=135
zy=135 LX2=3,475
ZX2=3,475 Ly2=3,475
ZY2=3,475 ZXY=3,450
LXY=3,450
... e
§..i
§
§ .
Ills HH I IIlllllllllllllll
l l I l I
*
_ I
I
CSP Self
Step 2: Apply the formula.

formula.
N L(XY) - (L X)(L: Y)
n>;(xy)-(zxxzv)
r=~======~~=======
V/n2(x2)- ( Z x ) \/N
~NL:(X2)_(LX)2 ~NL:(y2)_(L:y)2
2( y2 ) - ( i n
,
6 (3,450) -
6(3,450) - (135)(135)
r=r=========~========
~6 (3,475) - (135)2 ~6
v6(3,475)-(135)
2
v6(3,475)-~(I35)
(3,475) - (135)2
2
20,700 - 18,225
20,700-18,225
r=~========~========
1/20,850-18,225
-.)20,850 -18,225 1/20,850-18,225
-.)20,850 -18,225
r= 2,475
2,475 =2 475 = 0.943
2,4759=0.943
1/2,625 -j2,625 2,625
-.)2,625 v2,625
Hint: Most scientific calculators have a "stat" function, which will allow you to
compute coefficient of correlation with a single key stroke, after
after entering the
individual data points. Consult your calculator instruction book.
On the TI 30X lIS:

IIS: Set to STAT Mode then select 2-VAR and enter:
Press DATA X1=35
X 1=35 down arrow Yi=35
Y 1=35 down arrow X2=30
X2=30 down
arrow Y2=30 down arrow X3=25 down arrow Y3=25 down arrow
X4=20
Xt=20 down arrow Y4=20 down arrow X5=l5
X5= 15 down arrow Y5=10
Y5=l0
~=1 0 down arrow Y6=l5,
down arrow, X6=l0 Y6=15, then press STATVAT, select
= 0.943.
rr=
l I n H u n H u IU l l l Illlllllllllllll I Hllllllllllllllll l l III l l 111 l IIWIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II II IIIIIIIIIIIIlII1II_JIl,LI,II11l1ll
Copyright©2013
|
SPAN International Training Safety Worksh
Workshops
ops lr
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook
StudY Workbo ok Volume I
Probabilit y calculations
Probability calculatio ns involving the
the Poisson Distribution
Distributio n
12.
12. Your supervisor has asked you to calculate statistics on the accidents at one
of your plants. The safety technician at the plant indicates that the total
average number of accidents that occur during a given month is 5. What is
the probability that there will be exactly four accidents in the upcoming
month?
A.) .0067
A.)
B .I .0033
B.)
.A
C.) .0842
C-)
•a""
a D.) .1755
D.)
12. We selected answer D

D because:
P (r) = e-U{At y
l.
The value of "t" in this problem is 1. P (r) = e
r!
r1
e-3 544
e5 5
Note: Find the probability of P4 =
p4
4!
4'
"exactly" four accidents alerts us to use
the Poisson distribution.
distribution.
=(0.00674) xx (625)
P
\
¥ P
P44 4x3x2xl
4x 3x 2 x i
I
1
P = 4.2125 0.1755
= 4.2125
P44 : 0.l 755
Select basic f~ihula
f<%\u1a and solve
I
I
i
I
I
i
- _ It I lllllllI.ll lmlm MII I' r III l' ii I

LLC
r

Self Study~ Workbook Volume I
CSP Self ll
13. As a consultant you have been given the task of investigating the safety at a
dangerous intersection. Police reports indicate that there are an average of 5
accidents per month. Your employer tells you to develop an action report to
change the intersection if the probability of more than three accidents is .65
or greater. What is the probability that there will be more than three
accidents at the intersection this month?
A.) .26502 Develop report

B.) .26502 Take action
C.)
c.) .73498 Develop report
D.) .73498 Take no action
1
1
l3.We
13.We selected answer C because:
In order to solve this problem we must calculate the probability of 0, 1, 2, 3,

accidents occurring, add these together, and then subtract from 1. The value
of
of "t"
"t" in this problem is 1.
e-5
e'5 50 e-5 51
50 P = e'5 51 =0.03369
= 0.03369
Po: 0! =0.00674
P =-=0.00674
o O! ) 1l!E
e-55 52 6-5 53
P2 = e- 52 ::= 0.08422
P p = e'5 53 =0.14037
P =0.14037
unlllll
lullunnls
3
2 2!!
2 3 3!
32
Pm,
l(0,1.2.3)
I,2,3) + 0.03369 ++ 0.08422 +0.
= 0.00674 + + 0.14037
14037 =
=: 026502
0.26502
P(>3) := 11- 0.26502 = 0.73498

l(>3) .--
I
JUUNU..ULlL...J U l Lim lm l L

International Training, Page
Page 135
135
E
I
I url I,

I
I
.CSP Stud~ Workbook

Self Study
CSP Self Volume I
Work book Volume -E
14. You
14. have a machine in your shop that has gone out of service unexpec
You have tedly
unexpectedly
12 times
12 probability
times in the last two years. What is the probabi machin e will
lity that the machine
operate the next two months without a break down?
A.) 37%
B.)
S.) 47%
C.)
c.) 50%
D.)
D.) 25%
because:
14. We selected answer A because:
..
IL
*
A
•
e-21
AI
PIT) =-
P(,)
(/10'
(ILt)'e-
r!
r!
Set tt =
Set =11 (a two month period) KA==expected
expected number of if 12
events, so if
of events,
happened in 24 months, then for two months we would expect one
failures happened
failures
failure or AK = 1.
l.
.i
Rate (r) to solve for is "0".
I
P (It e"
(1)° - 37
e- =.3'1
(0) =
Pm) -.
O!
Ii
I
I III I MII M I

Copyright©2013 LLC
Training, LLC
Interna tional Training,
l
I H lllllllllllllllllllllllll H l

Self Study
l
t-Distribution
f-Distribution
The "t" test is used to
determine if the
difference between a
Norma!
Nonnal Distribution
treatment group and a
." /
control group is due to

20 degrees of freedom
chance. The "t"
distribution is
traditionally used
;,.¢v ........."'A: to degrees of

10 of freedom
freedom
when the sample size
is less than 30. When
lt - distribution - has higher tails and a lower mean than the normal
...... nonnal distribution
using the "t"
as the degrees of freedom
freedom increase, it approaches the normal
nonnal distribution.
distribution the
confidence level will
need to be specified.
The "t" distribution uses the tails of the normal distribution.

distribution .
The "t" distribution is lower at the mean and higher at the tails than the normal
distribution.
distribution.
The procedure for solving "t"

"t" distribution is as follows:
follows:
Ho
1. State a hypothesis, designate it H0 4. Test the decision from the sample
study.
2. State the alternate hypothesis, 5. Decide on the statistical hypothesis
designate it as H,
HI to be tested.
3. Specify the level of
of significance. 6. The results are used to accept or
reject the hypothesis.
I l Illlllllllllllllllll Hlllll l ll I Hl u HW II l l Illllllllllllllllll Ill l llllllllllllllllllll WN I lllllll um I I Illllllllllll I l W n H llllllllllllllllllll l \lll\l\lllllllll\ I wwnllulunlllll

Training, LLC Page
Pag e 137
137
.a
SPAN
SPAN International
Safety Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study
Workbook Volume
Step
Step By Step Problem
Probl em Solving, Distr ibutio n
"t" Distribution
Solving, "t"
During of 10 lengths
strength of rope
of rope
lengths of
15.
15. During aa construction
construction operation,
operation, the brealdng
breaking strength
manufactured by ABC company
company were in doubt. from
doubt. Each of the ropes were from
1 manufactured by
aa different
different lot
lot number.
number. Testing
Testing showed
showed a mean breaking strength of
breaking strength 17,750
of 17,750
pounds and aa standard
pounds and standard deviation
deviation of company claims
of 750. The company mean
claims a mean
1 breaking strength of
breaking strength of 19,000 confidence value do
19,000 lbs. Using a 99% confidence the
do the
!
readings
readings obtained
obtained support
support the manu
manufacturer's advertisem
facturer's advert ent?
serpent?
1.
I. hypothesis.
State the null hypothesis.
HE
I/o The
The mean
mean is
is equal to 19,000
equal to 19,000 lbs. The manufacturer's claim is
The manufacturers correct.
is correct.
1
2. State
State the alternate hypothesis.
alternate hypothesis.
HI The
The mean
mean is
is less
less than
than 19,000 manufacturer's claim
19,000 lbs. The manufacturers correct.
not correct.
claim is not
HI
Specify Which indicates 1%
indicates aa 1%
3.
3. Specify the
the level of
of significance. In this case 99%. Which
significance. In
bi chance
chance of
of the null hypotheses rejected.
hypotheses being rejected.
4&5. of the
computing the value of t-test
4&5. Test
Test the
the decision
decision from the sample
sample study by computing the t-test
I and rejecting
rejecting if
if greater value:
greater than table value:
a I t-Dis tribu tion

t-Distribution
I
F
:>< I
JD
'sz
x
1
= X-fl
TI
;
t "
un
17 0-19. 000 1/I6

s750-19000
17,75
750
xJlQ 1
t= 750 X
1
1 -1 250 x3.16 =-5. 27
I t=: -1,25 0 x3.l6=-5.27
9
t= 750750
!
a I Page 138 Copyright©2013 Train iDg, LL
Inter natio nal Tnnininlg,
Copy right© 2013 SPAN International C
LLC
--
---._....
--~ '-- ----- -- ---
l"H0IIIll
um lll umm
I
CSPm Self
Self Study
n
IWW
Workbook Volume I
IW II l
n = number of
Where, n=number of data points
s=
§ = standard deviation
From the "t" distribution table at N=
N
of population
of 10 and p =
=.99
x ==mean of sample
X Table of Percentage Points to

fo
=
p = mean of control group
fl
I
! no
NJ p->
p--7 0.750 0.90 0.95 0.99
I i
1 1.0 3.078 6.314 31.82

I
5 0.727 11.476
.476 2.015 3.365 |
l
110
0 0.700 1.372 1.812 2.764 , , '
1! 1155
I
I
0.691
0.691 1.341
1.341 11.753
.753 2.602
t = 2.764
al lllllllll I llllllllll Illlllll I nell l l ml lllllllll\ mud l
Copyright©2013
_ I IIIII l It I alI we ll- Il _ l - 3
..
.
SPAN International ps
Workshops
..

Self Study Workbook
.
...
| I I llll IIII I III

W I I I II1l1IIII1II
I Huiii_-ulWIIlll~llU I.uI.wu
t-Distributio n
t-Distribution
2.764
\
I%Z', Accept
I.
Reject
Reject
5.27
.
65
~ All calculated values for the t-distribution are read positive, thus the -5.27
5.27. The calculated value of
calculated becomes 5.27, of 5.27 is outside the table
of 2.764 so reject the null hypothesis and accept the alternative
value of
hypothesis. That is, 99% of of the time the calculated value should be 2.764 or
less. It is therefore easy to conclude that it is extremely unlikely that the
advertisemen t is justified.
manufacturer 's advertisement

manufacturer's
Note: Tables for this distribution can be found in the Examination Reference
Handout distributed by the BCSP and will be provided by the testing service at the
of your CSP examination.
site of
If we reject a hypothesis when it should be accepted, a Type I error has been made.
If
The 99% confidence used in this example indicates that we have a 1% 1% chance of of
manufacturer 's claim when it is in fact
making a Type I error. That is, rejecting the manufacturer's
of saying this is, "we had a 1%
true. Another way of of being wrong in our
1% chance of
manufacturer's claim".
rejection of the manufacturer's
a
99% 1%
I
1
Type II
I
¥
g Type I
T`ype
I
mum |I wITlI'IIIIIV""-'1'l'lll1 l Hmmm

a
Copyright©2013 LLC
Internationa l Training, LLC
| 1$1|1"- n
ill
CSP Self
-"""'lllllun
Statistics
Operational Statisfies
16. Accident costs and probability in for the past year are reflected in the
following table. What is the expected value of
of accident costs
costs?Z
--
A.;
A.) 000
$6,000
$6,
Probability
Accident Costs Probability
B.;
B.) $11,500
$11,500
~~~~
,
c.)
C.) $9,000
$9,000 0 .1
-.-
D.)
D.) $0
,-~ ~~-~~
$5,0 00
$5,000 .5
~~
,000
$10,000
$10 .3
f-~~ ~-~
,000
$15,000
$15 .4
'------~~ i,\~,1~>\
~~~

,
The expected value of
of accident costs is the sum of
of the costs times the
probability of each occurrence.
Accident Cost Probabllity

Probability Expected Losses
° .1
.1 = $ 0 °
II II II II
X
x $
$5,000
$5, 000 x .5 $ 2,500
$10,000
$10,000 x .3 = $ 3,000
$15,000
$15,000 x .4 s
$ 6, 000
6,000
$11,500
Software analysts are able to predict software errors using selected statistical
models. The following information estimates error rates versus project
project
development phases of
of a system.
:-~ \
w u
Page 14 1~
""""."._

CSP Self Volume I
Workbook Volume
Self Study Workbook
ERROR RATE VERSUS PROJECT OPMENT PHASES

DEVELOPMENT
PROJEC T DEVEL
Phase Instructions
Errors/l 00 Object Instructions
Errors/100
I
s
I
I
I
ValidationlAcceptance
Validation/Acceptance 0.597
Integrationn
Integratio 0.899
I
Operational Demo
Operational 0.234
Per Op Exercise
PerOp 0.433
17. information. the mean error rate is:

Based on this information,
.•
.;
A.) 100 instructions

One error rate in 100 instructions
1
I B.)
B.) ns
instructions
One error rate in 200 instructio
1 C.)
c.) instructions
D.)
D.) instructions
i
instructions
Errors per 100 instructions
Errors Instructions
Instructions
0.597 100
0.899 100
0.234 100
100
0.433 100
2.163 400
If you have 2.163 errors per 400 instructions,

If approximately 1
instructions. then you have approximately
error per 200 instructions.
instructions.
.I
l
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
..
nlllMI M'

'N
_ - I
llllllllllll_I l i l l II
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
11 1 1
CSP Self
NJ I M
Notes
I un l l II l lllllll I l l HI n H ullmlmmlul wlul ul l l n H l IUJ I l U I l l Hllllllllllllllll W I K I

Training, LLC Page
Pag e 143
143
in
.4
Self Stud
IIIIII I
Chemistry
Chemical Equations
Chemical Equations
To balance equations, one must be certain the equation has the same number of of
of the arrow. An equation must be balanced in order
of each kind on both sides of
atoms of
CONSERVATION OF MATTER, which states, "matter
to satisfy the LAW OF CONSERVATION
can neither be created nor destroyed in a chemical reaction".
of atoms, but no new atoms

Chemical reactions are "rearrangements" or "reshuffling" of
are formed, nor old ones lost.
.
..
in
~
'
Hook at this equation and let's see if it is balanced.

Look
C + O2
02 ------------ ..> co2
CO2
tf tf 1f
1 carbon + 2 oxygen 1 carbon &
atom atoms 2 oxygen
of the arrow there are one carbon and

This equation is balanced because on each side of
two oxygen atoms. What has changed is the way they are hooked together. Large
numbers in front ofof the symbols are coefficients. The small numbers after the
symbols are called subscripts.
/coefficien\
Coefficient
ila * 02
~
2H Q,
2H2~tI
+ >

Subscripts
SubscriptS
Page 144 LLC

"swettt,.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
III IIII IIII I II

CSP Self ,Study
I lllllllllll IIII Ill Ill I
In order for an equation to be balanced, an equal number of each kind of atom has to
be present on each side of the equation. The number of atoms is found by
multiplying the coefficient times the subscript. Balancing is always accomplished by
inserting proper coefficients. The coefficients must always be whole numbers. Piece
of
of cake, right?
H2
H2 + 02 - - - - -..
~ H20
P
l1 x 2 =2H
::2H 1lx2=20
x 2 = 20 1l xx22==22H
H 1t xx t1==l10
O
subscript x coefficient subscript x coefficient subscript x coefficient
Remember that when there is no coefficient, the coefficient is understood to be 1. A

balanced equation would have an equal number ofof each kind of atom on each side ofof
the equation. So this equation is WRONG, because there is only one oxygen atom on
the right. To balance an equation, you insert coeffi cents. NEVER ALTER
coefficients.
SUBSCRIPTS because that would produce incorrect formulas.
formulas.
To balance this equation, we begin by placing the coefficient 2 before H20.

H20.
H2
Hz + 02 >
• 2H20
2H20
l1 x
X 2 =2H 1 x 2 = 20
20 2 x 22 ==44H
H 2 x l1==220
()
subscript x coefficient subscript x coefficient subscript x coefficient
SUbscript
-v
r * 1.
"":0-. "
41
t x;
_, __, r":""l r-;''- ~ a
or'
_: ,--, &,''l'r '~,'"
1*
¢" .,,lr¢».w x .4.
A
s-o * 5
*1
:~.r -f
':'> Ni
1
r _.
;_,.....-..¢..-
!II tV·"
4*
1 -- ' ~'..»;_['Ld . J I 1 U
',," Jim...-»» ,,', . 0,"

4
,.t
La 1
'H
i
I
*
*I *
km
H
-n
- ...Jo u I
lllllllll ill l Illll Ill II l l l l lllllll llllllllwllllllllllllllllllll

I Illllllll nil lllll
.LLL.JU
Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC Page
Pag e 145
145
SPAN
SPA N International
Safety Workshops
Volume I
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook Volume
Study Workbook | II
Now hydrogen balance

equation, but the hydrogen is
balance is
Now there
there are two oxygen
are two oxygen on each side ofof the equation,
correct this we put a 2 before H2 ::
upset. To correct
upset.
zu,
2H2 + 02
Oz -----~~2H20 > 2H2O
2 x 2 =4H
2x2 llx2=
x 2 = 20
20 H 2 x l1= 220
2 xx 2 ==44H () =
subscript
subsc ript x coefficient
coefficient subscript coefficient
subscr ipt x coefficient subscript
subscr coefficient
ipt x coefficient
Now the equation

equation is balanced: O2
balanced: 2H2 + O2 2H20
*ZHQO
--+~
Bjilance coefficients. NEVE R alter subscripts. In

subscripts. In
I Bj:ilance an unbalanced
an unbal anced equation
equation by inserting
inserting coefficients. NEVER
the balanced by writing
tlie preceding
preceding equation,
equation, H2 + O2
O2 • H
> H20
20 could have been balanced by writing
H2 ~ H2O2. WRO NG becau that
know that
se we all know
H2 ++ Oz
O2 > H20 2. But
But that would have been WRONG because
H202
H 20 2 is not water!
water!
BALANCED
BALA NCED
f
ZHCI
CaC( h + 2HCI
CaCO; > CsCI;
.... CaCh + C02 H20
CO2 + H20
COH
Ca C O HCI
Cl Ca C O H Cl
1l 3 2 2 Side
Right Side
Right 1l 11 3
3 2
Ca2 C 0 H CI
2 2
Left Side 1I
i
UNBALANCED
UNBALANCEI)
+ HCI - - - - - - - . . .
CaC03 °*-
CaCO3 > CHCI2
CaCl2 + C02
CO2 + H20
H20
C
Caa C
CO0 HHCICl C
Caa C O
0 H C
CIl
l Left Side 1 I 3 1
l l1 Right Side 1l 1 3 2 2
1
I
I
\\.
* llllll I ul I I " Illlllll l l l l l l l I I II lllllIIIll I' l lllllll llllll. lllllllll

Copyright©2013 SPAN International Train ing, LLC
Inter natio nal Training,
l
IU llllnllIIIIlu
CSP Self
Are the following equations balanced?
HzSO4 -------- >

KOH + H2S04 K2S04 + H2 0
>KzSO4+H2O
2Na-t-H20
2Na + H20-------- >
>2NaOH+H
2 NaOH + H22
+Ch ---- ----->2HCl

H2 +C12 > 2HCI
AnNO33 -------- >> NaNOn

NaCl + 2 AgN0 Agcl
NaN03 + AgCI
CaSO4 NazCO3 ---- -- > CaCO;

CaS04 + Na2C03-- N32SO4
CaC03 + Na2S04
2H2 + 02 ---- ---- > 22H

2H2+O2" H 22 O
0
If you are still confused, better review again. Chances are excellent that you will see
If
three or four more of
of these "balance the equation" questions
questions!!
Answers (Top to Bottom): No, No, Yes, No, Yes, Yes
nun l III III IIIII I I I I IIIIII l llLL....U lII IIIIIU l IIIIIII I IIIIIIIIIII II I Hll l l lunlmJ LL.L.Ll

Training, LLC e 147
Paget.7
Pag
SPAN
SPAN International
International Training Safety Wo
Training Safety rkshops
Workshops
|
CSP
CSP Self
l
Sel f Study
Studv Workbook
l l l l I
Volume I
Workbook Volume I Ill l l l l |
Q I I I III ill I I I1...-.wl IL
"Partial"
"Pa rtia l" Periodic
Per iodi c Table Elem ents
of the Elements
Table of
Main groups
groups
,
Main groups
Main groups
r I
A
i
IN'
NA'
me
, I vr
lI Key
l
I1
Atomic Num ber
Atom ic Number
I H 2A
3A 4A SA 6A PA
7A
2 Atomic
Atom Symb ol
ic Symbol 13 16 17
II~'~
UlJ7'°l~l 13 14
14 15 400
3 4 Relative ic mass
Atomic
Relat ive Atom 5 6 7 8 9
2 Li
Li Bt
Be
metals
B
8 C N 0 F No
6941
(, .... 1
.9ulzsn
~(/lm Transition metals
Transition w ill
10.1'. t~iJht1
121111117 Nunn?
Hoow.1 ,'......w
:awa lwvsa
13WIW ~,o. 1
'I0_
IIII ' 12 - I 13 14 15 16 17
J1 I
33 Na 3B DB 68
68 7B 8B
.--8B ----- ,I " 16
N. Mg Mg 4B SB
58 t
8 9 10
}lB
B 2B
2B AI
Al Si P sS C)
CI A
m_ lA,_
}2\?19l znoso 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 IIII 12
12 2t''''f~
27e*3§l§ ('~«g k t
21) Q
2 ¥»'~77§l
¥I t17\t .*1tJh~
*2 uM .\* 453
.l~ .HJ, wI
26 27 28 32
30 ' 3311 ' 32
l19
o 2~O 21
21 22 23 24 25 26 ZN 28 29 33 34 35
J' 36
Ni
4
4 . . _J
K
3911185
C.
K .t0671
37 ' 38
1-U
So
Sc
9559
44,9559
39 ' 40
~7 367
37167
Ti
Ti
50
V
DA I s
50U41l
41 ' 42
41
Crr
(T
H_,
Samuel
'Hn
Mo
~ 9,)30
$193153
43
F.
Fc
H i&.IS
55
44
s
Coo
C
58.9312
5&.9J31
45
Ni
so
:'II $334
69J4
46' 47
46
C.
Ca
68 5~
63 Slab
Zn
65 19
up .N
48' 49
48 49
6
C.
Go
69711
9 723
G.
Ge
72
50
O-I
Tlo4
As
To 9"Ha
7.1'216
51
51
Sr
Se
7:
7.%
52
96
Br
Dr
79 am
79900.*
53
K
I!
5 Rb Sr vY Zr Nb Mo To
Te Re
R. Rh
Rh Pd Agg
A Cd In
in Sn Sb To
Tr IJ x
,,il4/0? l ",bi 519039
81,90l9 01.224
91.224 ~>z we _
"2YOM ",.".
Q: Q-I is]
1""1 o 07
t111101 nu2~nr$5
102'10:\' anus
IQIo,.2 10; wuss
H17 11<>12 112 -on
112411 H4 8U
11>4 u's n no
iil8?t0 121
1::111W)
'in lzv
I., nO
t,(J 120 'Xlo/5 HI
126 von
.. H ' 56 '7C 72 '73 ?3 74
"I
75
75 76 77
77 78
78' 79 80 81
81 82 ~ 83 84 . 8S
85 86
W TI
6 Cs
In -moss
1.1:;o'l(155
Ba
L17 32?
1,\7,127
L..
"~967
174 'in
Hr
Hr
i17149
n 49 IM
Ta
94'?Q"
111094" lila.
In au
Re
1116107
I M 2537
Os
Of
Rt 1901,1
in 23
lr
Ir
lo:
1'1'2 I217
t?
Pt
195 on
1'i5 DT! t'l6_
Au
Aa
Nlfvqhhb
Hg
2<WU9
2011 59 :no
Tl
um 107
lO-I llU
Pb
1 Hmmm
207 2 1201'1111
2i13 <;1110.. 12¢1-nl
Bi Po At
Al
'!91
Ilf19 99l
{2!'H lm
R
87 3 1! 104
103
87 '88 '10 105 106 107
107 108
108 109
I 09 110
II 0 H
II lI 112 113 114 ' 115 ' H6 116
77 Fr
f'r R. Lr I.s R
Lr Rff f
Db Sg Dh
Bh Hs
Hs Mt
Mt D5 Rg Cn
Ds
8211121 lzrmq q2£~1lll
r1ZlJJ1) IW,OJI 1:1.61111 I mx ul
12jo1.l11 12-oznuI
1:16::',111 . 121>6121 we I!! 1:lffl1,I)
mazy 1:I.641l1 gm al (2n8.111
121>11,141 up .; Isl 1212
1271.151 1Z7J iIII
s; 11771
pm f21-l1
in [219 1
12891 PilI
PU? 129z!
12nl
_ 65
_
65 -61 66 68 "69 ---'ij
iv . 58
~57 ss so 59- 66 60 - 61 61'' ' 62 6l
62
' 63 64
164 67 66 68 69
Lanthanide
Lanthanide series La S m En Gd Dy Ho Ho Er Tm \'b Tm
L. : C~
Ce Pr
Pr Nd
Nd Pm
Pm Sm Eu
_ 1~'}.'
Cd Tb
Il4_9!
Tb, Do
$,L,!, H(l.I~ _ Q!)).1
Er
~7.2'! .I!>3, \lJiL .11!j)of
Isa wossgau Ulu - .I-w gm _.._l-»4.a4._ _!_1I5I_
I3HO"i-'40...!16 _I.j()~, I~ N ,tl~~l.. -'~O,,+ .1~L~
_nu .*4> 151 O64 negs_ 158'I25J
.. \e»2 sn 1mQ3413 . 161
100
za-»_ lwnoz
101
11) 04
102
»
89 I 90 91 92 93
93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102
Actinide
Actin ide series Ac
89 90 1:% Th 91
Pa
92
U Np Pu A
Am m Cm Bk
Be Cf
Cr E5
Es Fm
Fm Md No
Md No
ws ,Il~
Tb Pa U Np [Z~'IOI
. .,I~'
At' z32.03u zn03w 231.0219
INNer] 1231·Q~1 1244
12:1.0s1 pa l243!u
/144061 lwrm1 laalml
IlA.H'">l JN707 IlA7117J l251
. nl\1 12.s2.u¢1 · lzsl
llII] Im.OII, 1:157
. :of101, l2n 129 10]
16
1,
112111)1 [zn()n I 2JJO.JW ,23"1)21'1
I
"The labels on lop()A. 2A. eic.)are common American (I. 2,

these (I.
usase, The labels below these 2. etc.) are those
etc,) are recommended
those recommended
can usalgei,
ltfbe labels on top (IA, 2A. etc,) are common Ameri (JUPAl').
by
by the
the lmemational of Pure and Applie
International Union of Applied Chemistry [IUPAC`},
d Chemistry
Periods:
Periods: Horizontal
Horizontal rows
rows of elements
of elements
Groups:
Groups: Vertical
Ver tical Columns
Columns of elements
of elements
!
Group
Gro up IA: Alkali metals -- reac
Alkali metals reactt directly
directly with water alkaline
wate r to form alkaline
l
Q solutions
solutions
i
Group
Gro up IIA:
I1A: Alkaline
Alk aline earth als -- these
metals
earth met oxides reac
these oxides wate r to
reactt with water form
to form
I alkaline solutions
alkaline solutions
Halogens met als to form

combine with metals salts
form salts
Group VIlA:
Gro up VIIA: Halogens "salt
"salt formers"
formers" combine
§
Group
Gro up VIIIA:
VIll A: Noble gasess -- originally
Noble gase thought to be totally
originally thought inert to
totally inert chemical
to chemical
combination
combination 4
I
mr r r r
•
.Page
Pag e 148 Copyright©2013
Copyright©2013 SPAN
SPAN International
I
LLC
Tra inin g, LLC
Inte rnat iona l Training,
I l l H lm m u d - - i n _ _ - .
- J
lllllll
II
CSP Self
I I II
ELEMENT SYMBOL WT ELEMENT SYMBOL WT
Actinium Ac 227 Mercury Hg

201
201
Aluminum Al 27.0 Molybdenum
Mo]ybdenum Mo
95.9
Americium Am 243 Neodymium Nd
144
Antimony Sb 122 Neon Ne
20.2
Argon At
Ar 40.0 Neptunium No
Np 237
Arsenic As 74.9 Nickel Ni
58.7
Astatine At 210 Niobium Nb
92.9
Barium Ba 137 Nitrogen N
14.0*
Berkelium Bk 247 Nobelium No
259
Beryllium Be 9.01 Osmium Os
190
Bismuth Bi
Bi 209 Oxygen 0
16.0*
Boron B 10.8 Palladium Pd
106
Bromine Br 79.9 Phosphorus P
31.0
Cadmium Cd 112 Platinum Pt
195
Calcium Ca 40.0 Plutonium Pu 244
Californium Cf
Cf 251 Polonium Po 209
Carbon C 12.0* Potassium K 39.1
Cerium Ce 140 Praseodymium Pr 141
141
Cesium Cs 133 Promethium Pm 145
Chlorine CI 35.5* Protactinium Pa 231
Chromium Cr 52.0 Radium Ra 226
Cobalt Co 59.0 Radon Rn 222
Copper Cu 63.9 Rhenium Re 186
Curium Cm 247 Rhodium Rh 103
Dysprosium Do
Dy 163 Rubidium Rb 85.5
Einsteinium Es 252 Ruthenium Ru 101
101
Erbium Er 167 Samarium Sm 150
Europium Eu 152 Scandium Sc
So 45.0
Fermium Fm 257 Selenium Se 79.0
Fluorine F 19.0 Silicon Si 28.11
28.
Prancium
Francium Fr 223 Silver
SHver Ag
Ag 108
Gadolinium Gd 157 Sodium Na 23.0*
Gallium Ga 69.7 Strontium Sr 87.6
HW H um Illllllllllll l HW ml l

Pag e 149
149
1
I
II l,LMI

Self Study
CSP Self Stud
Workbo ok Volume I
Workbook HI I llll
ELEMENT SYMBOL WT ELEMENT SYMBOL

SYMBOLWWT
T
Germanium
Gennanium Ge 72.6 Sulfur S 32.1*
1
L
Gold Au 197 Tantalum Ta 181
i
I
Hafnium Hf 178 Technetium
Technetium To
Tc 98.0
l
I I
Helium He 4.00* Tellurium To
Te 128
I Holmium Ho 165 Terbium Tb
10 159
Hydrogen H l.O1**
1.01 Thallium n
Tl 204
Indium In 115 Thorium Th 232
I
I
Iodine I 127 Thulium Tm 169
Iridium In
Ir 192 Tin Sn 19
1119
Iron Fe 55.8 Titanium
Titanium Ti 47.9
Krypton Kr 83.8 Tungsten W 184
Lanthanum La 139 Uranium U 238
Lawrencium
LJlwrencium Lr 260 Vanadium V 50.9
Lead Pb 207 Xenon Xe 131
131
Lithium Li 6.64 Ytterbium Yb
Vb 173
Lutetium Lu 175 Yttrium Y 88.9
Magnesium Mg 24.3 Zinc Zn 65.4
1
Manganese Mn 54.9 Zirconium Zr 91.2
Mendelevium
Mendeleviu m Md 258
I
!
I
E
x
i
i
Z
I
§
3
I
I
al
zI
...
...
...
..
1
...
I
I
I
lll'l'l1 mm#- Vll'l l fT'l"T7lFllI1l1HI'TT"T1

P
CSP Self
Notes
,.
luLlJuLl.l uuuuuJulululululuull l luu I ILJLU l l l Lu lu HllllllllllllllllHlllll Illlllllllllllllllllll wl I I m11111111l11IIIIIIIIIII1III I I IIII Ill uuwlaullll-II!
Copyright©2013
Copyri International Training, LLC
ht©2013 SPAN International 151
Page 151
SPAN International
SPAN Workshops

InternationaJ Training
ill H Il l1l1l11l11lmu | I III III
Self Study
CSP SelfI I I I I
Volume II
Workbook Volume
Studv WorkbookI l llll lllllll 1111111111111111111111111111111 II I I I I I II II I II II IIIII I II I I I IIIIIIIII I I Ill1l1lmu
U-H-JIIIIIIIIlill
I l l
u.uu-u
l u l l
u.u.l
| | |
Information
Collecting Safety, Health, Environmental And Security Risk Information
This section of the workbook provides questions and answers similar to those on
the Comprehensive Practice examination. The following responsibilities are
There are a maximum of 57 questions from this
found on the examination. There

area on the actual examination.
Task 1
Identify and characterize hazards, threats, and vulnerabilities using equipment
and field observation methods in order to evaluate safety, health,
environmental, and security risk.
environmental,
.A.
...
...
...
Knowledge Areas
l . Types, sources, and characteristics of
1. of hazards, threats, and
vulnerabilities
2. Job safety analysis and task analysis methods
3. Hazard analysis methods
4. Qualitative, quantitative, deductive, and inductive risk assessment
> methods
5. Incident investigation techniques
E
6. Methods and techniques for evaluating facilities, products, systems,
processes, and equipment
7. Methods and techniques for measurement, sampling, and analysis
8. Sources ofof information on hazards, threats, and vulnerabilities (e.g.,
literature)
subject matter experts, relevant best practices, published literature)
9. Competencies of other professionals with whom the safety
.
professional interacts
I
0.Information security and confidentiality requirements
lIO.Information Va
1.Intemet resources
lII.Internet
1
4
l
I
I
I
l Page 152 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
-- r
I . . . m - n a m a 1 - I I - a n - . 1 i - . a < * . l.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
II llllll
Task
Task 2
Design and use data management systems for collecting and validating risk
information in order to evaluate safety, health, environmental, and security risk.
Knowledge Areas
1. Mathematics and statistics

1.2. Qualitative, quantitative, deductive, and inductive risk assessment
2.
methods
3. Chain of custody procedures
4. Electronic data logging and monitoring equipment
5. Data management software
6. Electronic data transfer methods and data storage options
7. Information security and confidentiality requirements
3.4.5.6.7.
Task 3
Collect and validate information on organizational risk factors by studying
culture, management style, business climate, financial conditions, and the
availability of
of internal and external resources in order to evaluate safety, health,
Knowledge Areas
Knowledge
l . Mathematics and statistics

1.
methods
3. Incident investigation techniques
4. Sources of information on hazards, threats, and vulnerabilities (e.g.,
literature)
5. Organizational and behavioral sciences
6. Group dynamics
7. Management sciences
8. Management principles of of authority, responsibility, and accountability
9. Budgeting, finance, and economic analysis techniques
lIO.Business
0.Business planning
1II.Competencies
l.Cornpetencies of other professionals with whom the safety
12.Internet
I2.Intemet resources
LWJIUUIJII LUJ l wlwulmlllllllllllllllmllllluullnluw un H un No I l l l Ill l I l II Illllllllllllllllllllll I III I'll l l l I I I I I IIIII III II1l11111IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIII llLlLluLuLulJJulllullllllll1lllulJ.
Copyright©20l3 SPAN International

Training, LLC PagelS3
Page 153
Ill
I
SPAN International
IntemationaJ Training Safety Workshops
CSP Self
I
Task
Task 4
Research applicable laws, regulations, consensus standards, best practices, and
published literature using internal and external resources to develop
benchmarks for assessing an organization's safety, health, environmental, and
security performance and to support the evaluation of of safety, health,
Knowledge Areas
1. Benchmarks and performance standards

1.
.
4.
.A
A
3. Sources of
2.3. of information on hazards, threats, and vulnerabilities (e.g.,
subject
4. Sources of of information related to local laws, regulations, and
consensus codes and standards
5. Product certification and listing agencies

5.6.
methods
7. Competencies of of other professionals with whom the safety
8. Internet resources
- l llllllllll w I II I n I I I I l r | Ill lillMII I
Page 154 Copyrlght©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC

Copyright©2013
-v
.
1
I
SPAN Internatio
International
nal Training Safety Workshops
Workshops
Self Study Workboo
CSP Self Workbookk Volume I | | | in 1
Notes
l I Ill lHIHll l u up l u I\llllllllmlnlnllllu II II UIWIIII II I l I l IIHllllJIIIIlnlnlll M n HLIMUMIIIIIIIIII-
Copyright© 2013 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Internation al Training, LLC Pa ge 15
Page 5
155
I
It
CSP Self
llll
Collecting En
Collecting Environmental,
vironmental, Health, Safety And Security Risk Information
"Questions"
"Questions"
I) When testing for chromium (VI) using the Biological Exposure Indices
1)
(BEIs), what determinate do you test for?
A.) chromium in the urine
B.) chromium in the blood
C.) mandelic acid in the urine
D.) mandelic acid in the blood
I
?)
2) of the following provides the best fire protection policy for
Which of
-; building construction, alteration, or demolition?
A.) Sprinklers should be operational in as many areas of the
building as possible
B.) Fire bottles should be available on all floors
C.) The Fire Marshal should make monthly visits to all areas of
I
construction or demolition
I
I
D.) A fire watch should be hired as soon as debris starts to
D.)
accumulate
3) Which of
3) of the following is not a reason that people resist change?
A.) Fear of
of the unknown
N B.) False confidence
C.) Loss of face

face
D.) Lack of purpose
4)
4) Thoracic Outlet Syndrome is a disease caused by:
A.)
A.) An inflammation of a tendon
B.)
B.) Compression of of the ulnar nerve
C.)
c.) Compression of the median nerve
D.)
D.) Compression of nerves and blood vessels between clavicle
and first and second ribs.
Page 156
Page
r . W I WrIt WI l

.
I
L
I
CSP Self
5) In accordance with 49 CFR part 391,

391 , at what alcohol level will a
commercial driver be disqualified to drive a commercial motor vehicle?
A.)
A.) .01
B.) .02
C.)
c.) .03
D.)
D.) .04
6) During an incident investigation, it is important for the interviewer to use

what type of
of questioning?
A.) Reflective
Reflective
B
B.)
.) Open Ended
C.) Close Ended
D.)
D-) Guided
7) Loss reduction means any action which reduces the losses incurred. The
reduction may be by decrease of the physical destruction (e.g.
(e.g. as by
reducing the amount ofof material burned or the number of
of individuals
injured) or by reducing the operational loss from a given amount of of
destruction (e.g. by having stand by equipment or more effective medical
care for the injured). Which of the following is not considered loss
reduction?
reduction?
A.) Having a CPR-First Aid person on each work team
B.) By installing a modernized fire suppression system
C.) By doing emergency planning for possible scenarios
D.) By storing back up files at an off
off site location
8) A chemical explosion requires oxidizer, fuel, ignition source and which

of
of the following?
A.) Overpressure
B.) Confinement
C.)
c.) Reduction
D.)
D.) Detonation
Copyright©2013
Copyrlght©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
International Training, e 157
Paget!'
Pag
.,. S' "OMs' ret·" PM 1ft"

II
CSP Self
9) Owners and operators of steel underground storage tanks (USTs) must
9)
choose any one of following methods to provide corrosion protection
anyone
except:
A.) Add interior lining to the tank
B.)
B.) B)Add cathodic protection
protection
c.)
C.) C) Clad or coat unprotected steel USTs
D.)
D.) D)Combine cathodic protection interior lining
10)
10) Catastrophe insurance for the insurers is most closely related to which of
of
I
i
the following?
x
I _..
.¢ .
A.) General Liability
~
4
B.) Business Interruption -
11)
C.)
D.)
Safety sampling is a technique which employs the use of

measure:
Reinsurance
Disaster Liability
of statistics to
•
-
-
A.) Accidental injury/illness performance
B.) The effectiveness of the line managers safety activities

C.)
c.) The risk potential for accidental injury/illness
D.
D.)) Both A and C
12) Your CIH has found that part of your workforce is being exposed to
Chromium (VI) and you have begun testing dlese
these employees at the end of
i
| the work shift on Fridays. Where should you file the test results?
I
A.) on your computer
B.) in your file cabinet
C.) in the employees personnel file
D.) in the employees medical record
13) Which of
of the following is not one of
of the symptoms of
of group conformity
1
or "group think"?
A.) collective rationalization
B.) cultural diversity
C.)
c.) pressure for confomUty
conformity
D.) illusion of invulnerability
llllulllln llllllllllllllwllllllllllllllllllllllll II IM lm m Im ll | l I u r | | l
n Page 158 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC

SPAN International
SPAN International Training
Workshops
lllllllllllllllllllllllllllll nun nun nun nun I I I I
CSP Self Study Workbook Volume II
I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ill | .
14) The primary benefit of

of using a data logger attached to your industrial
hygiene measuring devices is to?
A.)
A.) automatically
automatically record data
B.) does not need to be monitored
C.) digitize data for future use and analysis

D.) code the data so it can't
can't be read without the code
15) Which of the following is not a safety precaution normally associated

with the use of
of the chemical acrylonitrile (AN)?
A.) Use of
of SCBA at any concentration above odor threshold

B.) Treat as a flammable liquid
• -
.
16)
16) Benchmarldng
C.)
c.)
D.)
Benchmarking is defined as?
Goggles anytime possibility of contact exists

Must protect against sloan
carcinogen)
skin contact (a NIOSH occupational
A.) making predictions based on past performance

B.) a process used to evaluate various aspects ofof business
processes in relation to best practice
C.) a process of
of setting standards in order to predict profits
D.) setting standards for the rest of
of your industry, so that your
operation can be considered one of the best
17) What is the primary function of

of a loss control system?
A.) Assess risk, establish effective risk control measures,
eliminate risk
B
B.)
-) Establish effective risk control measures for hazardous
conditions, establish effective control measures, eliminate
risk
c.)
C.) Identify hazardous conditions, assess their risks, and
establish effective risk control measures
D.)
D.) Assure compliance with applicable regulatory requirements,
eliminate residual risk
I I l I I I l l Ills m ill m H llllll I'll
Copyright©2013
159
Ill l l l l l l l l l l l l lHHHIHHIHHHHHHIll l l l l l l l l l l l l l l uIIIIIIIIIIIIIII

Workshops
CSP Self
18) The following are criteria for evaluating cost-benefit analysis except:
18)
A.) The cost-benefit ratio
B.)
B -) Gross benefits
I
C.)
c.) Rate of return
D.) Payback period
19) There is a process in your plant that uses vinyl chloride. The
concentration in the area is 400 ppm. What is the proper respiratory
protection level for this exposure?
A.) Face mask with particulate filter
• B.) respirator with airline
Half-face respirator
..
l
..
.*
C.) Full-face respirator with airline and escape bottle

D.) positive-
Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus operated in a positive
pressure mode
20) Recently, considerable Industrial Hygiene sampling has been conducted

using passive sampling techniques. Passive sampling uses a device that
taking samples of gas or vapor pollutants from the
is capable of taldng
atmosphere at a rate controlled by a physical process, such as diffusion
through a static air layer or permeation through a membrane. It does not
involve the active movement of the air through the sampler. Which of of
the following principles form the theoretical basis for diffusive sampling?
A.)
A.) Fick's Law
B.)
B .) Charles's Law
C.)
c.) Raoult's Law
I
D.)
D.) Hem's
Henry's Law
I lI l I I I II IIIII mM I I mM
.R
Page 160 International Training, LLP

Copyright©2013 SPAN International-Training, LLC
CSP Self
21)
21 ) Your company is setting up a laboratory to do experimental work for
their electroplating division. One workstation involves the use of
perchloric acid. They plan to purchase a local exhaust hood for this
station and ask you for recommendations on hood specifications
specifications. Your
recommendations should include all ofof the following except?
A.) Hood and duct material must be non-reactive, acid resistant
and relatively impervious
B
B.) Hood and duct should be designed for easy cleaning and
built-in wash down facilities
C.)
c.) Construction should allow for easy visual inspection
D
D.)
.) Utility controls should be inside the hood
22) Of
Of what is the following table an example?
Line Item
Line Item # Line Item
Line Actual YTD
ActualYTD BudgetYTD
Budget YTD Difference YTD
Description
l1 External safety $112,250 $100,000 ($12,250)
consultants-
sampling &
sampling & analysis
2 Monitoring $28,150 $25,000 ($3,150)
hardware
maintenance
maintenance
3 Fire Protection $15,000 $15,000 -0-
-0
. system maintenance
4 External safety
External $12,0 00
$12,000 $25,000 $13,000
consultants-other
consultants-other
Line I : Emergency required the use of
Line Item 1: ofexternal
external resources more than expected
Item 2: Required replacement of
Line [fem ofdamaged
damaged portable gas detector
Timing difference -- expect to use external consultants more next quarter.
Line Item 4: Timing
A.) Slack report
B.) Budget exception report
c.)
C.) Budget variance report
D.) Resource timing delivery report
23) Stack sampling for particulate aerosols is done in an isokinetic manner

to:
A.) avoid size discrimination of collected particles
B.) minimize particle deposition in the sampling tube
C.)
c.) collect the respirable size particles only
D.)
D -) collect samples suitable for direct analysis
I l II I I III I I l l l l l llu lllw l Lu Ill I I II I I llllll
Copyright©2013
Page 161
I It
1l CSP Self
Self Stud
I I
24) An employee was injured on the job and had lost workdays associated
with the injury. When he returned to work, he was physically unable to
perform his previous job. He was given another job at less pay. The
legal doctrine that would keep the employee for suing the employer is?
A.) Exclusive Remedy
B.)
B.) Gross Negligence
CO
C.) Tort
D.)
D.) Special Damage
25) Which of the following would best relate to the term "privily"
"privity"?'?
-: A.) Group Negligence
B
B.)
.) Term Insurance
C.) A direct relationship
D.) Failure to exercise care
26)) A determination of the extent to which program operations have

26
I
contributed to achieving an objective related to accident or injury
reduction is called a?
A.) effectiveness evaluation
B.) general evaluation
1
I
I B.)
.
C.)
c.) procedural evaluation
D.) administrative evaluation
27) Which of the following is first item to be analyzed when implementing a

i
job safety analysis program?
A.) The order of
of sobs
Jobs according to product flow moving through
each department
§ B.) The jobs generating the most complaints from supervisors
I
I
C.) The jobs contributing to the highest incident rates
D.) The jobs exposing the most workers
I
IMI W Illwmw II m I1l1l'MIIIllll IIIIIIINIITII III |
\ .. . .. .. ..
I
CSP Self
llll
uulu.u
n
llllllHIIIIIJ-I
IIIHI
hl.ulluwuw-u I u * g a g - * l ill
|
w1u...-u1uI
28) Which of
of the following is characteristic of
of a root cause
eause of an incident?
A.) Human error
B.) A management system problem
C.)
c.) An error made by a manager or supervisor
D.) Intentional unsafe act made by an employee or work team
29) You make a visit to a company to price a piece of air sampling

equipment, however at the time ofof the visit, no purchase agreement is
made. Later the company mails you a proposed contract for the
equipment and states that the offer is valid until July 1l and that
acceptance will be the contract signed and returned by US Mail. On June
15, you fax a copy of
of the signed contract to the company. Is there a valid
contract?
A.) Yes, an offer was made and accepted.
B
B.)
-) Yes, a fax can be used in lieu of the US Mail
C.)
c.) Yes, an offer was made and accepted before July 1
D.) No, the acceptance was not as stated in the offer
30) With the growing concern over litigation involving improper use of
products, warning labels are becoming an integral part of the
manufacturing process. The labels are intended to warn users about the
potential hazards of
of the product and may warn against improper use.
Which of the following fundamental legal principles is involved in not
labeling a large blade, hunting knife?
A.) Res ipsa
ipso loquitur
B.) Obvious peril
C.) Foreseeability
D.)
D-) Tort
Tort
31) The concept that a producer of a product is liable for injury due to a
defect, without proof of negligence or even fault, is called?
A.) Negligence
B.)
B .) Strict liability
C.)
c.) Privity
D.) Res ipso

ipsa loquitur
Copyright©2013
Copyright©2013 SPAN lnternadonal
International Training, LLC page 16
Page 1633
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook Volume I -
32) The Department of Transportation regulates the issuance and
recertification of Commercial Driver's License (CDL) permits. Part of of
the requirements for obtaining a CDL is to pass a written test and a road
test for the type of
of vehicle to be driven. In addition, there are
requirements for driver physical examinations. What are the physical
examination requirements for your over the road interstate drivers?
A.)
A.) Every 6 months
B.)
B.) Every 12 months
C.)
c.) Every 24 months
D.)
D.) Every 60 months
.
.'
'...Lu
,A
.
'33) What is the meaning of the exhibited CE marking on an electrical product

for sale?
CE
Co
A.) The product is a certified electrical device
B.) The product is a listed on the European Union certified
equipment list.
C.) The product can be exported from the European Union to
c.)
the United States or Canada.
D.) The product conforms to European Union health, safety, and

environmental protection standards.
34) Which is an accepted probabilistic risk assessment methodology used to

global workplace environmental regulatory processes for understanding
and ranking environmental issues?
A.)
A.) Environmental analysis
B.)
B.) Fault tree analysis
c.)
C.) Job safety analysis
D.)
D.) Safety and health analysis
m I n
IntemationalTraining,
~
1
r
I
CSP Self
IIIII II IIIIIII II II lllll I II I IIIIIIIII I IIIIIIII I I IIIIII I I IIIII I III I I II III II
35) When a pilot

pitot tube is connected to a manometer for ventilation
measurements, the inputs to the manometer are
measurements, and l
and
the output is ?
A.) V
VPP & SP, TP
B.) VP&TP,
VP & TP, SP
C.) TP&
TP & SP, VP
D.) TP&
TP & SP, NP
36) Your plant has had 50 serious vehicle accidents in the past 10
II) years, three
involving fork trucks. What is the probability that the next serious
accident will involve a fork truck?
A,)
A.) 10%
B.)
B.) no way to tell
c.)
C.) 9%
D.)
D.) 6%
37) Some types ofof gas and vapor sample collectors are based on Fick's Law
of Diffusion. Based on the formula Q ==(DA)t(Ce
(DA)t(Ce -- Co)/L, the amount of
material collected is?
A.) equal to the coefficient of diffusion squared
B.) equal to the square route of coefficient of diffusion
C.)
c.) proportional to the length of
of the diffusion path
D.) proportional to the cross sectional area and inversely
proportional to the length of the diffusion path
38) The process by which clumps of

of solids in water or sewage aggregate
through biological or chemical action so they can be separated from
water or sewage is called?
A.) dewatering
B.) flocculation
C.) neutralization
D.) disinfections
disinfections
4
Copyright©Z013 SPAN International Training,

Pagel6S'
SPAN International Training Safety Works
Workshops
hops
CSP Self
Self Stud
Study Workbook
J Workb Volumee I
ook Volum
IIII
39) distribution is used when the occurren

The Poisson distribution ces of an event are
OCCUITCIICCS
small, but the number of cases is large enough to assure a few
occurrences.
occurrences.
A.) True
B.) False
C.)
c.) Need standard deviation to calculate.
calculate.
D.) Not enough informati

information.
on.
40) If mean accidents are 10 and standard deviation is 3, what is the

probabili
probability
ty of
of less than 7 accidents at a location?
* A.) 2.5%
.•
,A
4
B.) 5%
C.) 16%
D.) 32%
41)
41) A study method that requires a multidisc
multidisciplinary
iplinary team, guided by an
experienced leader and uses specific guide words (such as "no",
experienced
"increase", "decrease",
"increase", "decrease", "reverse")
"reverse") that are systematically
systematically applied to
paramete rs (e.g., temperature,
parameters temperature, pressure, flow) to identify the
consequences of deviations
consequences deviations (e.g., reduced flow) from design intent for
various processes and operations
operations is called a?
A.) FTA
B.) ETA
C.) HAZOP
I D.) FMEA
42) The form issued by the Factory Mutual Engineer

Engineering
ing Corporation
Corporation to help
deal with recommended
recommended practices for the protection
protection of
of property from
damage by fire, lightning
lightning,, explosion,
explosion, wind and earthquake
earthquake is called the?
A.) Property Loss Prevention
Prevention Data Sheet
B.) Hazard Data Sheet
I
C.) NFPNFPA A Loss Data Sheet
D.) FMEC Data Sheet
"11rFlflMINDI\ I l I Lu
Page 166 Copyrigh t©2013 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Internat ional Training,
Training , LLC
l~
-4-au..
CSP Self
l II W I II III l l
43) Which of
of the following field instruments would be used to measure air
velocity in the opening of a paint spray booth?
A.) Rotating Vane Anemometer
B.) Velometer
Velometer
C.) Smoke tube
D.) Pitot tube
44) "Any action which reduces the losses incurred" is the definition of?
44)
A.) loss control
B.) loss transfer
C.) risk management
D.) loss reduction
45) The principle employed in wet collectors type ventil

45) ation system air
ventilation
filters is to get the dust into direct contact with a liquid. Which of the
following ventilation we wet collector systems uses high velocity air through
a venturi throat to break up water that is also fed through the throat. The
system results in a pressure drop of from 10 to 15 in. wg.'?
wg.?
A.)
A.) Spray chamber
B.)
B.) Packed tower
c.)
C.) Wet centrifugal
D.) Venturi-type
Venturi-type
46) Which of
of the following statements best describes the term
"rnultiplexing"?
"multiplexing "?
A.) the synthesis of signals for increased bandwidth
B.) the transmission of small compressed packets of information
C.) a method of decreasing bandwidth and signal to noise ratio
D.) the transmission of multiple signals on a single path .

Copyright©Z013 International Training,
Page 1677
A~~~a
?~, '~'~-F\~",:,,~~,,+=:,_~:,,;
,l{!_'!T"""
SPAN International. Workshops
International. Training
no
lllllll
Ii 'nr- " w w I
Workbo ok Volume I
CSP Self Study Workbook
Illllll l l l l l IIIIIIII I I I
lu.»»*u
I I I I II I I I IIII II llll III mn:
lm
l l l l l
I II II
llllll |
Of the areas of
47) Of manufacture and use, which area is
development, manufacture
of product development,
the most important to ensure that a safe product is placed in the hands of
the consumer?
::5
A.) Design
B.)
B.) Testing
c.)
C.) Production
D.)
D.) Maintenance
Maintenance
48) What metal fume hazard may be present when stainless steel is welded?
."*
l
-
L
L
.-~
A.)
A.)
B.)
B.)
c.)
C.)
D.)
D.)
Hexavalent chromium
Hexavalent
Lead chromate
Zinc oxide
Magnesium oxide
-
%
49) If you have tested two sets of data and there is no statistical difference
i,
If
between the data sets, then you are said to have perfect?
¢=@
A.) lack of variance
B.) significance
statistical significance
C.) coefficient
D.) correlation
l 50) of the following electrical devices would most likely contain

Which of
polychlorin ated biphenyl (PCB
polychlorinated (PCBs)?
s)'?
A.) Transformers, capacitors, fluorescent
Transformers, fluorescent light ballasts
B.) Fuses, wiring and meters
C.)
c.) Circuit breakers, panel board and unistrut
D.) and switches
Meters, relays and
51) When completing the initial hazard recognition part ofof evaluating a new
1 process, all the following are questions that should be answered except?
A.) what are the raw materials
A.)
intermediate products are formed in the process
B.) what intermediate
B.)
C.) what by-product
c.) by-productss may be released
D.) when should you provide PPE
D.)
I
N
a
m l v"'T'r1r mnmnmnnm
Page 168 ~pyright©2013 SPAN International
Qgpyright©2013 LLC
L. |»-
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
I
CSP Self
The notion of
52) The of the "fire triangle" is that an ignition source must come
together with both fuel and oxidant, the latter usually being atmospheric
oxygen, in order to initiate and sustain a fire.
fire. One method used to reduce
the possibility of a fire hazard is to use an inert gas to reduce the oxidant
concentration. The most important inerting property of of the inert gas is?
A.) heat capacity
B.) molecular weight
C.) vapor pressure
D.) content of hydrogen
- 53) In a conventional sanitary sewer, employees are continuously monitoring
the atmosphere's oxygen content, % of LEL, and for the presence of
detector. The detector alarms due to a carbon monoxide reading of

of
hydrogen sulfide and carbon monoxide using a direct reading lnulti~gas

multi-gas
of 1350
ppm (IDLH for carbon monoxide is 1200 ] 200 ppm) while also displaying a
hydrogen sulfide reading of 9 ppm (TLV
(TLV 8-hour TWA for hydrogen
sulfide is 10 ppm). What is the most likely explanation of
of this
combination ofof readings in this environment?
A.) The detector's hydrogen sulfide gas-specific sensor is
malfunctioning.
B .) The hydrogen sulfide reading is correct and the hydrogen
B.)
sulfide in the atmosphere is interfering with the carbon
monoxide gas-specific sensor.
C.) The detector's carbon monoxide sensor is malfunctioning.
c.)
D.) The carbon monoxide reading is correct and the CO is
interfering with the hydrogen sulfide gas-specific sensor.
54) Two sets of

of sampling data are compared,
compared; the coefficient of
of variation for
method "A" is 0.09, the coefficient of variation for method "B" is 0.08.
Assuming that the mean for each method is approximately equal, what
inferences can be made given this data?
A.) The data from method A has a smaller chance of error
B
B.) Method A was developed from larger database then B
C.) The standard deviation is larger for A than B
D.) The data for method A is clustered closer to the mean than
for method B
lllllllllllllll up HH II I I In l I I Ill l I Illlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll W II l a - » _

Page 169
I
·trlttrt' m
I

III
CSP Set
III
.f Stud
Self Study Workb Volume I
ook Volume
Workbook I I lllll II lllll lllll
I
computerized. You give it to

55) You have designed a system that you want computerized.
programmer
the programm programming
er to translate it into a programm language, this is
ing language,
known as?
i A.) assembly
B -)
B.) programming
programm ing
C.))
C. coding
iI
D
D.) data entry
56)
56) A Monoxide
monitoringg operation using a Carbon Monoxide
A CIH is involved in a monitorin
instrument has been reading 35 ppm for 4
instrument. The instrument

direct reading instrument.
conditions in the plant the
hours. Suddenly without any change in the conditions

: indicator increases rapidly to 65 ppm and has remained constant for 5
minutes. Which of appropriate action?
of the following is the most appropriate

1
A.)
A.) productionn operations
Shut down all productio immediately
operations immediately
B.)
B.) monitoring
Quit monitorin g
: c.)
C.) monitoring
Continue monitoring
D.) recalibrate instrument
Stop and recalibrate instrument
57) of the following is the most essential when conducting

Which of conducting a
operability study?
successful hazard and operability

successful
management represent
A.) Multiple union and management atives familiar
representatives
procedures
with safety procedur es
B.) A study leader familiar with the process being studied
knowledgeable process safety engineer familiar with
C.) A knowledgeable
ns
regulations
process safety regulatio
knowledgeable about the
D.) Multiple subject matter experts knowledgeable

D.)
I
process being studied
| 58) All of investigation

of the following are valid reasons for accident (mishap) investigation
i
a except?
of similar events
reoccurrence of
A.) Prevent reoccurrence
B.) Establish casual factors
C.) Provide vehicle for discipline
D.) Provide data for trend analysis
""T1 n l-IM"'l'll'l'll'ITVITfTT"I'fll'l'll'll I I I 1111111111111111111111111
Page 170 Copyrig~J©2013 SPAN International

lilil.lla
.I
I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII lllllll I I I I I I Ll.U II lllllllllll llllllllllll LIJdLIJdl.l.ILI.ll,ll,lllllllllll. llllllllllllllll
59) All of the following

following are required steps to perform chain-of-custody on
evidence collected during an accident investigation except?
A.) collect
B.) track
C.)
c.) identify
identify
D.) log movement
60) is helpful in goal setting while is best

utilized in formulating realistic predictions of
of performance.
A.) Trend analysis; past history
B.) Bench marking,

marking; trend analysis
C.) Bench marking; histography

D.) Past history,
history; histography
61) As a new safety manager you have been ask to develop an incident data
collection system, what is the most important first step in this process?
collection
A.) Identify existing data sources and codify the data
B.)
B -) Establish incident reporting procedures..
procedures.
C.) Define the subsequent use of

Define of the data.
data.
D.)
D.) Define investigation team parameters.
Define parameters.
62) You have established a system with a sister company that allows you to
download safety data from their system. Which of the following types of
software would you most likely use to run queries to obtain the data you
need?
need?
A.) HTML
B.) HTIP
HTTP
C.) Browser
c.) Browser
D.) search engine

D.)
+1

Training, LLC page 171 .
Page
• III.; .llg,<- I11u 1

.lllJ~.,
SPAN International .Training
International,Train ing Safety Workshops
CSP Self -
of an extranet is to?
63) The primary benefit of
A.) enhance your intranet
B.)
B.) allow information to be down loaded thru the internet
c.)
C.) allow access to your internet by your employees when
offsite
D.)) securely share part of your business's information or
D.
operations with suppliers, vendors, partners, customers or
other businesses
64) Your company has decided to implement a behavior based safety

..... program and you have been charged with collecting the initial data for
the implementation. What is the most important first step in the process?
A.) Establish the data collection process
B.) Develop the questions to be asked during the collection
process
c.)
C.) Decide how to codify the data once it is collected
D
D.) Define the subsequent use ofof the data
65) of the following best describes the legal principle of

Which of of TORT?
A.) The exercise of of reasonable care in the handling and
of a product in their possession so that it will

preservation of
not later cause injury to a user.
B.) A person may be held liable for actions that result in injury
B.)
or damage only when he was able to foresee dangers and
risks that could be reasonably anticipated.
C.) A wrongful act or failure to exercise due care for which civil
c.)
legal action can result.
D.) The concept that a producer of a product is liable for injuries
D.)
plaintiff to show
due to defects, without the necessity for plaintiff

negligence or fault.
I
s
Page 172
. I lllllllllllll 1 III II II IIIIIIlnlnlnnlll l I l I

W l TTIMIIII1 lm I'
CSP Self
66) Your company is having above average incident and accidents at one of
your locations. You have been instructed to implement action to reduce
these rates. What is your first action?
A.) Survey the facility to determine the probable cause of

of the
injuries
lllJunes r
B.) Bring a safety committee on-line to handle the problems

C.) Train all line supervisors in accident/incident prevention
c.)
D.) Schedule a meeting with upper management to discuss the
D.)
situation.
67) Air samples are taken in a work area over a 100 day period and based on
the sample data, the mean of
of the concentration was calculated at 0.7 ppm.
The range was 0 ppm to 1.4 ppm. One hundred samples were taken, one
each day at the same time. The lower limit of the sampling device for the
contaminant is 1.4 ppm. What is the best conclusion you can make from
this information?
A.) there is a .-1.-1

±1 standard deviation chance that the contaminant
is 0.7 in the work area
B.) there is a i2±2 standard deviation chance that the contaminant
is at or above 1.4 in the work area
C.) there is a presence of the contaminant at or below 1.4 ppm in
c.)
the work area
D.) you do not have enough information to make a valid

D.)
conclusion
68) Which of the following is the common language of client/server database

68)
management?
A.) SQL
B.) URL
C.)
c.) HTML
D.) HTTP

Pagel'3
II
Intemational.Training
Self Study
69) What is the process for collecting organic materials on the surface of
of an
activated carbon filter?
5
I
A.) Adsorption
!
I
B.)
B.) Absorption
C.)
c.) Desorption
D.)
D.) Permeation
70)
70) Which is the best example of
of a safety performance benchmark?
3
3
A.) A thorough root cause analysis

B.) Incident rate below the industrial average
U
C.) Increased injury trends
c
¢
D.) Employee involvement

Employee involvement
71) Which of the following best describes the use of

of the Critical Incident
Technique method during an incident investigation?
A.) A method to identify mechanical integrity issues in chemical
process equipment
B.)
B.) An open-ended retrospective method of of interviews that
of an incident.
identify the critical aspects of
C.)
c.) A guided discussion as part of of pre emergency planning
exercise
exerCIse
D.) A sampling ofof human behaviors through observations
72) According to the HAZCOM Standard,

Standard. Material Safety Data Sheets shall
be readily accessible during each work shift to employees when they are
in their work area. The most effective way to handle this tasking is to?
A.)
A.) Maintain copies of the MSDSs in each work area
B.) Maintain a central data base of MSDSs
I C.)
c.) Provide a copy of
of MSDSs by CDRorn
CDRom
D.) Post the MSDSs on the company local area network
I
I
| I nunulu\UJ,l...._mJ
w111 I lllllllllllllllllllllllllll l Illlllllllllllllllllllll l I l llllllllllllll W NLUJ
Page
Page 174
174 Copyright©2013
Training, LLC
-. -I
l I l u n Hlllllllllllll
III II
CSP Self
llllllll II I I I III IIIIIIIIII I IIIIIII I
73) Which device is best for measuring an employee's accumulated radiation

dose?
A.))
A Portacount
Portacount
B.))
'B Currie counter
Cu1Tie
C
C.)) Pocket dosimeter
D
D.)) Geiger counter
74) Which of
of the following correctly evaluates the Boolean expression
shown below?
((A+A).(A+B)=A+B
A+K)»(A+B)=A+B
A.) A and not-A or A and B equals A and B

B.) A plus not-A and A plus B equals A plus B
C.)
c.) A plus A BAR and A plus B equals A plus B
D.) A or not~A
not-A and A or B equals A or B
75)
75) Immediately following an incident investigation, the investigator prints
the digital pictures taken at the scene and makes notes on the picmres
pictures
describing the context, orientation of
of the photographer, lighting,
lighting. date,
date.
time and other information that may be helpful later in the investigation.
What does this process describe?
A.) Chain of custody procedures
B.) Spoiled evidence protocols
Spoiled
C.) Forensic quality procedures
D.) Evidentiary preservation regulations
Copyright©2013
Page 175
175
I I
Self Stud
CSP Self
Col/ecting Environmental, Health, Safety and Security Risk Information
Collecting
"Answers"
"Answers"
1)
The test for Chromium (VI) is for the "total chromium in the urine to be
conducted at the end of shift at end of
of workweek."
of fire during construction, alteration or demolition projects is
The threat of
extremely high due to the presence of large quantities of of combustible
materials and debris and the many ignition sources available from
construction or destruction operations. Additionally, the arson threat is
greater during construction than at any other time. The maintenance ofof an
..
4:
*
A
sprinkler system with adequate water supply is the single

operational fire sprinlder
most important fire prevention action one can take during these
operations. Fire sprinklers should be the first system enabled and the last
system disabled during construction or demolition.
Some of the common reasons that people resist change are:
.
•
• .. of the unknown
Fear of
Disrupted habits
•
. Loss of confidence
• Loss of control
•• Poor timing
.
..
• Work overload
• Loss of of face
• Lack of of purpose
A manager has to realize that sensitivity to change is a key element in the
of an effective manager.
characteristics of
Thoracic outlet syndrome is defined as a disorder resulting from a
of nerves and blood vessels between clavicle and first and
compression of
second ribs at the brachial plexus. Can be caused by typing, keying,
carrying heavy loads or keeping the head, arms and/or shoulders in an
unnatural position.
l 1 mum mm I'-ll'll'MITI'l'l'l -morn I
Page 176
l\
\
1
I
SPAN International
I
I
I
I
Self Study Workbook
CSP Self Volume II
Workbook Volume
I lIIIIIIIIIIIII I III I I I I I I I II II II llllllllllll III II III I llll lllllllllll I llllllllllllllllllI I II III I II llllIIIII llllll

Cf~ part 391.15
49 CFR 391 . 15 (c) (2)(i)(A) Driving a commercial motor vehicle
while a person's alcohol concentration is 0.04% or more.
According to the Root Cause Analysis Handbook, 2005 Edition, to gather
data from people, the analyst must be a skilled interviewer. During the
interview the interviewer must ask open ended questions that require the
interviewee to respond with a long, descriptive answer
7)
7) We selected answer D because;
because:
Storing back up files at an off
off site location would be considered loss
prevention and not loss reduction. Other examples of loss prevention are
replacing physical guards on saws, installing GFCIs or performing
HAZCOM training. An example of loss reduction would be to equip and
train a fire brigade.
8)
As described in Counter Terrorism for Emergency Responders, 2nd 2nd
Edition, a chemical explosion, like fire, requires oxidizer, fuel, ignition,
and chemical reaction but more importantly it requires confinement of
the oxidizer and fuel. Without confinement, the materials will not
explode; they will merely bum with great intensity.

In the Hazardous Materials Desk Reference, it is considered impractical
to coat or clad unprotected steel USTs. Answer choice A, B, & D are
acceptable methods for corrosion protection.
10)
Insurance to protect businesses and residences against natural disasters
such as earthquakes, floods and hurricanes, and against man-made
disasters such as terrorist attacks. These low-probability, high-cost events
are generally excluded from standard hazard insurance policies, and so
catastrophe insurance is required. Catastrophe insurance is different from
other types of insurance in that it is difficult to estimate the total potential
Copyright©2013
Pag e 177
177
11
Workshops

SPAN International
Study Workbook
Self Stud I
of an insured loss and a catastrophic event results in an extremely

cost of
large number of of claims being filed at the same time. This makes it
difficult for catastrophe insurance issuers to effectively manage
risk. Reinsurance and retrocession are used along with catastrophe
insurance to manage catastrophe risk. Reinsurance (ins (insurance
rance for
insurers) for catastrophic losses allows the insurance industry the ability
to absorb the multibillion dollar losses caused by natural and man-made
disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes and terrorist attacks because
losses are spread among thousands of companies including catastrophe
reinsurers who operate on a global basis. Insurers' ability and willingness
to sell insurance fluctuates with the availability and cost of catastrophe
of catastrophe
A
¢.
reinsurance. Retrocession is the practice of one reinsurance company
..-'
¢
essentially insuring another reinsurance company by accepting business
that the other company had agreed to underwrite. When one reinsurance
company has other reinsurance companies partially underwrite some of of
its reinsurance risk, it essentially diversifies its risk portfolio and limits
of a catastrophe.
its potential losses as a result of

Safety sampling measures the effectiveness of the line manager's safety
I
of accidents. It measures effectiveness by
activities, but not in terms of
conducting periodic samplings of working.
of how safely the employees are worldng.
Safety sampling is based on the quality control principle of random
sampling inspection. The degree of of
of accuracy is dictated by the number of
samples taken.
l
!
i
1 I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I II l IIIIH I \ll\\lllllmllnlllll\llll II l H r
Page 178 Internationa l Training, LLC
Copyright©2013
l
`"`\
I
12) We selected answer D because

because:
According to 1910, employee exposure records are part of medical
records.
records
1910.1020(c)(5):
l9l0.l020(c)(5): "Employee exposure record" means a record
containing any of
of the following kinds of information
information:
1910.1020(c)(5)(i):
l9I0.1020(c)(5)(i): Environmental (workplace) monitoring or
measuring of a toxic substance or harmful hamlful physical agent
agent,
including personal, area,
area, grab, wipe, or other form of sampling, as
well as related collection and analytical methodologiesmethodologies,
calculations,
calculations, and other background
background data relevant to interpretation
interpretation
of the results obtained
of obtained;
1910.1020(c)(5)(ii): Biological monitoring

l9l0.l020(c)(5)(ii): monitoring results which directly
assess the absorption of of a toxic substance or harmful physical
agent by body systems (e.g., the level of a chemical in the blood,blood
urine, breath, hair, fingernails, etc.) but not including results which
assess the biological effect of a substance or agent or which assess
an employee's use of alcohol or drugs
drugs;
13)
13) We selected answer B because
because:
The following are the characteristics of "group think".
think
Invulnerability: Members ignore obvious

1. Illusion of Invulnerability:
danger, take extreme risk, and are overly optimistic
optimistic.
Rationalization: Members discredit and explain
2. Collective Rationalization:
away warning contrary to group thinking.
thinldng
of Morality:
3. Illusion of Morality: Members believe their decisions are
morally correct, ignoring the ethical consequences of of their
decisions.
decisions
4. Excessive Stereotyping:
Stereotyping: The group constructs negative
sterotypes of rivals outside the group
group.
5. Pressure
Pressure for Conformity: Members pressure any in the
group who express arguments against the group's
stereotypes, illusions, or commitments, viewing such
opposition as disloyalty
disloyalty.
l n llllllllllllllllll I I I w II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I IIII II IIII mmm:--1-H

II n llllllllllllllll HI \llll\llllllll

Page 179
l
SPAN
SPA N International
Safety Workshops
CSP Self
Sel f Stud
Workbook Volume
II l_l I III I I I
6.
6. Self-Censorship:
Self-Censorship: Members
Members withhold
withhold their dissenting views
dissenting views
counter-arguments.
and counter-arguments.
7.
7. Illusion
Illusion of Unanimity: bers perce
Members
Unanimity: Mem ive falsely
perceive that
falsely that
everyone
everyone agrees
agrees with the group's
group's decision, as
silence is seen as
decision; silence
consent.
consent.
8.
8. Mindguards:
Mindguards: Some members appoint themselves
members appoint role
themselves to the role
of
of protecting
protecting the group from adverse
adverse information might
information that might
threaten complacency.
threaten group complacency.
14) We selected
selected answer because:
answer C because:
A data from
measurements from
A data logger
logger is
is an electronic
electronic instrument
instrument used to take measurements
,. sensors common
future use. Some common
,;
.Isensors and
and store
store those measurements
measurements for future
u
measurements current, velocity,

ure, current, strain,
velocity, strain,
measurements include
include temperature, pressure,
temperature, press
displacement
displacement and other physical phenomena..
physical phenomena.-
A data phenomena and

physical phenomena
convert physical and
A data logger
logger works
works with sensors
sensors to convert
stimuli current. These
ge or current. electronic
These electronic
stimuli into
into electronic
electronic signals
signals such as volta
voltage
signals binary data. The binary data is
binary data
signals are
are then
then converted
converted or digitized
digitized into binary is
then stored on a PC hard drive or on
then easily
easily analyzed
analyzed by software
software and stored drive or on
other storage media
other storage memory cards
media such as memory and CDs.
future use
urements and store the data for future
The ability
The ability to
to take
take sensor measurements
sensor meas use
definition, aa characteristic
characteristic of r. How ever, a
logge However, a data-
of a data logger. data
is, by
is, by definition,
logging acquisition and storage.
and storage.
logging application
application rarely requires
requires only data acquisition
Inevitably, analyze and prese nt the to
data to
the data
Inevitably, you
you need the ability
ability to analyze present
1 determine data.
logged data.
decisions based on the logged
determine results
results and make decisions
15) We selected
answer A because:
I
For precautions cited a posit ive press ure
For example,
example, in
in addition
addition to the other precautions positive pressure
self-contained levels at or above
red at levels 4000
above 4000
self-contained breathing
breathing apparatus
apparatus is requi
required
ppm. See
ppm. See OSHA
OSH A 1910.1045
1910.1045 for detailed information.
detailed information.
l'll'l""l'T1 f"IIT1'TMTMINllll m
ISO
'I
"--",
l WW
CSP Self
16
16)) We selected answer B because:
Bench marking (also "best practice benchmarking"
Benchmarking benchmarldng" or "process
benchmarking") is a process used in management and particularly
strategic management, in which companies evaluate various aspects of
their business processes in relation to best practice, usually within their
own industry. Benchmarldng
Benchmarking is researching other organizations
methods, selecting the best techniques and applying them to your
organization. This then allows companies to develop plans on how to
adopt such best practice. Benchmarking
Bench mar Mg may be a one-of
one-of event, but is
often treated as a continuous process in which companies continually
seek to challenge their practices. A safety performance benchmark is
similar to a goal. An example would be one year with no lost time
injuries or illnesses at a particular work site. A bench mark is based on
research conducted on other similar organizations and applied to your
organization. Incident rates are lagging indicators (sometimes
(sometimes referred to
as business metrics) of safety performance. Overall safety performance
cannot be evaluated by historical data such as these rates and are
typically poor performance indicators

As described in Assurance Technologies, a loss control system must be
able to identify the hazardous conditions as well as understand the real
risks associated with those hazardous conditions. A loss control system
is incomplete if it solely identities
identifies hazardous conditions and does not
take action to understand the risks. Therefore, the actions taken are
relative to the risks associated with the hazardous conditions
conditions.

18)
The criteria for evaluating cost and benefits are:
• The cost-benefit ratio
• Net benefits, benefits minus cost
• Rate of
of return
• Payback period
Not all costs and benefits can be converted to quantitative terms, som
somee
may only be expressed in qualitative terms. This can be the most
all I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I I III III III Lu I IWIIIIIIIIIIIIIII W I I I II umm Un l in l Illllllll\u 11111

Workshops
SPAN International
Self Study
CSP Self Stud~ Workbook
Workbook Volume I MI
of the formula.
difficult part of fonnula.
A major objective of of applying cost-benefit analysis to safety is to provide
a systemic analytical approach to dealing with complex issues of cost and
benefit, assessing trade-offs in hazard control methods.
Additionally, benefit-cost analysis is a tool to help management prioritize

fonnal risk analysis identify actions to reduce
corrective actions. Though formal
infonnation to
risk, a financial analysis is essential so managers have the information
make judgments on how to spend money and expend efforts needed to
reduce the identified risks by implementing corrective actions.
1.9)
.. - )
19 We selected answer D because:
Vinyl chloride is a suspected carcinogen with a TWA of of l1 ppm and a
of 5 ppm. NIOSH recommends respiratory protection to
ceiling limit of
of self-contained breathing apparatus with full-face piece and
consist of
positive-pressure mode. A full-face respirator with airline
operated in a positive-pressure
can be utilized if ure mode and used in
positive-pressure
if operated in positive-press
combination with an auxiliary self-contained breathing apparatus
combination
operated in a positive-press ure mode. A full-face respirator operated in a
positive-pressure
positive-pressure
positive-pres of "1000", while an
sure mode provides a protection factor of
approximately "10,000".
SCBA provides a protection factor of approximately

The theoretical basis for passive sampling for both diffusion and
permeation can be described as derivations of
penneation of Fick's first law ofof
diffusion. Charles's Law states "the volume of of a gas varies directly with
the absolute temperature if constant", Raoult's Law
if the pressure is kept constant".
applies to the solvent in many liquid systems and states "the vapor
of a volatile solvent in a dilute solution is proportional to its
pressure of
fraction". Henry's Law applies to a solute in a dilute solution and
mole fraction".
states "the gas phase concentration of of the material is proportional to its
solution"..
mole fraction in the solution"
of diffusion as a deposition mechanism is indirectly

The effectiveness of
of the particle diameter and directly to the velocity
related to the square of
of the aerosol.
of 1
r'-mnnmmmnnnmw mnlmmrwmnmmm-I
Page 182 Internationa l Training, LLC
Copyright©20l3
l~
\
CSP Self
II II n \| Llumwuu I I I l l IH l I l l I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
21 )
Perchloric acid HCIO4
HC]04 is a common acid used primarily by the chemical
chemical,
electroplating and incendiary (fireworks) industries. It is a strong
oxidizing acid that reacts with organic compounds, including cellulosic
materials such as sawdust and cork. A mixture of perchloric acid and
these materials may ignite spontaneously. Therefore, hoods and ducts
must be nonreactive, easily cleaned and inspected for acid build-up, and
should include water washdown capability. The ACGIH Industrial
Ventilation Manual contains a list of design and work practices for
perchloric acid hoods. They recommend stainless steel with rounded
corners
comers and all-welded construction. Never use perchloric acid in a
hood designed for other purpose.
purposes •

This table is a type of budget variance report.

Isoldnetic
Isokinetic or "equal velocity" sampling occurs when the velocity at the
sampling probe tip is equal to the gas stream velocity. If
If the velocities are
substantially different (non-isokjnetic),
(non-isokinetic), it can cause size~selective
size-selective
segregation of particulate matter entering the probe, probe. When the
stack/stream velocity is lower than the probe velocity, larger particles are
not able to Mm
tum with the gas flow into the probe nozzle leading to
underestimation of the mass concentration. Likewise, when the stream
velocity is greater than the probe velocity, exaggerated
exaggerated readings of of
concentration are produced.

Exclusive Remedy: State workers' compensation statutes gave
employees a definite remedy for injuries and diseases arising out of or
suffered in the course of their employment. In exchange fore fora definite
recovery, the workers' compensation remedy is exclusive, that is, with
just a few exceptions, a worker's right of recovery against the employer is
limited to the benefits provided by the workers' compensation law. The
employee may not sue in tort.
Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC Page
Page 183
183
I
SPAN International Training Safety Workshops I
CSP Self
Self Stud
I
A legal doctrine that an employer who is normally immune from tort

actions by employees because of of workers' compensation laws may be
held liable for additional damages as a party who has committed a
wrongful or negligent act beyond its role as employer. Example: An
employee of of an aerosol shaving cream manufacturer is injured by an
exploding can while handling stock. The manufacturer is liable to the
employee under workers' compensation laws, but it may also be held
responsible for manufacturing a defective can. The employee then may
choose to bring a civil suit, where the potential recovery is greater than
statutory remedy of
the statutory of workers' compensation.
I.
Special
Special Damages: Special damages are one actually sustained, rather
*;t.
_L
•
than implied by law. They are either added to general damages arising
from an act injurious in itself,
itself; such as when some particular loss arises
from the uttering ofof slanderous words, actionable in themselves,
themselves; or are
such as arise from an act not actionable in itself, but injurious only in its
consequences,
consequences; such as when the words become actionable only by reason
of
of special damage ensuing. To constitute special damage, the legal and
-
natural consequence must arise from the tort - not from a mere wrongful
act of
of a third person or a remote consequence.

In product safety work Privity
Privily is defined as "A direct relationship
between the injured party and the party whose negligence caused an
accident". Early English law held that there could be no negligence
without privity.
privily. However, this rule was broken in the U.S. in the early
1900s when Judge Benjamin Cardozo ruled that an automobile
manufacturer was liable for an injury accident involving a failed wheel.
privily rule. The
The automobile manufacturer based its defense on the privity
company had sold the car to a dealer, had no contract with the injured
party, and was therefore not liable to the plaintiff. The dealer was not
liable since he had not built the car. The ruling however indicated that
the car manufacturer had a duty to inspect the product sold for defects,
anything less was negligence.
l I
l
CSP Self
An effectiveness evaluation is defined as "a determination ofof the extent
to which program operations have contributed to achieving an objective
related to accident or injury reduction. It involves (a) determining the
change achieved in accident or injury involvement, (b) relating program
operations to the achieved change and (c) relating the program cost to the
benefit derived from what the program accomplished.

In the NSC Accident Manual for
Accident Prevention Manual Industry:
Business and Industry:
for 8u5ines5
Administration and Programs. 12lh
Administration Edition, the jobs selected for job
121h Edition, job
not be selected at random. The order
safety analyses should not of analysis
order of
.
• Frequency of
•• Rate of
of incidents
following factors.
should be guided by the following factors.
.. of disabling
• Severity
disabling injuries
Severity potential
potential
injuries
• New jobs

As described in Root Cause Analysis Handbook,
Handbook, An Effective Guide to
Investigation. 2005 Edition, management system problems are
Incident Investigation.
unifying characteristics of
of root causes of
of incidents. Human errors and
equipment malfunction;
malfunction, are example of of causal factors driving root
causes.

To be a valid contract, all requirements outlined in the offer must be
completed
completed.

Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, Page 185
185
=
Workshops
ops
Self Study Workbo

CSP Self Workbookok Volume I
lu ill II llll
30)
B because:
A manufacturer
manufacturer or distributor would not have to label a large blade
hunting knife because the product involves an obvious peril, sometimes
called an obvious hazard that is well known to the public.
The term Res ipso

ipsa loquitur (the thing speaks for itself) is involved in
accidents where the damage producing agent was under the sole control
of the defendant and the accident would not have happened if the
of
defendant would have exercised proper control.
Foreseeability involves the liability for actions that a normal person
Foreseeability
would have known to exist and would have taken precaution
precautionss to prevent.
a.
..•
4
.a
Tort is a wrongful act or a failure to exercise due care that results in

damage or injury in the broadest sense.

Strict liability is the concept whereby the plaintiff need not show
Strict
negligence or fault to prove liability.
Negligenc
Negligencee is the failure to exercise a reasonable amount of care or to
carry out a legal duty so that injury or property damage occurs to another.
An example would be you were a landlord and did not provide adequate
security and the renter was robbed.
32)
DOT regulations require physical examination
examination of
of any driver who has not
been medically examined and certified as physically qualified to operate
a commercial
commercial motor vehicle during the preceding 24 months. AnyAny driver
authorized to operate a commercial
commercial motor vehicle only within an exempt
intracity zone must be medically examined every 12 months.
Additional ly, a driver may be required to be physically examined if
Additionally, if
hislher
his/her ability to perform their normal duties has been impaired by a
(Reference 49 CFR Part 391.43 &
physical or mental injury or disease. (Reference &
391
391.45)
.45)
Illlll l IIIIIIIIII III III IIIIII l II I I IIIIIIIIIIII II IIIIIIIIIIII r Ill I I II II IIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIII I I IIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIII
Page 186 Copyright©2013 SPAN Internatio

Copyright©2.0l3 International
nal Training, LLC
*r
CSP Self
33) D because:
This is a European marking that states the electrical equipment shall be
be-
safe; (b) constructed in accordance with principles generally
(a) safe,
accepted within the member States as constituting good engineering
practice in relation to safety matters and in particular shall be designed
and constructed to ensure that it is safe when connected to the electricity
supply system by providing a level of protection against electric shock
which relies on a combination of insulation and the protective earthing
conductor contained within the electricity supply system or which
achieves that level of
of protection by other means,
means; and (c) in conformity
with the principal elements of the safety objectives for electrical
equipment.
Similar to the UL and FM listing in the United States, the CE marling

marking is
used on many types or products offered for sale in the European Union
and indicates that that the product conforms to established safety and
health standards though in the European Union. The implication is that
these standards are government-adopted.

According to author Dev Raheja in Assurance Technologies,
Technologies, Fault tree
analysis is a commonly used mediod
method for assessing system availability. A
system is analyzed in the context of its work environment and actual
fail..
operation to find all credible ways in which the system can fail
VP in all in llll nu alll I - mu un. u n lllll Un- |
FLOW
FLO~
TP
TP=VP+SP
TP=VP+SP or VP=TP-SP
VP=TP-SP
I 1l Hlllllllll II lllllllll I llllllllll Hlllllllllllll I lllllllll \lLL.LL.J | | m I wl umm mn II Illlllllllllllllll lI Lu Illllll 1
llllllllll l m l l l l
Copyright©2013
International Training, LLC 187
Pagel87
Page
36))
36
CSP Self
D because:
_ i
i
Probability is the number of

of fork truck accidents divided by the number
of total accidents.
of
3
P
p=_ =0.06=6%
50
The formula Q=
fonnula Q = (DA)t(Ce
(DA)t(Ce - Co)/L has the following units.
- CO)/L
Q=
Q = mass uptake (g)
...
L
D=
.an
I -
= coefficient of
of diffusion (cIn2/sec)
(cm2/sec)
= cross-sectional area of
A ::: (cm2)
of diffusion path (cru2)

t=
= sampling time (sec)
Ce =
Ce (g/cm3)
=external concentration being sampled (g/cm3)

3
Co =
CO = concentration at the interface of
of the sorbent (g/cm3)
(g/cm )
L==length of diffusion path (cm)

According to the EPA dictionary -
Flocculation: Process by which clumps of of solids in water or sewage
aggregate through biological or chemical action so they can be separated
from water or sewage.
Dewater: 1. l. Remove or separate a portion of the water in a sludge or

slurry to dry the sludge so it can be handled and disposed of. 2. Remove
or drain the water from a tank or trench.
Neutralization: Decreasing the acidity or alkalinity of

of a substance by
adding alkaline or acidic materials, respectively.
Disinfections: A chemical or physical process that lulls kills pathogenic

organisms in water, air, or on surfaces. Chlorine is often used to disinfect
sewage treatment effluent, water supplies, wells, and swimming pools.
mr n l l I II NH Illlllllllllllllllll ill I l I II III IIIII I III I I IIIII l II IIIIIIHIIII II I

t I*
SPAN International Training, LLC
-~ r
\
llll II I
Workshops
_
SPAN
SPAN International
Training Safety
|
CSP Self
Sel f Study
Workbook Volume
uw...-I IW I W
39) We selected
answer A because:
IL Ill
A occur more
occurrence can occur than
more than
A Poisson
Poisson distribution
distribution is useful
useful when an occurrence
once, periodd of
experience over a perio time
of time
once, for
for example,
example, industrial
industrial accident
accident experience
where where the
accident in a year or where
where aa worker
worker may
may have more than one accident the
same
same type of
of accident
accident may occur
occu r over and over.
40) We selected
answer C because:
There is
There is a 16% chance 13.
chance of being less than 7 or more than 13.
10
X
X
I 1
7 13
l
6 %
I
*\
l |
lll
lll
|
16 % 16 % I
In--u,1
41)
41) We selected
answer C because:
This
This is the description
is the description ofof a hazard operability study,
hazard and operability commonly
study, commonly
called
called aa HAZOP
HAZOP study.
study. When conducting HAZOP, subject
conducting a HAZOP, matterr
subject matte
essential. A
studied are essential. A proce ss
experts familiar
experts familiar with the process
process being studied process
hazard
hazard analysis
analysis leader
leader familiar analytical meth
familiar with the analytical method important,
od is important,
but it the proce
familiar with the
leader to be familiar ss
but it is not essential
is not essential for the sandy
study leader process
studied.
being studied.
42) We selected
answer A because:
The Factory Mutu
issued by Factory
Sheet is issued al
The Property
Property Loss Prevention
Prevention Data Sheet Mutual
Engineering
Engineering Coiporation (www.faetorymutual.com).
Corporation (www.factorymutual.com).
""''''"I .. '~-
Copyright©2013 Inter natio nal Training,

Copy right ©20 13 SPAN International LLC
Trai ning , LLC Pag 189
Pageel89
l:.1vulv"1v'=lll"*°""""'*` .*
-<1-n1!®I§l*'***>":f!t'$'!
n . .
SPAN
SPA N International
Safety Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study
Workbook Volume
43) We selected
selected answer
answer B because:
B because:
The
The Swinging
Swinging Vane Anemometer
Vane Anem ometer or Velometer instrument
Velometer would be the instrument
of opening is large and the air veloc are
ities are
of choice
choice where
where the exhaust
exhaust opening velocities
low as
low as in
in spray
spray booths
booths or chemical hoods.. The rotating
chemical hoods anemometer
rotating vane anemometer
is
is useful
useful for
for measuring
measuring the airflow through large supply
airflow through exhaust
supply and exhaust
openings vely high. In the calibration of
calibration of
openings where
where the air velocities
velocities are relati
relatively
airflow instruments, a spiroineter
airflow instruments, spirometer is considered standard.
primary standard.
considered a primary
44) We selected
selected answer
answer D because:
D because:
Loss
Loss reduction
reduction means
means any action
action which reducreduces incurred.
es the losses incurred.
The
The reduction
reduction maymay be by decrease
decrease ofof the physical destruction (as by
physical destruction by
.•
l
*
_*
reducing
reduc
or
ing the amount of
the amount
by reducing
of material
material burned
burned or the number of perso
number of persons
amount of
injured)
ns injured)
destruction
of destruction
or by reducing the operational loss from a given amount
the operations
(as standby equipment
havingg standby equipment or more effective medical care for
effective medical the
for the
(as havin
injured). control as
ntion and control well
as well
injured). lt It includes
includes the concepts
concepts of
of loss preve
prevention
as refusal to accept risk.
accept a given risk.
as the
the concept
concept of of risk avoidance--the
avoid ance- the refusal
Planning considered part ofof loss reduc The
tion. The
Planning actions
actions are not generally
generally considered reduction.
four steps required
four steps required in an effective control progr
effective loss control program problem
am are problem
implementation and
measures, implementation and
identification, selection
identification, selection ofof corrective
corrective measures,
feedback control..
feedback and control 1
r
45) We selected
answer D because: I.
I As the
As name implies
the name
questions
implies the Venturi-type
Venturi-type is the correct answer. The
correct answer. The
collector
various wet collector
questions onon thethe CSP examinations
examinations about the various
systems require you to under stand thethe
systems are
are usually
usually not this friendly
friendly and require understand
difference
difference between
between at least seven types of systems
collectors systems
of wet collectors
commonly suggest a good review of of
I commonly employed
employed in industry today. We suggest
industry today.
1 this
this subject
subject in National
in the Natio nal Safety Council's Fund
Safety Council's amentals of
Fundamentals of Indus trial
Industrial
Hygiene.
Hygie ne. One
One of of the oldest
oldest methods
methods ofof spray cleaning chambers
cleaning is spray chambers
\ which
which result
result in
in a pressu
pressure
re drop ofof about 2.5 to 6 in. wg. Packe towers
Packedd towers
are sometimes for
absorption and sometimes for
are used
used by the chemical
by the chemical industry
industry for gas absorption
toxic They have a pressu
dusts. They
toxic dusts. re drop of only 1.5 to 3.5 in. wg.
pressure wg. Wet Wet
centru'ugals
centrifugals use
use a combination
combination ofof centrifugal contact to
centrifugal force and water contact to
capture area of 2.5 to 6 in. wg.
capture dust particles.
dust partic les. Pressure
Pressure drop is in the of 6 in. wg.
Another type of wet collector Orifice type,
collector is the Orifice that has a pressu
pressure drop
re drop
Another type
1 from 11 to 20 in wg.
e
r I II I I II I Ill mM l`I
I
l
I Page 190
l1
' v
"
|
-
I
p
- | _ ._

D because
because:
Multiplexing is defined as the transmission of multiple signals over a
single transmission path (eg: data and voice at the same time). There are two
primary types of multiplexing, frequency division and time division
division.
Frequency division multiplexing is achieved by dividing the channel
bandwidth into bands and allocating a band to each system, requiring the use
of
of the channel for the transmission of its' signals. This allows multiple
signals at the same time
time.
In a Time Division Multiplex system the information is discrete in time
time,
therefore, transmission scheme can provide rest periods between
transmissions. This form of multiplexing provides a simpler and cheaper
form of
of multiplexing than frequency division multiplexing, however it only
accesses one device at a time
time.
47) We selected answer A because

because:
According to Willie
Willie Hammer in "Product
"Product Safety Management and
Engineering", management responsibilities
responsibilities throughout the process is the
most important, however during the design phase, the designers are the
most important in producing a safe product
product.

because:
According
According to the NSC Accident Prevention Manual Manual for
for Business and
Industry: Since chromium is used.
used in all stainless steel alloys, welding
stainless steel can cause fumes ofof trivalent
trivalent or hexavalent form of
or hexavalentform of
chromium
chromium to be released into
into the Wielder's breathing zone
zone.
49) D because
We selected answer D because:
The definition
definition ofof correlation is a statistical technique that measures the
degree of
of relationship
relationship between two variables.
variables. ItIt measures the tendency
of
of one set ofof data to vary with another set of of data.
data. ItIt does not
not imply a
variables. Two sets of
casual relationship between variables. of data that has no
variation is said to have perfect correlation
correlation.
Copyright©2013
Training.. LLC
.
.
..
.
...
i
SPAN International
Training Safety
Safety Workshops
Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study
Study Workbook Volume
Workbook Volu me I
50))
50 selected answer A becaus
We selected because:e:
Polychlorinated biphenyl
Polychlorinated biphenyl (PCBs)
(PCBs) are found in certain electrical
electrical devices
devices
such as transformers,
such transformers, capacitors,
capacitors, fluorescent
fluorescent light ballast
ballasts,
s, etc. as well as
as
in heat transfer
in transfer enclosures
enclosures and investment
investment casting waxes in foundries.
foundries. In In
1978, the EPA under TSCA banned the use of PCBs in light ballast ballasts,s,
transformers and capacitors
transformers capacitors howev
however er it is still possibl
possiblee to find equipment
equipment
containing PCBs. PCBs and PCB Items in service or project
containing projecteded for
for
disposal: The written annual document
disposal: document log must be prepare preparedd for each
each
facility by July l1 covering
facility covering the previou
previouss calendar
calendar year (January through
(January through
December).
December).
(1) The annual records shall include the following:
following:
... (i) All signed manife sts generated
manifests generated by the facility during the
'*s,
,."
calendar year.
calendar
Certificates of
(ii) All Certificates of Disposal
Disposal that have been received received by the the
facility during the calendar
calendar year.
(iii) Record
Recordss of
of inspections
inspections and cleanups
cleanups performed
performed in accordance
accordance
with Sec. 761
761.65
~65(c)(5).
(c)(5).
document log shall include the following:
(2) The written annual document following:
(i) The name, address,
(i) address, and EPA identification
identification number
number of of the
covered by the annual document
facility covered document log and the calendar year
calendar year
covered by the annual document
covered document log.
number by specific
(iii) The total number specific type of PCB Articles
Articles and the the
kilograms of
total weight in ldlograms of PCBs in PCB Articles,Articles, the totaltotal
number of
number of PCB Article Containers
Containers and total weight in ldlograrns
kilograms of
the contents
contents of
of PCB Article Containers,
Containers, the total number
number of of PCB
Containers and the total weight in ldlograms
Containers kilograms of of the contents
contents of of
PCB Containers,
PCB Containers, and the total weight in ldlograms
kilograms of of bulk PCB
waste that was placed into storage for disposal disposal or disposed
disposed during
calendar year.
the calendar
(iv) The total number
(iv) number of of PCB Transformers
Transformers and total weight in
kilograms of
ldlograms of PCBs contained
contained in the transformers
transformers remaining
remaining in in
service at the end of of the calendar year.
calendar year.
number of
(v) The total number of Large High or Low Voltag Voltagee PCB
Capacitors remaining
Capacitors remaining in service at the end of of the calendar
calendar year.
Page 192
Ill r
Copyright©2013
WI M
Intern ationa l Traini

I
Training,
M
ng, LLC
LLC
l Il'l' lI'II -
l
\ r
Self Study~ Workbook

CSP Self l - Volume I
51
51)) We selected answer D because:
According to the "Fundamentals
"Fundamentals of
of Industrial Hygiene" the initial hazard
recognition process, includes the following are questions,
questions; what are the
materials'?, what is produced?;
raw materials?; produced'?, what intermediate products are
formed in the process?;
process'?, what by-products may be released?;
released?, what are the
usual cleaning or maintenance procedures at the end of
of the day, end of a
run or changeover to another product'?,
product?; and what hazardous waste is
produced and how is it disposed of?

According to the Fire Protection Handbook, the most important property
is the heat capacity of a gas.
gas .

According to the NSC Fundamentals oflndustrial 5th Edition,
Hygiene, 5th
ofIndustrial Hygiene,
Hydrogen sulfide is an interference agent with carbon monoxide sensors.
In addition, Carbon monoxide is an unusual constituent in the
atmospheres ofof sanitary sewers. Given the sudden reading of a large
(lethal) concentration of an unlikely component in a sanitary sewer, and
given that the presence of
of hydrogen sulfide is likely, the most probable
explanation is that the hydrogen sulfide reading is correct and is causing
an interference effect on the carbon monoxide sensor.
The coefficient of
of variation (CV)
nQ
CV=~
<
G
II
is a dimensionless number x
><
obtained by dividing the standard

deviation by the mean. The CV
allows comparisons to be made WHERE
WHERE G
(J= Standard Deviation
between different distributions. x = Mean
w llllll II ill lllllll llllll llll

Copyright©2013 International Training, LLC 193
Page 193
SPAN International .Training Safety Workshops
International.Training
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook Volume I IIIIIIIIIII-II I I II 'II I uJululwuu_u NilhW
When a programmer changes your information, he writes computer code
in a given programming language. There are literally hundreds if

if not
thousands of
of programming languages. Some of
of the examples ofof widely
used computer programming languages are Visual Basic, C++, C, Java,
ADA, Pascal,
Pascal, COBOL.
56) D because:
Based on the statement in the question that there were no changes in
plant operations we feel the best course of of action would be to stop
an.
....
monitoring and recalibrate the instrumentation. The reading of
of 65 ppm is
.
q
4
*AI"
not life threatening (the IDLH is 1200 ppm) and recalibration should be
able to be accomplished in fresh air in a very short time.
If
If hydrogen sulfide was present, since it is an interference agent with
carbon monoxide sensors, it would cause the CO readings to be incorrect.
57) D because:
As referenced in by the Center for Chemical Process Safety Guidelines
for Hazard Evaluation Procedures,
for Procedures, 2nd Edition, subject matter experts
familiar with the process and sections of
of the process being studied are
essential. A process hazard analysis leader familiar with the analytical
method is important, but it is not essential for the study leader to be
personally familiar with the actual process being studied.
58)
Accident investigation has as its primary purpose the prevention of of similar
occurrences and the discovery of of hazards. The intent is not to place blame
or administer discipline, but rather to determine how responsibilities may
be defined or clarified and to reduce error producing situations. Accident
investigation should improve the safety of of operations, if if accident
investigation is used for punitive measures, the tool has the reverse effect.
Management system problems are unifying characteristics of of root causes
of
of incidents or accidents. Human errors and equipment malfunctions are
the causal factors from which the root causes are derived.
WNW l um lHlllllHIIIII I I w lllllllllLL,L.U um HlllllHI\ILlLI_l L....JJllilllW LJHUU Up
l Page
Page 194 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training,
u.
CSP Self
|
l'l.
lu
| |
l1llJ-IJJJJJJJ.l.l
1
al III Ill

of Custody, that is a person with a duty to preserve
As a link in the Chain of
and protect evidence or someone with a vested interest in the outcome of
the accident investigation, it is essential that from the moment the event
occurs you identify, track and log movement of your evidence. An
example ofof Chain of Custody would be taking photos, printing photos,
making notes describing the angles that the photo were taken, lighting,
malting
dateltime, and any other information that could be helpful later in the
date/time,
process.
60) B because:
mark is defined as a standard or point of reference used for
A bench mark
marking
measuring or judging quality, value, efficiency, etc. Bench marldng
takes into consideration what is the standard for the industry and
compares the current status of your company in relation to reference
point or data. Trend analysis is the process of examining past
performance for trends and then using these trends, or tendencies to make
(e.g.;
of what will take place under certain circumstances (e.g.,
a prediction of
changes, modifications, presumed improvements).
61)
In the book Safety Culture and Effective Safety Management, author
Swartz explains that before collecting data and developing a system to
collect and manipulate the data, it is essential to define how the data will
be used.
62) D because:
Search Engine: It is software that searches the internet for specific words
or word strings. There are many different search engines. A remotely
accessible program that lets you do keyword searches for information on
the Internet. There are several types of engine; the search may
of search engine,
full text.
cover titles of documents, URLs, headers, or the ful]
Browser: The software that is used to surf the net. Most common
browsers are Netscape Communicator and Internet Explorer called IE. It
is a program which allows a person to read hypertext. The browser gives
Training, LLC
Page 195
!
1
SPAN International,
International/Training
Training Safety Works
Workshops
Self Study Workb
CSP Self
some means of
Workbook
hops
Volumee I
ook Volum
of viewing the contents of nodes (or "pages") and of
_ I
navigating from one node to another. Netscape Navigato

navigating Navigator,
r, NCSA
Mosaic, Lynx, and W3 are examples for !:>rowsers
browsers for the World-W
World-Wide
ide
Web. They act as clients to remote web servers.

because:
extra net is a private network that uses internet protocols
An extranet protocols,, network
connectivity, and possibly the public telecommunication
connectivity, telecommunication system to
business's information
securely share part of a business's information or operations
operations with
suppliers, vendors, partners,
suppliers, partners , customers
customers or other business
businesses.
es. An
extranet can be viewed as part of a colnpany's
company's intranet that is extended to
,. users outside the company (eg: normally over the Internet). It has also
Q
.*
4
been described as a "state of mind" in which the Internet is perceived as a

way to do business with other companies
companies as well as to sell products to
customers. An extranet requires security and privacy. These can include
customers.
Ii-!'
l:
'~If
firewalls, server managem
firewalls, ent, the issuance and use of digital certificates
management, certificates
of user authentication,
or similar means of authentication, encryption
encryption of messages,
messages, and the
use of virtual private networks (VPNs) that tunnel through the public
network.
The most common computer

computer networks are peer~to~peer
peer-to-peer and client/server.
client/server.
Peer-to-peer networks are generally described as having three to five
Peer-to-peer
users (more than that can be confusing),
confusing), they can share printers, scanners
and fax machines and generally the workstati workstations
ons have the same
capabilities. Internets,
capabilities. Intemets, intranets
Intranets and extranets were created to permit
communications among a variety of
communications of users and all systems are built using
TCPIIP protocols
TCP/IP protocols,, the domain name system and Internet Protocol
addresses are the same on all systems and web browsers and e-mail can
be used on all of these systems.
Local Area Networks (LANs) are a common means of inaldng making

information available to multiple users. They consist of
information of a network
operating system that is specifically
specifically designed for transmitt
transmitting
ing data,
communication links are both software and hardware designed to
communication
facilitate data transfer and ethernet is a LAN technology.
technology.
mm l lvnmlr"'T'T. mu rlrnnnlnlrrrlmnlll mlmmrmmnml l mrmmwwllnnm van

Page 196 Copyright©2013 SPAN Internat
Copyright©2013 International
ional Training,
Training, LLC
\
CSP Self
Self Study muWorkbook Volume I
lIIL_.-Ill_.LL__.M W Ll lllJ...__ILIWIJIJ
64)
D because:
The first step you must always take when collecting date is to determine
the use of
of the data and restrict it to only that use.
The exercise ofof reasonable care in the handling and preservation of a

product in their possession so that it will not later cause injury to a user is
the definition of
of "Responsibility for
for Handling".
Handling
A person may be held liable for actions that result in injury or damage
only when he was able to foresee dangers and risks that could be
reasonably anticipated is the definition of
of "Foreseeability
"Foreseeability".
A wrongful act, or failure to exercise due care, for which civil legal
action can result is the definition of TORT.
TORT.
The concept that a producer of a product is liable for injuries due to

defects, without the necessity for plaintiff
plaintiff to show negligence or fault is
known as "Strict Liability".
Liability".

You must always base your findings and recommendations on facts, that
means that your first action should always be to survey the situation and
collect the facts that may impact Me
the situation.

The sampling instrument is at or near its capabilities and its
measurements are suspect at best. The device has detected some level of
contaminant, however using this information to perform any valid
the contaminant,
statistical analysis is not possible. The only real conclusion is that there
is a presence ofof the contaminant and that it is at or below the detection
limits of
of the device.

SQL is the abbreviation for Structured Query Language. It is a
standardized application language for relational databases that is used to
enter data into a database, modify data, delete date and retrieve data.
URL is the abbreviation of Uniform Resource Locator, the global address

1977
International. Training
SPAN International. Training Safety Workshops
Workshops
CSP Self Study
Studv Workbook Volumee I
Work book Volum
documents and other resources
of documents resources on the World Wide Web.
HTML stands for Hyper Text Markup Language Language and is used for web web
publishing.
publishi ng.
HTTP stands for Hyper Text Transfer Protocoll and is a file transfer
Transfer Protoco
protocol.
protoco l.
NNTP stands for Network News Transfer Transfer Protocol

Protocol and is used to the
distribution, inquiry retrieva
distribution, retrievall and posting of
of news articles.
TCPIIP stands for Transmission

TCP/IP Transmission Control Protocol/Intemet Protocoll which
ProtocollInternet Protoco
is a set of protoco ls that make Telnet, FTP, e-mail and other services
protocols
possible among computers
computers that don't belong to the same network.
network.
IP stands for Internet Protocol
Protocol which is the set of technology
of technology standards
standards
A
AI
..*
»-In technical specifications
and technical specifications that enable informa
information
tion to be routed from one
network to another over the internet.

1
internet.
.!I 69) We selected answer A because:

because:
11
i~~ Adsorption is the adhesion
Adsorption adhesion of atoms, ions, biomole
biomolecules
cules or molecu
molecules
les of
of
gas, liquid, or dissolved
dissolved solids to a surface. This process creates a film film ofof
the adsorbate
adsorbate (the molecul
molecules es or atoms being accumulated)
accumulated) on the surface
of the adsorbent.
adsorbent. It differs from absorption,
absorption, in which a fluid permea
permeatestes or
or
is dissolved
dissolved by a liquid or solid. The term sorption encompassesencompasses both
process es,
processes, while desorption is the reverse of
desorption of adsorption.
adsorption. Similar to
surface tension, adsorption
adsorption is a consequence
consequence of surface energy. In In aa bulk
bulk
materia l,
material, all the bonding requirem
requirements
ents (be they ionic, covalent,
covalent, or
metallic ) of the constitu
metallic) Me constituent ent atoms of the material are filled by other atoms
in the materia l. Howeve
material. However, r, atoms on the surface of the adsorbent
adsorbent are not
not
wholly surrounded
surrounded by other adsorbent adsorbent atoms and therefore
therefore can attract
adsorba tes.
adsorbates. The exact nature of the bonding depends on the details of of the
species involved,
involved, but the adsorption
adsorption process is generally
generally classified
classified as
as
physiso rption (charact
physisorption (characteristic eristic of weak van der Waals forces) or
chemiso rption (charact
chemisorption (characteristic eristic of covalent bonding).
covalent bonding ). It may also occur due
to electrostatic
electrostatic attraction.
attraction. Adsorpt
Adsorption
ion is present in many natural physica
physical, l,
biologic al,
biological, and chemica
chemicall systems,
systems, and is widely used in industrial
industrial
applicat ions
applications such as activate
activatedd charcoal,
charcoal, capturing
capturing and using waste heat to
provide cold water for air conditioning
conditioning and other process requirem
requirements
ents
(adsorp tion chillers) , syntheti
(adsorption chillers), syntheticc resins, increase storage capacity of of
carbide- derived
carbide-derived carbons for nanoporous
tunable nanopor carbon, and water
ous carbon,
I
l I I l l Illlllllnllll n l I r lu I
Page 198 Copyrig ht©201 3 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Training,
Interna tional Trainin g, LLC
CSP Self
NNIJ
LH W H_-u-»a-1 H w u u s u LU
purification. Adsorption, ion exchange, and chromatography are sorption

processes in which certain adsorbates are selectively transferred from the
fluid phase to the surface of
of insoluble, rigid particles suspended in a
vessel or packed in a column. .
70)
According to author Dan Peterson in Safety By Objectives, a safety

performance benchmark is similar to a goal. A benchmark is based on
research conducted on other similar organizations and applied to one's
own organization.

The Critical Incident Technique (or CIT) is a set of of procedures used
for collecting first hand observations of
of human behavior that have critical
significance and meet methodically defined criteria. A critical incident
can be described as one that makes a significant contribution-either
contribution--either
positively or negatively-to
negatively--to an activity or phenomenon and to understand
the relationship between competencies and reasons for accidents. Critical
incidents can be gathered in various ways, but typically respondents are
asked to tell a story about an experience they have had. Through the use
of the critical incident technique one may collect specific and significant
behavioral facts, providing a sound basis for making
malting inferences as to
requirements for measures of typical performance (criteria), measures of
proficiency (standard samples), training, selection and classification, job
design, operating procedures, equipment design, motivation and
leadership (attitudes), and individual behavior. Critical incidents can be
responde~ts are asked to tell a
gathered in various ways, but typically respondents
story about an experience they have had. CIT is a flexible method that
usually relies on five major areas. The first is determining and reviewing
the incident, then fact-finding, which involves collecting the details of
of the
incident from the participants. When all of the facts are collected, the
next step is to identify the issues. Afterwards a decision can be made on
how to resolve the issues based on various possible solutions. The final
and most important aspect is the evaluation, which will determine if the
solution that was selected will solve the root cause of the situation and
will cause no further problems
problems.

(:opyright©2013 Training, LLC Page 19
Page 1999
----
Internationa~ Training Safety Workshops
SPAN International
CSP Self
Self Stuciy
*

D because:
The most effective way is to post all Material Safety Data Sheets is by
use of the company local area network (LAN) and a data base program.
This allows updates to be posted when they are received and are available
to all work areas as soon as they are posted.

A pocket dosimeter measures a person's accumulated radiation dose. A
pocket dosimeter is frequently used in conjunction with a film badge
;
.L
I (themoluminescent dosimetry badge).

(thernoluminescent
74)
D because:
.Ij When evaluating Boolean Logic + is read "or"
Logic and applications, the sign + "or"
:~
"-"
+B
D.
ie;
je, A + B becomes A or B. The sign "." is read "and" thus, A . B is stated A »
and B. The "A-bar" symbol is read "not-A".
A).• (A + B)
The expression (A + K) B)== A + B is read:
read:
A or not-A and A or B equals A or B

The expression A xx((B
B ++ C
C)) = ((A
AxB A xxCC)) is also described as a union of
B)) + ((A
one subset with two others can also be expressed as the union of their
intersections.

In the book
In book Root
Root Cause Analysis
Analysis Handbook, An Effective Guide
Guide to
of custody procedures for photographs start
Incident Investigation. Chain of
Incident
photographer fully documenting
with the photographer documenting the context,
context, source, and
relevant related to the photograph.
relevant information related photograph.
3 pa llllllll W W II I l I II I II I l I
Page 200 Co§yright©2013

Copfright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
"'1
II
CSP Self
ULLW UWIJJIUIU WUWWU wuuuuuu
Notes
?"!
Copyright©2013
Pagel01
.......
CSP Self
Assessing Environmental Health Safety and Security Risk

of the workbook provides questions and answers similar to those
This section of
on the Comprehensive Practice examination. The following Responsibilities
are found on the examination. There are a maximum of 73 questions from
this area on the actual examination.
Taskl1
Task
Evaluate the risk of injury, illness, environmental harm, and property damage to
:
which the public or an organization is exposed associated with the
organization's facilities, products, systems, processes, equipment, and
organization's
employees by applying quantitative and qualitative threat, vulnerability, and
rtsk assessment techniques.
ii°sk
Knowledge Areas
»i
U
P,J methods
2. Root cause analysis methods
4. Basic sciences: anatomy, biology, chemistry, physics, physiology
l
5. Applied sciences: fluid flow, mechanics, electricity
I
i
7. Agriculture safety (including food supply safety)
8. Biological safety
9. Business continuity and contingency planning
I
10.Chemical process safety
IO.Chemical.process
l.Community emergency planning
1II.Community
l 2.Construction safety
I2.Construction
3.Dispersion modeling
lI3.Dispersion
i 14.Emergency/crisis/disaster
14. Emergency!crisis/disaster management
15.Emergency/crisis/disaster
I5.Emergency/crisis/disaster response planning
l
l
6.Environmental protection and pollution prevention
lI6.Environmental
lI7.Epidemiology
"/.Epidemiology
8.Equipment safety
lI8.Equipment
Q
I9.Ergonomics and human factors
19.Ergonomics
20.Facility safety
i 21 .Facility security and access control
2I.Facility
22.Facility siting and layout
r IM m lllml | | I Mm Mnullw null Mu
an Page 202 Copyright©20l3 SPAN International Training, LLC
Copyn'ght©2013
\
\
l
CSP Self
Self Study
l l J u n _ l II l
23.Fire prevention, protection, and suppression
24.Hazardous materials management
25.Hazardous waste management
26.Healthcare
26.Healthcare safety (including
(including patient safety)
27.Industrial hygiene
28.Infectious diseases
29.Insurance/risk transfer principles
30.Maritime safety
31.Mining safety
32.Multi-employer
32.Multi-employer worksite issues
33.Mutual aid agreements
34.Physical and chemical characteristics of hazardous materials
35.Pressure relief systems
36.Product safety
37.Public safety and security
38.Radiation safety
39.System
39.System safety
40.Toxicology
41.Transportation safety and security
42.Ventilation
42. Ventilation systems
43.Workplace violence
44.Sources ofof information on risk (e.g., subject matter experts, relevant best
practices, published literature)
literature)
45.Information
45.Information security and confidentiality requirements
Task
Task 2
Audit safety, health, environmental, and security management systems using
appropriate auditing techniques to compare an organization's management
systems against established standards for identifying the organization's
strengths and weaknesses.
Knowledge Areas
1. Safety, health, and environmental management and audit systems (e.g
(e.g.,
ANSI/AIHA
ANSII AIHA Z 10, ISO 14000 series, OHSAS 18000 series, ISO 19011
Zl0, 19011,
U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Voluntary
Protection Programs)
2. Management system auditing techniques
w-=l=#*
i
uwLJwu II nun I up I Jlunmm

Training, LLC
Page 203
,
SPA N International,
SPAN International, Training
Training Safety
Safety Workshops
Work shop s
Self Study
CSP Self StudY Work
II
Workbook Volume
book Volu me I
r
4. Methods
Methods and techniq ues for evaluating
techniques evaluating facilities, products,
facilities, produc ts, systems,
systems,
proces
processes,
ses, and equipment
equipment
5. Methods
Methods and techniques
techniques for measur ement, sampling,
measurement, sampling, and analysis
analysis
6. Qualitative,
Qualitative, quantitative,
quantitative, deductive,
deductive, and inductive
inductive risk assessment
assessment
methods
methods
7. Root cause analysis methodss

analysis method
Mathematics and statistics
8. Mathematics statistics
9. Basic sciences:
sciences: anatomy,
anatomy, biology
biology,, chemistry, physics,
chemistry, physic physiology
s, physio logy
10.App lied sciences: fluid flow, mechanics,

l0.Applied sciences: mechanics, electricity
electricity
11.0rg anizati onal and behavi

l 1.()rganizational behavioral
oral sciences
sciences
12.Ma nagement sciences

l 2.Manage1nent sciences
l ;. 13.Ma
4
A
nagem ent
l3.Management princip les of
principles of authority,
authority, respon
responsibility,
sibility, and accountability
accountability
I /' l4.Budgeting,
.I
4
14.Budgeting, finance,
finance, and economic
economic analysis techniques
analysis techniq ues
15.Bus iness continuity
15.Business continuity and contingency planningg
contingency plannin
16.Bus
l6.Business planning
iness plannin g
I
s
17.Bus
l7.Business
iness software
software
I
g 18.Cha
l 8.Change management
nge manag ement
19.Em ergency/crisis/disaster manag
19.Emergency/crisis/disaster management
ement
20.Em ergenc y!crisis/disaster respon
20.Emergency/crisis/disaster response planningg
se plannin
21 .Group
21.Gro up dynamics
dynamics
t 22.Haz ardous materials
22.Hazardous materials management
management
23.Hazardous waste manag
23.Hazardous management
ement
1 24.Job safety analysis
analysis and task analysis methodss
analysis method
25.Mu lti-employer worksite
25.Multi~employer worksite issues
26.Rep
26.Report ort presen tation strategies
presentation strategies
I
27.Com petenc
27.Competencies of ies of other professionals with whom the safety profess
professionals professional
ional
interacts
interac ts
28.Sou rces
28.Sources of information
information on hazards,
hazards, threats,
threats, and vulnerabilities
vulnerabilities (e.g.,
subject matter experts,
experts, relevant
relevant best practic
practices, published
es, publish literature)
ed literatu re)
29.Info rmatio n securit
29.lnformation securityy and confidentiality requirements
confidentiality require ments
30.Inte met resources
30.Internet resources
I
¥
41 Page 204
III
Copyright©2013 SPAN Intern
Copyright©20l3
II m Mum
International
lm H
ationa l Training,
lilummI
Traini ng, LLC

lun m mn I r -
II
«---
CSP Self
I u L_u
Task 3
Analyze trends in leading and lagging performance indicators related to safety
safety,
health, environmental, and security management systems using historical
information and statistical methods to identify an organization's strengths and
weaknesses.
Knowledge Areas
1. Types of leading and lagging safety, health, environmental, and security
performance indicators
3. Safety, health, and environmental management and audit systems (e.g.,
ANSI/AIHA Z 10, ISO 14000 series, OHSAS 18000 series,
ANSI!AIHA Zl0, series, ISO 19011,
190 11,so
U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration Voluntary
Protection Programs)
4. Management system auditing techniques
statisties
8. Management principles of of authority, responstability, and accountability
responsibility,
9. Budgeting, finance, arid economic analysis techniques
l0.Business planning
10.Business
lII.Business
l.Business software
lI 2.Change management
l 3.Competencies of
13.Competencies of other professionals with whom the safety professional
interacts
l 4.Training assessment instruments (e.g., written tests, skill assessments)
14.Training assessments)
1
1
l
l
:&....
Copyright©Z013 SPAN International Training, LLC

Copyright©2013 Page 2o
Page 205s
>"-",q"ni'W¥t
'-)'\
= l1;l.1~ll11u\l11ul\
l l1l.4¥t
3$
I1 u
1
I
|-
Workshops
ops
CSP Self Stud!
Studv Workbook
Workbook Volume I
Notes
A.
.
l
*,
\
s
1
.I
g
1
l
I
1
1
lnm'l

\ r
SPAN International
CSP Self
Assessing En vironmental Health Safety
Environmental Safety and
and Security
Security Risk
Risk "Questions"
$$Questions"
1) Given a 2 rope sling supporting 20,000 pounds, what is the tension on the
left sling? Sling angle to load is 60 degrees.
A.) 12,333 pounds
B
B.)
-) 8,754 pounds
C.) 9,967 pounds
D.) l11,547
1,547 pounds
2) A 180 pound worker equipped with a fall arrest system slips and falls 6 j
feet. The total arresting force placed on the restraining anchor fixture is 1
900 pounds. How many additional "G" forces did this worker I
l
experience?
A.) 11
B.) 2 1
C.) 4 1
D.) 14
3) Determine the required pressure for a fire protection sprinkler with a "K"
factor of 5.6, protecting 120 ft2 with a density of 0.22 gpm per ft2.
ft2.
r
Hint
p; (~
A.) at least 7 psi
B.)
B.) 22.2 psi
c.)
C.) 33.3 psi
D.)
D.) 11.1 psi
Copyright©2013
I
CSP Self
III I III II IIII IIIIIIII IIIIIIIIII IIIIIII II IIII IIII I IIIII III
4) What size of
4) of cast-iron underground pipe should be specified to limit
friction loss to a maximum ofof 0.04 psi per foot when delivering 4,000
rpm?
gpm? You may assume a C factor of 100 for unlined pipe. Inside
diameter is 102.4% of indicated size.
Hint
1.85
4.52 X x Q
QL85
Pd=---=-
Pd CL85
gunman
1-unn»
1.85
C X D D 4.87
4 87
.
A.) 8 inch
B.)
B.) 10 inch
c.)
C.) 12 inch
.::
i.
....
-A
.*
D.) 14 inch
5) During hydraulic design of automatic sprinkler systems, NFPA 13

5)
requires calculation of minimum allowable pressure and flows for fire
sprinkler systems. Calculations are based on piping size, length,
coefficient of roughness and a sprinkler discharge coefficient "K" which
is dependent upon the brand and model ofof sprinklers that are to be used.
Determine the required pressure for the first sprinkler (most hydraulically
remote) in the system described below.
"The fire protection sprinkler system is made from Schedule 40 black
piping ranging from three inch to 1 inch (id=1.049)
(id= 1.049) at the most remote
"c" factor of
heads. The pipe has a "C" of 120 and 12 feet of
of equivalent length
2
between each sprinkler. Density is assigned at 0.178 gpm per ft' ft for an
Ordinary Hazard, Group 2 occupancy with each sprinkler protecting 120
ft2 and a typical "K" factor of 5.8."
ft2
A.) at least 7 psi
B.) . 13.6 psi
B.)`
C.) 16.3 psi
D.) 8.8 psi
6) Using the information from the preceding question, determine the friction
6)
loss and flow for the second sprinlder.
sprinkler.
A.) 15.38 psi and 22.75 gpm
B.) 16.3 psi and 23.95 rpm

gpm
c.)
C.) 11.2 psi and 33.6 gpm
D
D.) 9.4 psi and 12.6 gpm
Page 208
It r ll l l l l
LLC
l I I -
I

CSP Self
II
I W HL...
7) A sprinkler system is designed with the pipes 9 feet apart and the
sprinkler heads every 9 feet along each pipe. All sprinkler heads are the
same. If
If the k factor is 5.2 and each head requires 12.6 psi to operate,
what is the density requirement for the last sprinkler head?
2
A.) .057 gpm/ft2
gpmlft
B.)
B.) rpm/ft?2
.228 gpmlft
c.)
C.) .s10 rpm/ft"2
.810 gpmlft
2
D.)
D.) .202 gpm/ft2
gpmlft
The following tables were extracted from 1926 Subpart P Appendix C and
are to be used for the following 3 questions.
questions•
Table C~1.l
C-l.l
Timber Trenching Shoring- Minimum Timber Requirements*
Soil Type P,.- =
Tvoe A Pa =25 x H + 72 psf (2 ft Surcharge)
Size (actual) and spacing of
of members"
members**
--~
Cross braces Wales Uprights

Depth
of
of Maximum
Maximum allowable Horizontal
Horizontal
Width of
of trench (feet)
(feel) Vertical
Venical Vertical
Trench Horiz. Size spacing
- Spacing Spacing
Spading
(feet)
(feet) Spacing (in.)
Up Up-
Up Up Uv
Up Up lo
to (feet)
(feel) (feet)
Close
Dose 4 5 6 8
(feet)
(feel)
t04
to 4 t06
to 6 to 9
109 to 12 15
2 x
Upto6
Upt06 4 x4
4x4 4x4
4x4 4x6
4x6 66x6
x6 6 x6
6x6 4 NR - 6
5
UptoS
Upto8 4 x4
4x4 4 x4
4x4 4x6
4x6 6 x6
6x6 6 x6
6x6 4 NR - 1 _ .
2x6
2 x6 _
Up to
to
4 x6
4x6 44x6
x 6 4x6
4x6 6 x6
6x6 6 x6
6x6 4 8SxS
x8 4 ex
2x66
[O 10 --
c---- . _
10
IO Up to 2 x
44x6
x6 4x6
4x6 6 x6
6x6 6 x6
6x6 6 x6
6x6 4 8x 8
SxS 4
1
12 6
3 x
so 6
Upt06
Up 44x4
x4 4 x4
4x4 4 x6
4x6
_
6 xi
6x6 6 x6
6x6 4 NR - 8
S --
UptoS
Upto8 .23
4x4
4 4$4
4x4 4 x6
4x6 6 x6
6x6 6 x6
6x6 4 8 x8
SxS 4 2x6
10 Up to
4 x6 4x6
4x6 6 x6
6x6 6 x6
6x6 6 x6
6x6 4 8x
Sx 10
IO 2x 6
to
15
1.
10
4x6
1.--1 .
4 2x6
_
Up to
10 10 x
6 x6
6x6 6 x6
6x6 66x6
x 6 66xS
x 8 6 x8
6xS 4 4 2x 8
S
- 1
12 10
Uptoé
UJ>..t06 6 x6
6x6 xi
6x6 .am
6x6 6 x8
6xS 66xS
x 8 4 66xS
x 8 4 3 x6
3x6
nc 8
UptoS 66x6
x 6 66x6
x 6 6 x6
6x6 66xS
x8 66xS
x8 4 ~ 8x8
8x8 4 3 x6
3x6
Up to'
UP to
15 88x8
x 8 88x8
x 8 8 x8
Sx8 8x
8x88 8x10
8xlO 4 8x
8 x l10
0 4 3 x6
3x6
10
10
w
to
Up 10to 10
IO x
20 8Sx8
x8 8x8
8 x8 88:xS
x 8 8 18
8x8 8x10
8xlO 4 4 3 x6
3x6
12 10 _ I
Over 20 See Note I1

_Overl!L -
i
* Mixed oak or
or equivalent
equivalent with
with a bending
bending strength not less than 850 psi
pSI
** Manufactured members ofof equivalent strength may be substituted for
for wood.
wood
._l_.wulLJ luu.IJululu.L.J _JluuuL__L..1uuuuJ1uululuL1.ul1u111

Page
""':~ jQJ".tSiliN'it~:~,~,;,~
CSP Self
Self Study
mum-
II II
uuau»u....»-ww I wwA.....l l u..u
Table C-1.3
C-l.3
Timber Trenching Shoring- Minimum Timber Requirements*
Soil Type Pa =
Tvoe C Pa == 80 x H + '12
72 psf (2 ft Surcharge)
members**
Size (actual) and spacing of members"
Cross braces
_ Wales Uprights
Maximum
Maximum
Depth
allowable
allowable
of Width of
of trench (feet)
Vertical Vertical Horizontal spacing
Horizontal
Trench Horiz.
Horiz. Size
Note 2
Spacing
Spacing Spacing (feel) See Note
(feet) Spacing
Spacing (in.)
Up
Up Up (feet) (feet)
(feet)
(feet) Up Up
Up Up
Up to to
IO Close
t04
to 4 to 6 t09
to 9
U
12 15
8x
..."..
....
a
Up to 6 6
Upt06 x8 6
6x8 x 8 66x8
6x8 x 8 88x8
x8
8
5 8xlO 5
8x10 22x6
x 6
8x 10
lOx
Up to 8 8 x8 8
8x8 x 8 88x8
8x8 x8 8 x8
8x8 5 x 5 22x6
x6
10 12
5 10
Up to
Up 12 x
to 8xlO0 8x10
to 8x1 8xlO 8x10
8xlO 8x10
8xlO x 5 5 2 x6
2x6
:!i 10 12
:1» 10 10
:; See
Note 1 -. |
8 x 10
lOxx
Up to 6 8
Upt06 8x8 x 8 8
x 8 88x8 x 8 88x8
8x8 x 8 8x 5 5 2 x6
2x6
- n 1
10 12 ,,
10
12 x
Up to 8 8xl0
Upt08 8xlO 8x10
8xlO 8x10 8xlO 8x10
8xlO x 5 5 2 x6
2x6
12
10 10 1- 11
to See
15 Note
Note l1 1
See
Note 1
10
12 x
Upto
Upt06 8xlO 8x10
6 8x10 8xlO 8x10
8xlO 8x10
8xlO x 5 5 3 x6
3x6
12
10 _
See
15 Note 1
to See
20 Note I1
See
Note I1 ,-
Over
See Note 1I
20
** Mixed oak or equhent
equivalent with a bending strength not less than 850 psi.
pSI.
* Mixed oak or equivalent with a bending strength not less than 850 psi
**
** Manufactured members of of equivalent strength may be substituted for wood.
II W In I I
Page
H 1'
'"
SPAN International
CSP Self I I II II l It I I lIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIII
8)
8) You need to select shoring material for a trench in Type C soil that is 13
feet
feet deep and 5 feet wide. The cross braces will be spaced at 6 feet
horizontally and 5 feet vertically, what size of

of timber is required?
A.) 4x4
B.) 8x8
C.) 8 x 10
D.) 10 x 10
9) You need to select shoring material for a trench in Type A soil that is 17
9)
horizontally and 4 feet vertically, what size of

A.l
A.) x4
4 x4
B
B.) 6x6
C.) 8x8
D.) 8 x 10
10) You need to select shoring material for a trench in Type C soil that is 25
horizontally and
ahd 5 feet vertically, what size of
A.) 8 x 10
B.) 10 Xx 10
C.) Design by a registered CSP
D.)
D .) Design by a registered professional engineer
For the following 4 questions, refer to the following

For following information:
There are two tank farms

ams on your plant. Tank farm number one contains one
fuel storage tank 132 feet in diameter and 42 feet high. This tank farm has no
diking. Tank farm number two is completely diked and contains four fuel
dildng.
storage tanks. Tank number one is 100 feet in diameter and 35 feet high. Tank
2 and 3 are 50 feet in diameter and 15 feet high. Tank number four is 40 feet in
diameter and 15 feet high. The area enclosed by the diking is 220 feet by 330
fee t.
feet.
No I llll HIII H I IJ I'll l 'II I II ll\llll\\lllW I llllllllll I I n IIH III IIIII IIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIII l I I llllllllllllllllll llllllllllllll
Copyright©201 3 SPAN International

Page 211
CSP Self
u r l - * _ .muumuu
1----1--1-1111111
11) What is the capacity of the fuel tank located in tank farm
11) fann number one?
A.) 4,300,000 gallons
B .)
B.) 200,000 barrels
C.) 3,400,000 gallons
D.)
D.) 575,000 gallons
12) What is the required dike capacity for the storage tank located in
in tank
farm
fann number one?
A.)
A.) 500,000 cu ft
B.)
B.) 575,000 cu ft
. C.) 600,000 cu ft
" D.)
D.) 750,000 cu ft
13) Engineering has proposed a new dike for tank fann

farm number one that is
425 feet on each side and 3 feet high. Assuming that this dike meets all
the other distance requirements is it acceptable?
A.) NO, it is short on capacity by 250,000 gallons
B.)
B.) YES, more than adequate
C.) NO, itit is short on capacity by 25,000 gallons
D.)
D.) YES, by a safety factor of 2
The following
Note: The following information is extracted from NFPA 30for
30 for your
information in performing for the following
performing the calculation for following question.
question.
"the capacity of a diked area enclosing more than one tank shall be
calculated after deducting the volume of the tanks, other than the largest tank,
I
I
I
I
..
below the height of the dike".
.
..
..
..
..
..
14) What is the required height for the dike enclosing tank farm
fann number two?
Assume no slope on dike walls.
I
A.) 3.9 feet
B.) 4 feet
C.) 4.1
4.1 feet
1 D.)
D.) 5.1
5.1 feet
I
I
A Page 212 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
\ .. l . \ a - l l o 1 - * y i n * *§l"'l.1"*3' #wg-nu.-pqu

\
n 1
CSP Self 1|
Workbook Volume
Studv Workbook
Self Study |
Volume I
| | | i n | | II n 1 I
a m - J u n we
15)
15) A stationary ductwork
welding shop exhaust has some stationary
A welding ductwo rk that has a 12 inch
by 12
by inch flanged exhaust duct opening that is fed by a 6 inch circular
12 inch
duct. If the velocity of airflow measure
duct. If of the flanged
measuredd at the face of
opening of air flowing in the duct is most nearly?
fpm, the velocity of
opening is 600 fpm,
A.) 1,600 fpm
R.
B.)) 4,000 fpm
C.) 2,000 fpm
c.)
D.) 3,000 fpm
D.)
16) Your company

16) Your ed a machine that is belt driven. The machine
purchased
company has purchas
may present a serious hazard if
may present if the belt is not guarded. following
guarded. The following
four situations
four accident or injury. Which Boolean
contribute to an accident
situations could contribute
operator?
expression could result in an injury to the operator?
expression
A=The belt guard is not in place
B=-The belt breaks
B=The
C-The belt is broken by an outside source
C=The
operator
D=The belt guard will protect the operator
A.) . BD+CD
B.) AB+AC
AB+AC
C.) CD+BD
c.)
(A+B)D +BC
D.) (A+B)D+BC
D.)
17)
17) A 50° F and a boiling point of 110°
flammable liquid with a flash point of 50o
A flammable l 10°
F would be classified NFPA as a:
classified by the NFPA
A.) Class I liquid
B.) Class IA liquid
c.)
C.) Class IB liquid
D.) Class It
II liquid
11111111111 l II I lu I IIIllllllllllllllllllllllll II n H lm II II I I I I I I H \lllllllll\lllllHIHILL_l II I'll lllllllllllllu lllllllllll HH II lllllllll I I IIIIIIIIIILI_L_l U.U I I I l III l l I II
Copyri ght©20 13 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Trainin g, LLC
Interna tional Training, Page 213
Page 213
.,\.v~ . \ -Ur: q
._--
mmlmnl
SPAN International ,Training Safety Workshops

CSP Self
Self Stud
IIIIIII IIIII llllll I I IIIIIII I I III III I IIII I III II III I I I IIIIIIII III III
18) The reliability department has determined that the MTBF (Mean Time
Between Failure)
Failure) for a computer disk drive is 95,000 hours. What is the
probability that the disk drive will experience at least one failure in the
first 10 years of operation (87,000 hrs)?
A.) 60 %
B.) 40 %
C.) 75 %
D.) 25 %
19) Using the information provided in the illustration below, calculate the
flow in the duct at point "C".
.
l
-I
A.) 2003 cfm A C
B
B.)
.) 3500 cfm
VP = 0.25
=0.25
c.)
C.) 1750 cfm 12 inch
12
D.) 2250 cfm !!I,c B
6 inch
: 0.05
VP=0.05
20) During a flow test on a fire supply water system the flow at 5,700 rpm
gpm
has dropped the pressure from 70 psi to 36 psi. What is the maximum
flow available from this system? Note: Maximum flow is achieved at 20
psi residual.
Hint
(s-R
Q = QJ
QUO2
[(S-
=Q, (S-
R2
R.)O.54
)0.54
2 )0.54
064
]
(s-R.) .-
A.) 5000 rpm

gpm
B.) 6000 gpm
C.)
c.) 7000 rpm
gpm
D.) 8000 gpm

rpm
mm nllrl"°"'wnmnrln11E111II[IIJlII"'T'rmnr-m nllnn'r"°'1 rn'"T1 rr-1 m VI m'1mnm'lrrmnr m

Page 214 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Traim'ng,
Training, LLC
L
N
21) During a flow test on a fire supply water system, determining the number
of
of hydrants to flow is important. Most often it is advisable to obtain a
25% drop from static to residual pressure. Some insurance carriers
recommend a minimum of of 15 psi differential. During one water system
test the flow at 800 gpm reduced the pressure from a no-flow
no~flow reading of
of
95 psi to 45 psi (a 50 psi drop). Without the use of
of special hydraulic
graph paper, what is the approximate pressure with a flow of 400 rpmgpm?
A.) 12.5 psi
8-)
B.) 25 psi
C.) 70 psi
D
D.) 82.5 psi
22) A 4 foot by 8 foot panel, the top of which is located, 18 foot below the
water line on a dam wall is subject to how much force? (Assume
(Assume the
panel is oriented with the long side horizontal).
horizontal)
A.) 60,000 lbs
B.) 50,000 lbs
C.)
c.) 40,000 lbs
D.) 30,000 lbs
30,0001bs
23) Your company is installing a new machine in your work area. Part of of the
machine consists of two rollers rotating inward, creating a pinch point.
point
What is the best way to protect employees from this hazard?
A.) Install a fixed guard
B.) Install a removable guard
C.) Position the rollers far enough away so that employees
them
cannot reach them.
D.)
D.) Install hand restraints
W al l mu
Copyright©2013
HHIHI lllllll lllllllllll l l l

llllllllll l mu u nu H HIHI I l - Page
III I
Page 215
215
n H lIe-llllllwul
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIlls lI I II
I
SPAN International,Training
SPAN IntemationalTraining Safety Workshops
Safety Work shops
CSP Self Study Work

Workbook Volume
book Volu me I
I u
I
24) To assess a company's

company's loss control perfon
performance, Key
nance, several Key
Perfon nance indicat
Performance indicatorsors (KPI) are captured
capture d and analyzed.
analyzed. One of
of these
these is
is
"Numb
"Numberer of lost time cases experienced
experienced during the past year." This
This
measur ement is an example
measurement examp le of a:
A.) Leadingg indicator
Leadin indicator
B.) Laggingg indicat

Laggin indicator
or
C.) Optional indicator

Optional indicator
D.) Occupational indicator

Occupational indicator
25) The Loss Ratio is defined as:

25)
A.)
A.) 0.5 Losses/Premium
LosseslPremium
.•
i
5
B.)
B.) LosseS/«Experience Modification)
Losses/((Experience Modification) (100))
(100»
C.)
c.) Losses /( (Manu
Losses/((Manualal Premiu m)(Exp erience Modifi
Premium)(Experience Modification))
cation»
D.)
D.) Manual Premiu
Manual Pre mi um/((Losses)
ml«Lo sses) (100))
(100»
26) In conducting
conduc ting a safety and health audit you ask for worker
workers'
s'
compe nsation
compensation cost data and find the location's
location's experience modification
experience modifi cation
rate to be 0.55. How would you rate the location's
location's safety and health
health
perfon nance
performance with respect to this measure?
measure?
A.)
A.) Excellent
Excellent
B.)
B.) Good
C.)
c.) Fair
D
D.)
.) Poor
I 27) Whene
Wheneverver hazardous
hazardous waste is being poured
poured,, mixed, spread,
spread, or otherwise
othelWise
I handled, all person
handled, nel involved
personnel involve d in the operation
operati on must have immediate
immed iate
access to an internal
access internal alarm or emergency
emergency communication
commu nicatio n device. The
'The
E system must do all the following
following except.
I A.) All operations
operations must cease
l
I B.)
B.) All employees must be notifie
employees notifiedd by the alarm system
C.)
c.) The system must be identified
identified in the evacuation
evacuation plan
D.)
D.) The system must providee for a method of suirnnoning
provid summo ning
emerge ncy
emergency equipment
equipm ent and person
personnel
nel
I
I
i
i r-'vm mm-rrmnnrw I
I Page 216 Copyrlght©2013 SPAN Intern

Copyright©2013 International
ationa l Training,
Training, LLC
I
I
*u nr II
...
CSP Self
U
up -:mu u I u - n w ,u | WW HJ u
28) One method ofof controlling noise is by the use of

of enclosures. Enclosures
are designed to:
A.) isolate the individual from the noise source
B.) reduce the noise level at the source
C.) reduce the internal sound pressure build up
D.)
D.) increase the distance between to source and the receiver
If you assume scientific STP, what is the mass of

29) If of chlorine contained in a
cylinder that has a volume of
of 1000 cubic feet at 84 psi?
A.) 656 Ibm
6561bm
B.) 1.130 Ibm
1,130
C.) 454 Ibm
454lbm
D.)
D.) 565 Ibm
565lbm
30) Assuming complete evaporation and no air change, does the

concentration created by the following conditions exceed the LEL? .A
leak in a pressurized piping system sprays 5 gallons of
of Ethyl alcohol in a
room that is 15 feet by 15 feet by 8 feet. The molecular weight of
of Ethyl
alcohol is 46 and the SG
SO is 0.6. LEL is 33%.
3.3%.
A.) Yes, more than 3 times the LEL
B
B.)
.) No, 50% of the LEL
c.)
C.) No, 25% of the LEL
D.)
D.) Yes, 10%
10% over LEL
31) A large walk-in freezer has been lealdng

leaking 60 cubic feet a day of gaseous
Freon 12. What is the dilution volume required to reach the TLV ofof 120
ppm?
ppm?
A.)
A.) 3,500 ccfm
m
B.)
B.) 350 ccfm
m
C.)
c.) 690 ccfm
m
D.) 1,800 ccfm

m
l lllllllll l l I II lllml l II lnnllII nlllII l I Illllll Illlllll m 1 . ll IH 111 l l nu Ills H u Illlllll II III I I I I IIIIIIII um m I I lnmllI1uLu.uwuuL\-:mum
I

Copyright©2O13 International Training,
I _|
1
SPAN International
Workshops
Self Study Workbook

llll Ill
32) The vapor from a process tank is being generated at 1.2 cfm. The process
is located in a large room that measures 110
l 10 feet by 100 feet by 10 feet.
Due to a broken fan, the dilution ventilation for this process has been
reduced to 2,000 cfm. What will the concentration be in the room, after
the process has operated for 5 minutes, 15 minutes, 25 minutes?
A.)
A.) 28.4 ppm, 78 ppm, 120 ppm
B.)
B.) 809 ppm, 2223 ppm, 3,430 ppm
C.)
c.) 76 ppm, 208 ppm, 319 ppm
D.)
D.) 52 ppm, 143 ppm, 220 ppm
33) Your company generates toxic hazardous material on one of the upper
.L
••
a floors of your facility and it has to be moved to the first level for
disposal. The standard recommends
recormnends that the least hazardous means of
transporting toxic and hazardous materials must always be used. Which
of the following would be considered the least hazardous?
of
A.) stairway
B.)
B.) dumbwaiter
C.)
c.) personnel elevator
D.)
D.) freight elevator
34) Lighting, radiation and sound are energy sources that follow the inverse
square rule, which states: "The propagation of
of energy through space is
inversely proportional to the square of the distance it must travel".
Accordingly, if
if a lighting source has a illumination reading of
of 500
footcandles at 1 foot, what will the illumination be at 8 feet?
A.) 4 footcandles
B.) 40 footcandles
B.)
C.) 80 footcandles
c.)
D.) 8 footcandles
D.)
I mm l""lllllVfI"IWHTllIIIIIllII'l11l IIIIIIII III I m

Page 218 Copyright©2013 SPAN Internationa
Copyright©2013 Intern nationall Training, LLC
\
\
CSP Self
35) When using the formula S 5== 6 CiEf

35) CiEf for gamma emitters, depicted on the
BCSP formula sheet as S;
S== 6CE, ensure that you understand the
differences between the formulas,
formulas. What radiation reading would result
from a unshielded 5 millicurie source of cesiurn-137
cesium-137 at a distance of one
foot, given an MEV of .662 and a .9 gamma-radiation per second
disintegration?
A.) 17.8 R/hr/lft
Rlhr/lft
B.) .047 Rlhr/lft

R/hr/lft
C.)
c.) .018 R/hr/lft
Rlhr/lft
D.) 46.8 mR/hr/lft

mRlhrllft
If the disintegration constant (k) of

36) If of radium is 1.36 x 10-11 sec--1I , what is the
10- ll sec 7
half life of
of radium?
T=
--in%
-ln l
2
A.)
A-) 1600 yrs
B.) 800 yrs
C.)
C-) 2200 yrs
D.) 6 months
37) During an industrial inspection an enclosed parts cleaning operation

using a spray gun is observed. The operation results in one half pint of
methylene chloride (MW=84.94 and SG= 1336)1.336) being released each
hour. You measure concentrations of 60 ppm methylene chloride which
is above the TLV of
of 50 ppm. How much dilution ventilation is required
to lower the concentration to half the TLV?
TLV? You may assume a K factor
of 4.
A.)
A.) 50,710 cfm
B.)
B.) 25,350 ccfm
m
C.)
c.) 8,452 ccfm
m
D.)
D.) 4,225 ccfm
m
Copyright©2013
CSP Self Stud~ Workbook Volume I
Self Stud II
38) A generic process of evaluating competing courses of action by

examining the dollar costs of
of certain abatement actions versus the dollar
value of
of the benefits received is called
called:
A.) Prime cost assessment
B.)
B.) Cost analysis
C.)
c.) Cost benefit analysis
D.)
D.) Risk management
39) Cost factor equals the total compensation and medical costs incurred per
exposure, and is calculated by which of the following
following?
* A.) CF =
=Exposure I/ cost incurred
•
s
B.) = Cost x exposure
CF =
C.) Cost incurred x 1000 I/ total work~hours
work-hours
D.) Total work-hours I/ cost incurred ** 100,000
40) ISO 14001

14001 is applicable to any organization that wishes to establish
establish,
implement, maintain and improve an environmental management system system,
to assure itself
itself of conformity with its stated environmental policy, and to
except:
demonstrate conformity with ISO 14001 by all the following except
A.) seeking by declaration that is conformance is adequate
B.) seeldng
seeking confirmation of its conformance by parties having
an interest in the organization, such as customers
c.)
C.) seeldng
seeking confirmation ofof its self-decl oration by a party
self-declaration
external to the organization
D.) seeking certification/registration of its environmental
management system by an external organization
organization.
a
e
»
s
l1MMT1T"T1 l I l Illllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll nI I u llllllllllllllHwllll I IllllIHIHIHIHIwIllllllllllllH n um I ul I H u Illlllllllllllllllllllllllllllll n u l
Page 220 M t&pyrlght©2013

py'ight©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
l
-~-..~..,._.__
" -`..
-- IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIllllll__I lllllllll

41)
41) The fire department has responded to a blaze that has ignited on the
surface of a combustible liquid in a large open container located in a
partially enclosed shed. The temperature in the shed is above l100°C,
00°C
what hazard is related to the application of conventional fire suppression
foam and should be considered by the fire fighters
fighters?
A.) the foam will not work at 100"C
100°C or higher
B.) the high temperature will increase the solubility of the foam
and slow down the foam's ability to smoother the fire
c.)
C.) foam is not a recommended extinguisher for a combustible
liquid fire
D.)
D.) the application of the foam will form an emulsion of steam
steam,
air and fuel that may cause an increase in volume and
subsequent frothing of the burning liquid
liquid.
42) Which of the following best describes a supervisor's safety performance

measure?
activity measly
A.) Reporting incidents to management
B
B.)
-) Identifying the financial impacts of losses associated with
incidents
C.) Conducting incident investigation on reported incidents
D.) Performing safe work observations Of of employees and
discussing the observations with them
43))
43 As described in ZIO, for an organization's occupational
ANSI/AIHA Zl0,
inANSUAIHA
health and safety management system to succeed, top management
of the following
leadership and which of following are most critical?
A.)
A.) Supervisor accountability
B.)
B.) Employee participation
C.) policy
OHS written policy
D.)
D.) program
Sustainable safety observation program

I
SPAN
SPA N International Training
International'Tr aining Safety Workshops
Safety Workshops
CSP Self
Sel f Study
Workbook Volume
44) When
When auditing
auditing a company's
company's conformance
confonnance with ISO 14001 OHSAS
14001 and OHSAS
18001 management systems,
1800 I management systems, which
which of
of the following provides
following best provides
minimally
minimally acceptable
acceptable verification company is revie
verification that the company wing
reviewing
proposed
proposed or new legal
or new legal requirements
requirements for applicability organization?
applicability to the organization?
A.) A document
A identifying the date of any revie
document identifying review of new or
w of
proposed
proposed legal requirements
requirements and a statement detennining
statement determining
applicability
applicability
B.)
B.) A A certified
certified letter from an attorney
attorney stating company
stating that the company
complies requirements
complies with all legal requirements
c.)
C.) AnAn e-mail
e-mail from a legal update
update review
review service demonstrating
service demonstrating
a.
that
that new
new legal requirements
requirements are routi
routinely transmitted to the
nely transmitted the
.A
•
4
* company
company
D.) A
D.) A signed
signed consultants
consultants report requirements
outlining the legal requirements
report outlining
applicable organization
applicable to the organization
What location (according the

(according to the
45) What characterizes
characterizes a Class II, Division
Division 2 location
National
Natio nal Electrical Code)?
Electrical Code)?
A.) A
A.) A location wheree flammable
location wher combustible vapo
flammable or combustible rs may be
vapors be
present
present in sufficient quantities to be hazar
sufficient quantities dous
hazardous
B.) A
B.) A location
location where
where combustible nonnally prese
combustible dust is normally nt in
present in
sufficient
sufficient quantities hazar dous
quantities to be hazardous
C.) A
c.) A location
location where
where flammable combustible vapo
flammable or combustible rs are not
vapors not
normally
nonn present,
ally prese nt, but might abno nnal
might be due to abnormal or perio dic
periodic
operations
operations
D.) A
D.) A location
location where combustible dust is not nonn
where combustible ally prese
normally presentnt
but
but might abnonnal or perio
might be due to abnormal periodic operations
dic operations
Pageup
Page,~ 1g5 ..
.""""",;4"' __'
Copyright©2013
SPAN International Train ing, LLC
.,I o...
of
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
The next 3 questions refer to the following information

information:
RWL=LCxHMxVMxDMxAMxFMxCM
RWL(lbs) =
RwL(1bs) = 51 [kg]
(~) (1-.0075| v-30l) (.82
(1-.00751 V-3D/) (.82+ D ] (1 - (0.0032 x A) )(Fm)
+ 11~)(1-(D.0032XA)
8
(CM)
)(FM)(CM)
Where
H :=
H Horizontal distance ofof hands from midpoint between the ankles
V == Vertical distance of
of the hand from the floor
D == Vertical travel distance between origin and destination
A= : Angle of
of asymmetry, the angular displacement of of the load from the
sagittal plane in degrees
F=
LL
Average frequency of of lift in lifts per minute
II
Modifications:
Notes and Modifications
m
H= Must be between 10 and 25 inches

II
V= Must be between 0 and 70 inches

V= Is an
an, absolute value indicating the absolute deviation from 30
<
II
inches ie; if V =
je: if =36 the absolute value would be 6.6, likewise if V =
24 the absolute value would also be 66.
D= Must be between 10 inches and (70 - V) inches if
CO
zfless
less than 10
II
inches, D =
inches. = 10
F=
LL
Must be between .2 (one lift every five minutes) and 15 lifts per
II
minute - duration ranges up to 8 hours

»
A= 00 and 135°
1350 angular displacement
<11
Must be between 0"

II
RWL(kg)= 23( ii) (1-.003l

RWL(kg) = 23{2,§) V-75 I)b (.82-4-Ag-)
(1-.0031 v-75 (.82+ ~) (1 - (0.0032><A)
(1- (0.OO32xA) )(FM)lCM)
)(FM)(CM)
I II llHll Illllll \m l HI ill mu II limuli we I I IIII I I
Copyright©2013
or
Training Safety Works

SPAN International hops
Workshops
E 1..J
CSP Self Workbook
Self Study Workb |
l_l.l
Volumee I
ook Volum I I II llll |
llllll I lllllllll lllll I
| |
llllllllllllllllllllIIL
Multiplier (CM)
Coupling Multiplier
--1 r-
Coupling Multiplier
Multiplier
H Coupling Type V < 30 inches
(75 cm)
-l
V 230
V ~30 inches
(75 cm)
I
I
I
I
Good 1.00 1.00

I :I ,
Fair 0.95 1.00 i
J I
l
Poor 0.90 0.90
r- --, Multiplier Table (FM)

Frequency Multiplier
I I I
IIW I
I Work Duration
Work Duration
I I Frequency
-I '
S
5-12 >
> I1 but :52 > 2 but '58
:58
:51l Hour
Lifts/min. Hours Hours
(F)*1=
(F)**
-1
3.2
V <:
V< V I
V~ V<
v< V~
V 2 V~
V
V<30
V<30
30* 30 30 30 30
i:5 112
0.2 L00 1.00 .95
1.00 L00 .95 .85 .85
D . 05
0.5 97
.97 .97 .92 .92 .81
.81 .81
.81
1] .94 .94 .88 is
.88 .75 .75
T 2
3
4
.9]
.91
.88
.84
.91
.91
.88
.84
.84
.79
.72
.84
.79
.72
I
.65
.55
.45
.65
.55
.45
v
5
6
-1
.80
.75
.80
.75 i50
.50
.60 .60
.50
.35
.27
.35
.27
7 .60 .70 .42 .42 .22 .22
8 .52 .60 .35 .35 .18 .18
*9 .45 .52 .30 .30 .00 .15
10 .41
.41 .45 .26 .26 .00 .13
11
11 .37 .41
.41 .00 .23 .00 .00
112
12 .00 .37 .00 .21
.21 .00 .00
-1
113
13 .00 .34 .00 .00 .00 .00
*Values ofof V are in inches.
]4
114 .00 .31
.31 .00 .00 .00 .00
** For lifting less frequently than once per 5
** For
minutes, set F =
minutes, lifts/minute.
.2 lifts/minute.
=.2 1.5 15 .00 28
.28 .00 .00 .00 .00
> 15 .00 .00 .00 .00 JOO
.00 .00
51 {O~)
RWL = 51
RWL ] (1
(1- .00751| v-
- .0075 82 + lIt)) (1
V - 30 f)I) (.82 (1-- (00032 ) (PM) (CM)
X A) )(FM)
(0.0032 x
Page 224
I llllI i h l l n l l l l 11l ll'l'l'I
l I l nlrmmrr r
Copyright©2013
ill' :mm
Training , LLC
Internat ional Training,
III II IIIW r mum IT II al r a l II run -
l- r r
II I I
CSP Self
46) The 1991 NIOSH lifting equation is a specialized risk assessment tool. It
has been designed to meet selected lifting related criteria and
encompasses biomechanical, work physiology and psychophysical
elements in a practical application framework that, if if followed, will result
in a reduced number of work place mishaps. Based on the 1991 NIOSH
lifting formula, what is the Recommended Weight Limit (RWL) for the the. ,
following conditions: Weight to be lifted = =20 lbs, Distance between

body and hand grip on the object to be lifted = = 24 inches, Vertical
position at the beginning ofof the lift =
= 36 inches, Vertical position at end
of lift =
= 46 inches, Frequency ofof lift =
= once every 5 minutes for eight
hours. Note: Hand coupling is poor and this job requires a twist from the
"eyes front"
front" position of
of 15°.
A.) 14.8 lbs
14.81bs
B.) 16.8 lbs
16.81bs
C.)
c.) 20 lbs
20lbs
D.) 26.8 lbs
26.81bs
47) What is the Lifting Index for the conditions cited in the question shown
above?
0.55
A.) '0.55
B.) 1.35
C.) 0.82
c.)
D.) 0.90
48) What is the RWL given the following conditions: Weight to be lifted = =
30 lbs (13.6 kg), Distance between body and hand grip on the object to be
30lbs
=
lifted = 18 inches (45 cm), Vertical position at the beginning of the lift = =
= 40 inches (100 cm),
of lift =
30 inches (75 cm), Vertical position at end of
Frequency of =
of lift =once every 5 minutes for one hour. Note:
Note: Hand
coupling is good and this job does not require any.
any twisting movement.
A.) 14.0 kg
B.) 12.1 kg
C.) 13.6 kg
D.) 12.8 kg
llllllllllllllllll l l I Hllllllllllll 1 I l l I l Illllllllll I

lllllll l l llllllllllllllllllmllHlllllllllll I I l I llllll lllllllllwlllllllll[lll
Copyright©2013
Page 225 l
I
w .....
x
.
..
l
..
' .
E
..
.
.....
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
49) According to OHSAS 18001

1800 1,, a successful management system should be
based on all the following except?
except?
A.) A generic occupational health and safety policy
B.) Identification of
of occupational health and safety risks and
legal requirements
requirements.
C.) Objectives, targets, and programs that ensure continual
c.)
Improvements
improvements.
D.) Management activities that control the occupational health
and safety risks
risks.
50} The ratio of

50) of the risk exposure to the project cost is called
called:
"
A.) Cost ratio
B.) Loss ratio
! C.)
C.) Risk exposure ratio
D.) Risk ratio
51) A company decides to reflect the worker's compensation losses against

the profit function and to determine how many units must be sold to
offset these costs. Indirect costs are five times direct costs and there is a
profit margin of
of 15% on each unit sold and the worker's
worker's compensation
for the last year were $90,000. What is the volume in sales needed to
offset the worker's compensation losses, when the losses are treated as
production costs?
A.) $SO 600, 000
600,000
B.)
B.) $ 3,000,000
C.) 3,600,000
$ 3,600 ,000
D.) $30,000,000
i
I
52) A steel manufacturing plant with a $1,100,000 payroll sustains workers
workers·
compensation losses of $90,000 in cy 1997. The experience modification
factor for this plant is 1.4 and the manual premium is $82,000. What is
the loss ratio for this company
company?
A.) 128%
B.) 8%
C.) 154%
154%
D.) 78%
. "lIlml 11llH l llllll
Page 226 Copyright<O~13 SPAN International Training, LLC

Copyright©2013
l'
""_"~vqq;g
CSP Self
Five year mishap history

-
"ABC" _ Corporation
Total LWDs LWD
LWD Cases Days Days of
Year I Recordable Columns Away Restricted , Hours i
a
Columns H&I from

from Work Activity .
G, H, I,I, J '
Work
i
n
I 92 I 1932 I 67 I I1565
565 I 367 I 1,398,765
122
1
!
I 88 I 2002 I 81
81 I 1622 I 380 I 1,456,732
:
n
; 33 I 119 I 1821
1821 I 98 I 1384 I 137 I 1,129,565
i1
4 I 118 J 1754 I 90 I 1316 I 438 I 1,623,451

1,623,451
I
I
I 5 I 122 I 1234
J234 I 98 I 740 I 494 I 1,834,225
53) Given the information in the accident information chart shown above,
determine the DART rate for year 4.
A.) 2.16
B.)
B.) 27.6
C.)
c.) 11.1
D.) 9.01
54) Deteimine
54) Determine the recordable accident rate for the last three years shown in
the chart used in the preceding question
question..
A.) ,15.7
15.7
\
B
B.) 11.8
C.) 31 .4
31.4
D.) 2.76
55) Determine the cumulative DART incident rate for the 5 years shown in
the chart used in the preceding question.
E.) 27.7
F.) 2.76
G.)
G-) 10.9
H.) 11.7
56) Which ofof the following techniques would be used to determine the
effectiveness of recently implemented controls to reduce the exposure to
benzene?
benzene?
A.) Urine test before and after each work shift
B.) Blood tests every other week
C.)
c.) Saliva test before work each shift
D.) Urine test after the work shift
•
n Hlllll in I lu Ill llllllll H up u II II1111111 ..| II IIIIIIIIII l l I No Lu in m l up mm LJ1J.LL.J HI I lH l HH l II |
Copyright©2013
Page 227
~raining Safety Workshops

CSP Self
Self Stud _
57) The 5-Whys is an analytical technique used to identify which of the

following?
A.) Root causes of

of incidents
B.) Outcomes of
of incidents
C.)
c.) Behavior-based safety rules
D.)
D.) Human behavior errors
58) Organic azides differ in degrees of stability and sometimes pose a

disposal problem. Which ofof the following best describes the hazards of
disposal of
of azides down a laboratory sink?
.A
_'"
41 A.) Cause toxic fumes
B.) Will plug up collection systems
C.) Causes fire when mixed with water
D.) Can become highly explosive when in contact with metals
59) According to William G. Johnson in "MORT Safety Assurance Systems

Systems",
"Change is the Mother of Trouble". Which of of the following is not
included in MI.
Mr. Johnson's description of change analysis
analysis.
A.) Change analysis in safety should reflect the multiple
sequence realities rather than rely on possibly simplistic
detection-correction of a single causative change
change.
If a system has been operating in a stable manner but now
B.) If
has troubles, change is probably not the cause of the
problem.
C.) Sensitivity to impending or probable change is a key
component in the work of of a good, experienced manager or
safety professional.
D.) In complex systems, attention must be given to the
compounding of of change, for example a change made two
years ago combined with a change made a month ago may
produce the undesired event
event.
I l I l ll ll ll
Copyl;i.ght©2013
CopYlilht©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
5=
~ . , .» -
v.,.f, , 0
.
she
60) Which of the following techniques are not normally considered to be

system safety techniques
techniques?
A.) FTA/FMEA
FfAIFMEA
B.)
B.) PERT/CPM
c.)
C.) PHA/OHA
PHNOHA
D.)
D.) MORT/FTA
MORTIFfA
61) Which of
61) of the following is a correct interpretation of
of this Pareto Diagram?
Diagram
100
~~ HW
~ 90
l l l l l l IlllI
80
l\II\Inl
10
MII in I
Hlllllll
III! 60
III HIunI"
11 II illHarlI
50
40
30
Back Hand
5
o I Arm
I Other 1== 0
A.)
A.) Backs represent 20 percent of
of the injuries
B.)
B.) The combined number of Hand and Arm Ann injuries total 30
c.)
C.) Arm injuries account for 10 Percent of
of injuries
D.)
D.) Back and Hand account for 70% of of all injuries
A
62) A consists of the equipment used to keep an
employee from reaching a fall point, such as the edge of a roof
fall point. roof or the
edge of
of an elevated working surface?
A.) fall restraint system
B.) fall protection system
c.)
C.) fall arrest system
D.) safety net system
63) Which of the following professionals is dedicated to the science that

studies the harmful, or toxic, properties of substances?
A.) Industrial Hygienist
B.)
B.) Industrial Toxicologist
C.)
c.) Health Physicist
D.)
D.) Medical Pathologist
Copyright©2013
Page 229
SPAN International -Training Safety Workshops
Intemational.Training
CSP Self
Self Study
64) The fire tetrahedron states that combustion requires an oxidizer, fuel, heat
64)
and which of the following?
A.) Confinement
B.) Surface area
c.)
C.) Chain reaction
D.) Deflagration
Use the following chart for the next question.

Factor Classification
Classification Rating
1;
1.Consequences a-
a. Catastrophe,
catastrophe, numerous fatalities;
fatalities: damage
~
over$1,000,000,
over$1.000 ,000: major
major disruption
disruption of activities...
activities...... " .. " ..... . 100
Most resutt or
~st Probable result of b-
b. Multiple fatalities;
fataJities; damage $5000.000
5500011110 to $999,999.-
$999,999............ 50
th'e potential
Hie potential accident
accident c. Fatality, damage
C. damage $100,000to $500.000 ........... .
$100,000 to $500,000 . 25
d. Extremely
Extremely serious injury;
injury: damage $1,000 to $99,999-,.....
$99.999 ........ 15
e-
e. Disabling in fury; damage upto
injUry; $1000........................
up to $1000...,... 5
|-
f. Minor cuts, bruises, bumps,
bum..Q?, minor
l1liJl()f darruarge..
damage................
. . 1
2-
2. Exposure Hazard-Event Occurs:
OccUfS~
a-
a. Continuously (or many times dairy) ..
daily)................ ............... . . - . . . - . . . . » ~ . - 10
10
The frequency of
of b. Frequently (approximately once daily).-.daity)............ ................ - - . . . ~ . . . . . . - ¢ . . . - - - - . . . . 6
occurrence of the
occurraice cc. Occasionally
OccasiOnally (once per week or monlhly)-,,.....,....__
perweekormonthly)........................ 3
hazard event.
event d. Usually (once per month to once per year)..._..,.
peryear)...................... ._ 2
e. Rarely Cit has been known
Amy (rthasbeen known to occur)-..
occur)...... - . ............ ...... .. 1
f. Remotely possible (not known to have occurred)...-.-...
occurred).............. 0.5
3. Probability
3.Pl1Db3bllii'y Complete accident sequence:
a. is
IS the most likely and expected result it if the hazard-event
haZard-event
Likelihood accident
likelihood that accident takes place..
place................. .................................. ...... 110
0
sequence will follow to b. Is
Is quite possible, not unusual, has an even 50/50 50150 chance.
chance.. 6
oompwetion.
completion. c-
c. Would be an unusual sequence or coincidence..
coincidence............... 3
d. WOUld
Would be a remotely possible coincidence.--..-
coincidence................... 1
e. Has never happened after many years of exposure, but is
=~:jr:os::e·~;re~~e·(has·n~hawen~i·.·... I0g:~1
conceivably 05
. 1.
f. Prwacticlalry Impossible sequence (has never haLppened).- »
4.Cost Factor
4.CO$1 Over $50,D=D0,.-.
$50,000... ...... ... ..,.. .""'" ... ... .................. o
110
$25,000
$25.000 loto $50,000... .............
$50.000................................................
~ . . . - . . . - . .....
. . - . . . . . - . . . ¢ - . . ..-... - . . - - ¢ . . - » 6
Estimated
EStimated dollar cost of
of $10,000 to $24.999...............
$10,0(I)l0$24,999.. ......... ............ ......... ..... 4
P"0P0$€d
proposed oorredive
oorrective $1000 loto $9,999.
59.999......................... ............. .................. ._ 3
action-
action. $100
$100 to $999.._-_
5999................
-. ..............................................
......_ .
. » . . . - . . . . . . - » » . . . » ~ ~ . . - . » » - » - ¢ - . . . . 2
$2510 $99...-..__
$25 to $99................... .
....... ........................................
» - . . . . . . ~ . » . . . . . . . - . . . - . . . ~ ¢ ~ . . . . . - . 1
Under $25
Under $25.. ... ... ...... - - ................................
. - . 0 5
0.5
5.De9|ee
5.Degree of Correction Hazard positively eliminated 100%........................................... ~.~........-. - ¢ » ~ . . ¢ » ~ w - » . ¢ - 1
l Hazard reduced
reduced at least
least 75% ................................................... . . . . . . - ¢ - - » - - . . . . . - . 2
l
Debee
Degree to Which
which hazard
haZard Hazard reduced by 50%-74%................................................... 3
l
iiwII be reduced. Hazard reduced by by 25%-49%...
25%-49%................................................. ._ .. 4
sr *a reffed
Slight effect on Hazard (Jess than 25%). 25%)...........................
-1.
.--....-....... . . . . . - . 6
II H II II MM
Page 230
230.. LLC
l~
I
i*""'---- -",--~-~.
Ill I!
CSP Self
65) A building at an explosive processing laboratory contains a number of of

ovens used for environmental testing of of explosive materials by heating.
This type of oven has rarely been known to heat excessively due to faulty
heat controls and cause detonation. Considering that a passerby fatality
is the most likely consequence and safety controls and on each oven
make this event failure remotely possible. A proposed corrective action
of
of a barricade outside of the building with a 75% effectiveness for
protecting a passerby from an explosion with a cost of of 555000.
$5000. The
critical justification rating has been arbitrarily set at 10. Using the rating
factors in the hazard evaluation system exhibited, calculate the
justification score and determine
detennine if the suggested corrective action is
justified.
A.)
A.) l8.75;
18.75; yes itit is justified
B.)
B.) 0.55,
0.55; no itit is not
not justified
c.)
C.) 28; yes it is justified
D.)
D.) 4.20,
4.20; no it is not justified
-.IJLlJII.lL........L_..I I 1lllllllll\lllul l I lH u
l Hlllll llllll lllllllllllWu I llllllllHlllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllIw l I Ill I ult il.UL.J _ H A J J WW

SPAN International ,Training Safety Workshops
International,Training
CSP Self
IMP
Notes
an
.
",.
.-.LE
Hll l l l l l l I II Hllllll I IHIIIII II HI mu H 1 l l l
Y
"'°-_°*"'v
"-.~-----.
_"""`_--.»-
----'--..-- .. n
SPAN International
Safety Work shops
I
Self Study
CSP Self Study Workbook Volume
Workbook Volu me I
Asses sing Safety,

Assessing Safety, Health,
Health, En
Enviro
vironmental
nment al and
and Security
Secur ity Risk "Answers"
"Answ ers"
1)
1) We selected
selected answer D
D because:
because:
a 20,000
Sin A = a a
a== -
»
S1nA==-
c
C 2
a
c=-
Sin A
10,000 := 11,547
10,000 l 1,547 lbs
c= Sm
Sin 60
60
HINT: Double divided SLINGS

HINT: SLINGS are SIN full.
full. Divide the load by the numbe
numberr of
of
sling legs and then divide again by the SIN ooff the angle.
angle.
20,000 + 2 + Sin 60 =l 1,5477Ibs

=11,54 lbs
2) We selected
2) selected answer C because:
because:
The workers
workers weight is a function
function of gravity.
gravity. He or she weighs 180
180
pounds in the gravity of earth, so, at rest (stationary)

(stationary) the worker is
experie ncing
experiencing 1 "G" force. 180 lb == 1l G. The worker was then subjected
subjected
to an additional
additional 720 pounds of force x 180 =
force or 4 "Gs" (4 X =720).
Remem
Rememberber in the measur ement of G forces either positive
measurement positive or negativ
negative, we
e, we
always measure
measure from the baseline +1 G (one gravity).
baseline of +1 gravity).
Copyr ight© 2013 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Intern ationa l Traini
Training,
ng, LLC Page 233
Page 233
_
HW l I u llllllllll
l
SPAN Intemation~l Training

SP AN International Training Safety Workshops
Safety Workshops
CSP
CS P Self
1
Se lf Study
StudJ' Workbook
llll
Volume I
Workbook Volumel
3) We
We selected
answer B because:
Step Determine
Det enn ine quantity
quantity of water required
of water application
required for this application
Step 1:
I:
0.222gp
gpm
m x 120 ft" 264
Q = 0.2 X
120 1 fe =26.4
. gpm =
ff
fe 1
Step
Step 2:
2: Determine required pres
Det enn ine the required sure in psi
pressure
2
P=(~_QK J
P
'is
4'
r
26.4' . 4.7142
P
p-=_(2 6.46 J2 =4j7142
5.6
5.
P ::: 22.2
P=2 2.2 psi
Note: selection "A" may

answer, selection well be
may well true
Note: While
While selection
selection "B" is the best answer, be true
7
least 7
at least
considering sprinkler head
ires all sprinkler have at
to have
headss to
that, in
considering that, in general,
general, NFPA requires
NFPA requ
psi.
Reference
Reference NFPA
NFPA 13,
13,55-3.6
-3.6 Exposure Protection.
Exposure Protection.
"5-3.6.1 accordance with

calculated in accordance Section
with Section
"5-3.6.1 Piping
Piping shall
shall be
be hydraulically
hydraulically calculated
sprinklers
6-4 sprinkler with
kPa)) at any sprinkler all sprinklers
with all
to furnish
6-4 to furnish aa minimum
minimum ofof 7 psi (48 kPa
facing
facing the exposure operating."
exposure operating."
q
Pag e 234
CoPyright©2013 SPAN
SPAN International Tra inin g, LLC
Inte rnat iona l Training, LLC
.,.
1 .~-.".
I
CSP Self

4_52
4.52 XX
Ql.85 Q185
P d =----.::..
Pd CI ,S5 X
CI.85 X dd44,87
87
L85
4,§.7I4.52
d = 4.87 1 4 .52 XX QI.85
CI ,85 X
CL85
XPd
Pd
= 4.81
d :':.
d 4.52 x 4000
4.8..71_4_.5_2_X_4_0-=-00-=-1_,85
1001.85 X 0.04
100L85
1208424812
4'~7/20842481.2
d := 4.§_7
d
200.47
d = 4-$1/I
4.8';./1 03965.5
allllnnlll
annum
d=10.72
d =10.72 in
Assuming this is a fire protection question, use the Hazen-Williams fonnula.

formula.
Note: The calculated size of 10.72 is larger than 10 inch unlined pipe (l0><
(lOx
102.4% == 10.24 in.) and so the best selection would be the more common 12
inch pipe.
N l ill lull l l l Illllllllllllll ll\\ll I l llllllll HUH Ill llllllllllll II I l l Illllllllllllll l\llllHllll lllllllll l I l I I l lllllllllll l l l l l l lllllllllW l Il Illllllll .

(:opyright©2013 Training, LLC Page 235
Page
l
Self Study
CSP Self Studv Workbook Volume I
5)
l:
Step 1: Determine quantity of
of water required for this application
2
0.178
0.178 rpmgpm x 120
120 fl = 21.4 rpm
fe =2l.4 gpm
Q
Q= fe 2
X
1
ft 1
Step 2: Determine the required pressure in psi

2
p=(~)'
P= Q
K
..
4
o
L
/ 2
21.4 =3.692
p=_(21.4J2
P 8 =3.692
5.8
5.
P=13.6l
P=13.61 psi
6)
Step 1: Calculate the friction loss between the first two sprinklers
I .85
4.52 X X Q1.85
Q
Pd = CL85
lllllllnuu
xL
4 87 X L
Cl.85 X
- u p *
d d 4.87
X d .
L85
5
4_52 x
P = 4.52 X 21.=
21.41.85 X x 112
2_= 15,688.64
Pad 1201.85 xX 1.04948"
1.0494 .87 - 8,864.66
'2!
Pdd =1.77
P =1.77 psi
Note: The length between sprinklers has been added to the basic formula
as a time saving measure.
1mmmmm rmmllmllm-nrr1 l nnmrm"'rlnnlm l F'-
l
\ ..
r r
CSP Self
Step 2: Add friction loss to determine pressure at second sprinkler

13.61 + 1.77 = 15.38
15.38 psi
Step 3: Calculate the flow from the second sprinkler
p=(~)'
P = Q.
K
=K
Q=K
Q X FPP
Q=5.8
Q = 5.8 xo/15.38
X -J15.38 =5.8
= 5.8 X 3.92
Q = 22.75 gpm
Q=22.75
Step 1: Determine required flow

2
P=(~J
Q.
K
Q = K JP =5.2 -J12.6
Q=KJlp=5.2~/12.6
18.46 rpm
Q=18.46 gpm
Copyright©2013
2377
SPAN International, Training Safety Workshops
Safety Workshops
CSP Self Volume I
Workbook Volume
Self Study Workbook
Step 2:
Step Calculate protection
Calculate protect ion area of p r i eer
of each ssprinkl r
Area=9
Area = 9 ft X 9 ft
=81
= fe
a l ft
2
Step 3: Calculate the density

Calculate
Q = Density
Q=De nsity x Area
* Q
.a
I
.....
.L
Density
Density ::= Area
Area
Density 18.46 rpm

Density == 18.46 gpm
ft
81 ftz
Densit y=0.22 8 gpm per ft2

Density=0.228 fe
8) selected answer B because:

We selected because:
required.
According to the table for Type C soil, 8 x 8 timber is required.

According
5
9) selected answer C because:

=.
4A Accord required.
ing to the table for Type A soil, 8 x 8 timber is required.
According
*
10) We selected e:
because:
selected answer D becaus
I
926.652(c): Design of
Il 926.652(c): systems, and other
systems, shield systems,

support systems,
of support
protective systems.
protective systems. Design of support
Designss of support systems, systems, and other
systems, shield systems,

protective
protect constructed by the employer
selected and constructed
systems shall be selected
ive systems or
employer or
his designee and shall be in accordance
his designee requirements of
accordance with the requirements of
paragraph
paragra (c)(1); or, in the alternative,
ph (c)(1), paragraph (c)(2); or, in the
alternative, paragraph
lllllllllllllll u I l I I I l l I l H l l III I I II II
Ii-
Page 238 Copyright©2013 Traini ng, LLC
Intern ationa l Training,
Copyr ight©2 013 SPAN International
I.91
*la
l
of
-~
v --------------~.
v
|-

l rl
;!
.J
I
CSP Self
alternative, paragraph (c)(3),
(c)(3); or, i the alterative,
alternative, paragraph (c)(4) as
follows:
l926.652(c)(1): Option (1)

1926.652(c)(I): (I) - Designs using appendices A, C and D.
Designs for timber shoring in trenches shall be determined in accordance
with the conditions and requirements set forth in appendices A and C to
this subpart. Designs for aluminum hydraulic shoring shall be in
accordance with paragraph (c)(2) ofof this section, but if manufacturer's
tabulated data cannot be utilized, designs shall be in accordance with
appendix D.
l926.652(c)(4): Option (4) - Design by a registered professional

1926.652(c)(4):
engineer.
engmeer.
1926.652(c)(4)(i): Support systems, shield systems, and other

protective systems not utilizing Option 1, Option 2 or Option 3,
above, shall be approved by a registered professional engineer.
II )
2
V = 1t
TE d2
d x h
xh
4
v=
V = 3.14x(132)z x42
3.14x(132Y
4
V = 574,760 cu ft
574,760cu fr
574,760x 7.48 gal per

574,760x7.48 cu ft = 4,299,200ga110ns
percu 4,299.200 gallons

B because:
www~ J l u1_._uLuuwu

Page 239
SPAN International,Training l
Volu,me I
Self Study Workbook Volume

CSPuSelf
t
I I I
'IE
do2 xh
V=ltd
V= Xh
2 x4
3.14x(132) x42
V -=-=-=--~-'--- = 574,760 cu ft
2 =574,760¢u

2
V :: n d xXh
V=ltd h
*
••
x42
V_3.14)<(132)"x42
- 4
v = 574,760 cu
Cll ft
ft X 425 ft : 180,625x 3 ft =
425 ftx425 541,875 cu ft
=541,875cu
The proposed dike is too small to hold all the material that could be
stored in the tank by about 33,000 cubic feet or 250,000 gallons.
I
14)
Step I: of diked area.

Determine Total footage of
220 X 3302 72,600
220x330=72,60 sq ft
0sq
I
1
m I m f°'l"l'1 I
Page 240 LLC
~
P
I
CSP Self
Step 2: Determine the footage occupied by tank 2,

2,33 and 4.
Tank ##2and3
2 and 3
2
A__:n:d
A= It d
4
A = 3.14
A= 4(50)2
3.14x(50Y
4
A = 1963 sq ft each
Tank#4
Tank #4
d2z
A =
A=" ltd
A =3.14x(40)2
3.14x(40Y
4
A==l257
A =1257 soft
sq ft
TOTAL =5,183 sq ft
l lI l l l l 11111wq
l II II II WllllIIHHllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllulllllHlllllHllllll
Copyright©2013
Copyright©2013 SPAN Intematzional
241
Fu
-

..
..
..
CSP Self
..
..
.
Step 3: Determine total area not occupied by smiler

smaller tanks
Total area - Tank area =

= Area available
72,600 - 5,l83=67,400
72,600- 5,183 = 67,400
2
v = 7[d2Xh
V 1t d xh
2
vV_3.14X(100) X35
= 3.14x(100Y x35
*
a
41 4
v = 274,889 cu ft
274,889cu
Step 4: Determine volume in the largest tank
274,889
274,889 = 4.07
= 4.0 7 feet required
67,417
Step 5: Divide volume in largest tank (cu ft) by total area available
(sq ft) to determine required height of dildng
diking
Note: The difference between answer B and C is about 35,000 gallons

of product that would not be contained.
Tmnrmnrnmnnmnmm n
Page 242 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training;
Training, LLC
l
" _ ' _
CSP Self

Discussion: The principle
principle involved
involved is the
-AV
Q=AV
I
quantity of air
quantity of air entering the opening remains
Q=AV
Q=AV<==
-*Z
|
constant. So ifif we determine the quantity
entering,
entering. we can solve the velocity
velocity down
stream.
Step 1:
l: Determine area of hood
A=
=Length x Height
A=I1 fftxl
A t x l ft
l ft 2
A-Ife
Step 2: Determine the volume of

of air flowing
flowing thru
thm hood
Q = V Xx A
Q=V
Q=600xl
Q=600xl
600 c m
Q=600cfm
Step 3: of duct
Compute area of
ro
A=nxr2
.=1
X
II
"-
_
A=3.14x[
A-3.14x (3)2
12
\2
A=O.196ft 2
A=0.196fI2

g.
.
'
~~',"A#~'~"Hf;~'
*o
| I--
.=
&4 ,
Jl;~IijiilH
I CI;
U
f
• 4;' -,X
llllllllllllllllllllllll l " I t
II I
CSP Self
Self Stud
III I IIII I I III I I II I IIIIII III
Step 4: Determine the rate of airflow in the duct.
Q = V x AA
Q=V
V=Q= 600
V=9-=600
A 0.196
vV == 3,061 ft per min

,
-~
Injury
Injury
This may be easier to see in a small fault tree.
Determine the condition that could result in an
injury, in this case A

A and B or AA and C has to
exist and either situation will produce an injury,
therefore an OR gate.
I
i
®®
n Flammable and combustible liquids are subdivided into classes as shown below
(taken from NFPA 30 and 321 321,, Basic Classy cation of
Classification Flammable and
o/Flammable
Combustible Liaui,
Liquids). . .
. g"
I
. "ii .
.3 . 1
. _ _ "i's
r »\¢=
. . . .. . .
z Iv: : .\. ,: .e-.~ 9 .*u *be
I
, \
, ¢. ;- r l
> *v .:. h
g;3 .. g p
v,
pM- §M§hrwmmw
LII
E:
s
P
4 ,
.
\ sir t'. '
' ,F g *r»*..
I
J
I
".**
"I
.. . . F I
j .\.I*
.. * _.
'*
(,¢
1 q * l
. _
.
V
J I
,Q > . . ! * " . _ .. ,c- , . . *.
. . 4
"_*l\"r
.»'*, l
1
. x ( *
u , I
In
I
| 4 I
. 'Q
... e. , 4 . 0 in... I . p- 1 .• . . . .
¢
of .u..
-|
I
below 100 F
IB at or above
I
lOOF
Ie
§
II
.; at or above 73 F
I
and below 100 F
1 II
1
,.

is) because:
Apply formula and solve

A _ll
=1 "- ee- =1 - e 1m
Pf =l
Pf
Pc = 1 - e -87000/95000
8 95000
p,
Pc : 0.60
DL
A= Failure rate
Where
Where: t ::=time
time
- MTBF
m=MTBF
A=_l
MTBF
t
At=
m
19) We selected answer C because

19) because:
Q A +Q
+Qs=Q c
The flows in
in each branch of
of the duct are additive
additive.
Step 11: Determine the Velocity of
of air flowing
flowing in "A".
in branch "A
V= 4005 .JVP
=4005 JVP
v =4005
V ~/0.25
= 4005 .J0.25
V= 4005x0.5
=4005xO.5
vV=2003fpm
= 2003fpm

J,iJ"~C
<4 < *~~1f::;;;;;:$ K .•::c.,....:a.:;;
z;;::;;~~ 0"·~'r'~···
»»
. or ~., ~ 1.
'1. . " » + . A,
Nf -an I
_ .d
1
oh, #1-.
•
\ u
~*~="
\1I=l&U¢ I
4
.L,. u .* .»-¢¢»|HE-
Internationa~ Training Safety Workshops
SPAN International
Self study
Step 2: Determine the area of the duct in branch "A".

A ==n1trr22
3.14 xX
A =3.14
IfC~)'T
A=3.14
A =3.14 xX 0.25
A = 0.7854 square feet

I.
_.L
.I
I •
Step 3: Determine quantity of air flowing in duct "A",
"A".
Q _VA
Q=VA
Q = 2003 x
X 0.7854
Q l573cfm
Q=1573cfm
Step 4: Determine the Velocity of air flowing in branch "B".
V 4005
V=4005-JVP
V = 4005 -J0.05
J0.05
I vV := 4005 xX0.224
0.224 = 896 fpm
II
l
l VII l am l l'l'l'ITIT'l l
l Page 246 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
l\
\
\ r
'
SPAN Safety Work

Training Safety
SPAN International shops
Workshops
Self Study
CSP Self Volume I
Workbook Volume
Study Workbook
I I
Step 5: of the duct in branch "B".

Determine the area of
Determine
A= 7t r2
= n
A=3.14
A=3.1 4 xC~J
X
3
12
=3.14 Xx 0.0625
A=3.14
A
A = 0.1963 square feet
Step 6: Determine of air flowing in duct "B".

quantity of
Determine quantity
VA
Q=VA
Q = 896 x 0.1963 = 176 cfm

Q=896x0.l963=l76cfm
Step 7: of the two branch flows.

the sum of
Determine die
Detennjne
Qc=QA+QB
QC=QA +QB
QC =1573+l76
Qc=15 73+17 6
QC = 1749
Qc=17 cfm
49cfm
L_l_JJ l I LJ
Traini ng, LLC

Copyr ight© 2013 SPAN International
Page 247
.e~<r ... ,:;;:::as ge;;; , ." _"-;--";'7: ~~

I
r
rraining Safety Workshops

I
W I
Self Study
CSP Self Stud], Workbook Volume I ii u-u-a.......a.u.J I u-www
, w
20) We selected answer C because: 1
ii
Where, QJ = initial flow
Where,Q,=initial
Q2 = subsequent flow
press.
=initial residual press.

R, =initial
= subsequent residual
R2 =subsequent
= static pressure
S=
Q QI[(S
Q2 ==Q l
(s ---- RRJO.
2 ]
54
)0.54
I
1
(S- RJ°.54 )()_54
(s-R,
!
1 i
*
)054
Q = 5700 x (70- 7 -20 0.54

0 20t'54
Q2 =5700x((70-36t'54
(70- 36) .
Q2 =5700x
Q2 1.2315 =7020gpm
=5700x1.2315
21) D because:
of the two formulations

This problem can be solved by using either of
shown below. Since the question asked for approximate pressure we
~
chose the easiest one to transpose
I;.'
QJ _ jP;
(\
I Q2 - -JP;
1 QQ2 :_ (s - R)°"'
(S - R2 )0_54
(S- R 1 t 54
QI - (s-R,)°'"
Q.
~ Where, R
p. =initial
= initial pressure change
P = subsequent pressure change
~2 =subsequent
-mm I ll'll am m U"'TI1IM ll"""TIlllM1'l'l'll V"'TI*1 FHT"'T

I
r
Y
Step 1I: Select formula QJ _.JP;

Q2 - Jp;
800 .J5O
400 - jP;
Step 2: Transpose
Jp; = .J5O
50 x-400
x 400
800
- (2828)2 =12.5
12.5 psi
P2 - 800
Step 33: Subtract from no-flow
pressure to obtain residual
pressure 95 -
- 12.5 = 82.5 psi

because:
Step 1I: Determine the area of the panel

AREA =
= Length X
x Width
AREA 8x4
AREA 32 sq ft
AREA=32sqft
Step 22: Determine pressure at the nominal value of 20 feet (top of

feet) (bottom of panel 22 feet)
panel 18 feet) feet)
Pressure =
= Weight x depth
Pressure =62.4 lbs per cu ft x 20 ft

Pressure-=62.4
Pressure =
= 1248 lbs per sq ft
1248lbs

LA
.5
1.
~raining Safety Workshops

SPAN International Training .H
ii
~a
I II I
I
CSP Self
IIII
I I Illll I
Illl
llulul
111 . i n
|||||M|l *I I llllllllll lu.l
.
...
..
...
.
11Ii
Step 3: Detennine total force
Determine .LJ
TOTAL Force =
=Area Xx Pressure
5.5
TOTAL Force :=32
32x I 248
X 1248
v .1I
TOTAL Force =
= 39,936 lbs
39,9361bs
23)*
23). We selected answer A because:
'" Assuming that the pinch point in question does not require frequent
access for maintenance or cleaning, the obvious best answer is a
permanent guard that makes removal difficult. We would choose a fixed
guard.

Lagging indicators (such statistics) provide data on how well
(such as historical statistics)
the loss control system has performed and is useful for understanding
how well a management system change affected loss control
performance. However, lagging indicators are not as useful for predicting
future loss control performance.

I
Loss Ratio =
=Losses/((Manual
Losses/«Manual Premium) (Experience Modification)
1
I
26)) We selected answer A because:

26
The experience modification is developed from the location's
injury/illness frequency and severity rate and the industry rate. If
If the
plant had the same experience as the industry as a whole the experience
modification rate would be 1. l. Since this plant had an experience
of 0.55 it would be considered excellent.
modification rate of
_JJ l l 11u1ll111u wuuw luullluuluu . lllll.llJIIJ . ALL-Juluuululll Ulla
Page 250
Page (:opynght©201'SPAN Training, LLC
Copyright©20 4VAN international

because:
According to 40 CFR 264.34
264.34:
(a) Whenever hazardous waste is being poured, mixed, spread, or
otherwise handled, all personnel involved in the operation must have
immediate access to an internal alarm or emergency communication
device, either directly or through visual or voice contact with another
employee, unless the Regional Administrator has ruled that such a device
is not required under Sec. 264.32
264.32.
(b) If If there is ever just one employee on the premises while the facility
is operating, he must have immediate access to a device, such as a
telephone (immediately available at the scene of operation) or a hand
hand
held two-way radio, capable of summoning external emergency
assistance, unless the Regional Administrator has ruled that such a device
is not required under Sec. 264.32
264.32.
According to 40 CFR 264.52

264.52:
(1)
(f) where there is a possibility
possibility that evacuation could be necessary
necessary.
This plan must describe signal(s)
signal{s) to be used to begin evacuation
evacuation,
evacuation routes, and alternate evacuation routes (in cases where the
primary
primary routes could be blocked by releases ofof hazardous waste or fires)
fires).
pa)
because:
Generally, an enclosure is placed around a noise source to prevent noise
from
from getting outside. Enclosures are normally
normally lined with sound
sound
absorption material to decrease internal
internal sound pressure buildup
buildup.

Copyrlght©2013 International Training, LLC Pa ge 25
Page 2511
'N"'<"".·"",.,....,..,..' ..... """ $$~¢" t;:S:::::XAn<,

I
1
CSP Self
Self Stud
Step 1:
. .
Using the combined gas law detennme
.
detennine how many ft
3
fe at
scientific STP are in the container. Assume pressures are in ppsia.
si.
PI VI = P
p. P22 V2
V 2
T.
TI T
T22
v . = pP22 V 2
p. VI
PI
8§x1000
. = 14.7 Xx VV22
84 x 1000 =
84
84 x1000
X 1000 =5,714
= 5,714 ft
ft33
V2
V 2 = 14.7
14.7
Step 2: fe to lbs
Convert ft3
- -fex
5,714 ft3
5,714 11 II 1 mole 71 g l I1b
lb
- X xX 1 mole xX x
g ~x 1 130 Ib s
=1,130
= , lbs
1 0.03531 fe 22.4 1I 1 mole 454 g
0.03531 ft3
l
I
I
N
OR
Using the lb-mol conversion and remembering that a lb-mol

Ib-mol occupies 359 ft3:
fe:
5,714
5,714 ft3
fe X 71 lb =1,130 lbs
71lbs
X s =1,t30 lbs
1] fe3
359 ft
l
l Page 252
Illllll l II l
l .

because
Step 11: Determine Volume in m

m3
15 ft x .3
15 ft 05 m
·305 m =4.6 m
4.6 m
11f 1 ft
t
88 ft
ft x .305
.305 m
m = 2.44 m
-11ft
4.6 X 2.44 =51.6 m3

x 4.6 xx2.44=51.6m
Step 22: Determine weight
55 gal
gal 8.34
8.34 lbs
Ibs xX 0.6
0 .
6 = 25 lbs
= 25 Ibs
--x
1 gal
Step 33: Convert- lbs to mg
Convert-Ibs
25 lb .4545
251b .4545kg kg 1000g_
l000g 1000
\ . l000mg mg
--x X x----"'
1 lIb lkg
kg 1l gg
= 11.362.500
11 ,362,500
=1.14xI0
1.14x 10
7
mg
Step 4: Compute-ppm
3
mg/In
mg/m x X 24.45
ppm =
MW
7
(1.14x 10 /51.6) x
(1.l4x10'/5l.6) X 24.45
ppm=--------------
46
ppm =
= 117,043
III l l l l III IIIIII II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I IIIIIIIII I I I I I I I I I I I I III

I I * - _

Page2S3
mquuwdm" gm"is-:nu-»~-~wtv»»
,Training Safety Workshops
International ,Training
l l -
Workbook
Self Study Workb
CSP Self Volumee I
ook Volum
Step 5: Convert to %
/
X100 =11.7%
117,043 JXI00
( 1,000,000
1,000,00 0
\
Solution
Alternatee Solution
Alternat
Step 1: Detennine- Volume
Detennine-
I5x15X8=1800
15 fe
x15 x8 = 1800 ft"
.
*
Step 2: Determine-
Detennine
..*...
1
....
.*
weight
x 8.345
gal x
55 gal lbs x 0.6 = 25 Ibs
8.3451bs X0.6= 25 lbs

1I go]
gal
Step 3: Detennine the volume occupied by the Ethyl alcohol

Determine
46 lbs 25 lbs
46lbs _..
392 ft3
392fe X
X= X 392
5 x
X 2 225
46
l 3 ft3
X = 2213 fe
Step 4: Determine concentration of Ethyl alcohol in the 1800 fe

Detennine concentration R3
room.
213fe
2]3f[3
1800 fe x100=11.8%
1800 ft' x 100 =11.8%
l m l I l l II
Page 254 Copyri~013

Copyri 013 SPAN International Training, LLC
;,'t,
.t
l l l l l l ll lIIll l l l lIIll l l l l l IIll l l l l l IIlIIll l l l lIIlIIll l l l lIIlIIll l l l l l l l l l l al II I

CSP Self
Step 1: Convert the 60 ft3

fe a day to cfm so that the output of
of the
general dilution formula will be in the proper units. That is, units that
agree with the answers.
60ft3
60fe X 1day Ihr
Igor
--x x--
X
1day 24hrs 60min
60rnin
60
24x60 = 0.0412 ccfrn
=0.0412 m
24x60
Step 2: Apply general dilution formula

fonnula and solve. Note that the
room size is not used in the equation.
Q'=
-G
G I
C=
and C = TLV
TLV
6
6
C 10
6 G
Q=
:=. G X10
10
Q TLV
X
Q 0.0417
0.0417 x10
x106
2.
Q 120
Q 0.0003475 X1066
Q=0.OOO3475x10
7.
: 347.5 cfm
Q=347.5cfm
Q
! I
.lnl l l l unll l mmw Illlllll l l .LLLLLI.HLlL l I l lu W I l W l Illlllllllll u Illlll llllllllll L_ II WW

Training, LLC Page 2ss
255
SPAN
SPA N International
Internation.al Training
Training Safety Wor ksho ps
Safety Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study
Wor kboo k Volume
32) We selected
D because:
answe r D
Step
Step 1:
I: Compute
Compute volume
volume of detenn ine the numb
of room and determine number air
of air
er of
changes
changes per hour
V = L xxWx
V=L WxHH
V= l 0 0 xxllOx
=IOO l l O xIO
l0
v=110,000
V = 110,000 ft"
fe
n=Q x 60
N= Q X 60 ,
V
N= 2,000 xX 60
N
.•
an
110,000
110,000
n=1.09
N=1.0 9
Step 2: Apply
Apply formula
formula and solve for 5 minut es of
minutes exposure.
of exposure.
C= G
C= --xll e- Ntl6O )
G X(1 _ 6-nv60 )
Q
C= =--
1.2
x(l(1 --ee-(1.09><5
1.2 x )/60
-(1.09><5}/ )
6O)
2000
C= = 0.0006 x (1
(1--- ee-o·09)
(9
)
C := 0.0006 x 0.0861
0.0861
C = 0.0000517
C=0.0 00051 7
I
Step 3: Convert
Conve rt to ppm
ppm
ppm= = C xX 1,000,000
1,000,000
ppm := 0.0000517
0.0000517 Xx 1,000,000
1,000,000
ppm = 51.7
=51.7
x
I
\ Page 256 Copyright©2013

1
~
9
1
i

I
CSP Self
|
v
.i
:
Step 4: Apply formula and solve for 15 minutes of exposure.
l
'-
C- _
-- G
G
Q X (1
- x (1 -ee-Ntl6O)
-nz/60
)_
1
Q
c=
C=~1.2 xx
(1 _ e-t .09><ISI60))
_e-(L09><I5/6O))
|
2000
=0.0006 x (1(1 - e-0.2725
C= e -0.2725 ))
C=0.0006 x 0.239
C = 0.0006 X
i
C=0.000143
»
Step 5: Convert to ppm

=C xX 1,000,000
ppm =C
=0.000143 xX 1,000,000
ppm =0.000143
1
1
ppm = 143
Step 6:
6: Apply
Apply formula and solve for 25 minutes of
of exposure.
'.
\
1 C == G
C G xx ( (I
1 --
e -eN-Ntl6O
0 6 0 ))
a
Q
Q
C == ~
C l .2xX (1
(I _ 6-(I 09x2_w60))
e-(1.09x25/6O))
2000
C = 0.0006 x (1 e -0.454 ))
(I - 6-0.454
l
C = 0.0006 Xx 0.365
~
C = 0.000219
C=0.000219
Step 7: Convert to ppm
\
1
I
ppm = C Xx l1,000,000
,()()O,OOO
1
ppm = 0.0002 l9x 1,000,000

0.000219x 1,000,000
r
ppm = 2 19
ppm=219
J

Training, LLC Page
Pag e 257 I
I,
'~~."."" ;'~r*:~oX~""!¥'W%;:;;;;;;:;;::Jii'?W t
-.~.
_~~,--c·
....
`. .
SPAN International Training Safety Workshop
Workshopss
CSP Self
We would select the dumbwaiter because it is the only option of those

listed that has the material isolated from personnel during the transport
phase
2
h=ll (d.)
12 - L Xx (dl)2
(d2
(do)2
......
A.
.an
.1
I
12
-__
12 -1,
XUr
(IY
= Il x (8)
(8y2
_ 1
I2=500x64
12-500x
64
=7.8 ftc
12 =
=
The formula depicted on the BCSP of S E 6CE is a "shortcut" formula for
cobalt-60, since the "F"

"f' value for cobalt-60 is one. See the formula
information in Volume II for the exact definition of the formula.

formula.
sS-6CiEf
E 6 CiEf
=
S E 6 Xx 0.005 X
x .662 x.9 =
X .95'-_ .018 roentgen/hr/ft
roentgenlhr/ft
l _ _ ~age2~
Page 258
l | l * lill I lllllllllIIIIIIHIIIIIIIIIIIIII
Copyright@ii13 SPAN International Training, LLC

Copyright©13
..
IllllilhMll
II I run Ill l lmlllll
Workshops
CSP Self
r
_ In l2
-lnl
T= _2
k
T=
T _ 0.69314718
10-11
1.36 x 10-I
10
T :'.:
= 5.096670441
5.096670441 X 10
lo10 sec
sec
Convert to years
Convert years::
5.096670441 X
6096670441 1010 sec
1010 1 min 1 hour x 1 day 1 yr
T == x x x x---=
X
1 60 sec 60 min 24 hours 365.25 days
T =1615
= 1615 years

6
Q _= 403 xX 10°
10 x SG x ER x K
MW
MWxCx C
Q= 403 X
x 1,000,000 xX 1.336x0.0083
1.336xO.0083 xX 4
84.94 Xx 25
Q= 17,875,146
2,124
Q=8,4l6
Q=8,416 ccfm
m
IIII IIIIIIIIIIIII ill W l II I\lllllllllllll l\l\ll\ll\llllllllllll I I I l Illlf llllllllllllIII u III I IW l l \\ulllllllll\lu iMU
Copyright©201 3 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Trainin~ LLC
Page 259
Self Study Workb
CSP Self Volume I
ook Volume
Workbook
u II I I lllll
Remember the solvent is being applied at an hourly rate, thus the

Note: Remember
TLV to
need for the "60" minutes in the equation. We also reduced the TLV
run between 3 to
of 50. The "K" factors are safety factors and mn
25 instead of
10 and depend on:
r 1.) of the material (lower TLV = higher "K").

The toxicity of
2.) The evolution rate of non-uniform).
contaminant (usually non-uniform).
of the contaminant
3.) The effectiveness of ventilation
effectiveness of (location in air flows).
ventilation (location
professional exams requiring this
anticipated that questions on the professional

It is anticipated
calculation will provide "K" factors or safety factor, you simply
of calculation
type of
.:. apply the formula. Don't forget the "length of
.la
of release", 60 minutes in this
A
/ problem.
1
s
r
l.
l
competing
evaluating competing
Cost benefit analysis is a generic process of evaluating
E
courses of examining the dollar costs of

of action by examining abatement
of certain abatement
actions versus the dollar value of the benefits received.

I1 work-hours is the formula for cost factor.
Cost incurred x 1000 I/ total work-hours
I 40) We selected answer A because:

A
*ii
ISO 14001 is applicable establish,
organization that wishes to establish,
applicable to any organization
implement, management system,
environmental management
implement, maintain and improve an environmental
itself of
to assure itself environmental policy, and to
conformity with its stated environmental
of conformity
demonstrate
.. 1400 1 by:
conformity with ISO 14001
demonstrate conformity
self-declaration, or
self-determination and self~declaration,
• making a self~determination
conformance by parties having
confirmation of its conformance
• seeking confirmation
customers, or
organization, such as customers,
an interest in the organization,
•• seeldng confirmation of
seeking confirmation self-declaration by a party
of its self-declaration
. organization, or
external to the organization,
• seeldng environmental
certification/registration of its environmental
seeking certification/registration
organization.
management system by an external organization.
management
morn rw'-rrmwmnmmm man n

l Page 260 Copyright©2013 SPAN International
of
Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook
Workbook Volume II
I llllllllll llllllllllllll llll I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II I lllllllIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIII IIII IIIIIIIIII I
All the requirements in ISO 14001 are intended to be incorporated into

any environmental management system. The extent of the application
will depend on factors such as the environmental policy of the
organization, the nature of
of its activities, products and services and the
location where and the conditions in which it functions.
functions.
According to the Fire Protection Handbook, the temperature of of the liquid

itself is above the boiling point of
of water used to create the foam, a frothy
and voluminous emulsion of steam, air and burning fuel may occur upon
application of
of the foam to the surface of the fire.

D because:
Author Dan Peterson explains that Activity measures are leading

(proactive) measures a line supervisor should do as part of
of his or her
normal responsibilities as being accountable for the safety of employees.
Techniques of Safety Management:
ofSafety Management." A Systems Approach. 4lh 4th Edition.
43)
B because:
According to ANSI/AIHA Z10, top management leadership and employee

toANSllAlHA
participation are the main divisions in the scope of this standard.
44 )
A member of the management team must certify that such reviews were
conducted and must include when the review was conducted and findings
fmdings
of
of applicability. This type of
of written certification is common practice in
auditing methods because it is not practical for auditors to observe and
verify that all management processes were conducted.
U.l._LJJ.IJIJ L.L...1ilUUM.J LJJJLlJllluu11;.uuuLwu.1

PageZ61
J'raining Safety Workshops
CSP Self

D because:
Class II, Division 2 locations are those in which combustible dust is not
normally present but might be due to abnormal or periodic operations.
During those times, sufficient dust may be present in the air to produce
explosive or ignitable mixtures. A Class II, Division 2 location is an area
normally free of
nonnally of dust, but due to some incident, dust may be introduced.
Mechanical breakdown of a valve or a break in a pipe are examples of
conditions that would require an area to be classified as Division 2.
r 46) We selected answer A because:

1
RWL=LCXHMXVMXDMXAM X FMXCM
RWL=LCxHMxVMxDMxAMxFMxCM
,.>
.>
l
RWL = 51 (~)
3] (1 v- 30
(1-.00751| V- 301) (.82 + I~)] (1
|) [82 (1- (0.0032 x A)) (pm)
- (0.0032x (FM) (CM)
(CM)
-.0075
RWL = 51 (~~) (1- .0075 X 6) (.82 + ~>g) (1

24 ](1
10
(1- (0.0032 x 15))(0.85)
-(0.0032 15)) (0.85) (0.9)
-.0075x6)(.82+%]
RWL
RWL = 51x().417x.955x1x0.952x0.85x 0.9
51x0.417x.955xlxO.952xO.85xO.9
RWL = l4.8lbs
= 14.81bs
1
Ii
1 r e l r'l'-1
*
· ~l',
:hi
Page 262 COPYrig~013 SPAN International Training, LLC
Copyright@2013
I
M
'>
P
or
CSP Self

B because:
L
L
L I
LI= RWL
RWL
20
L II = 20 = 1.35
14.8
The Lifting Index provides a numerical indicator of the need for redesign.
A LI of greater than one means the job needs to be redesigned. As one
can readily see from the previous question, this job could benefit from
locating the work closer to the employee. Additionally, some value might
be gained by shortening the length of
of the workday devoted to lifting.
48) D because:
R~=LCxHMxVMxDMxAMxBMxCM
RW1=LCxHMxVMxDMxAMxFMxCM
R~(kg) = 23(§)
RwL(kg)= (1-.0031| v-
23(~) (1-.003 751) (.82+%)(1
V-751) -(0.o032xA))(Fm) (CM)
(.82 + i;)(I-(0.OO32xA))(BM)
R~(kg)= 23UD(1-.003xO) (.82+ in(I-(0.OO32xO))(1)(I)

RwL(kg)=23(g§)(1-.003x0)(.82+ )(1-(0.0032x0))(1)(1)
RWL(kg)=
R~(kg)= 23x0.555xlxlxlx1 xl
23xO.555xlxlxlxlxl
R~(kg) =
RWL(kg) = 12 .77 kg
12.77
I U u I L

Copyright©2013 Training, LLC Page
Page 263
I
SPAN International
International, Training Safety Workshops
CSP Self

OHSAS 18001 is an Occupation Health and Safety Assessment Series for
health and safety management systems. It is intended to help an
organization to control occupational health and safety risks. It was
developed in response to widespread demand for a recognized standard
against which to be certified and assessed. OHSAS 18001 will measure
your managements system with regards to several dimensions. The extent
rnanagernents system
of
of application will depend on such factors as the occupational health and
E safety policy of
of the organ zation, the nature of
organization, of its activities, and
conditions under which it operates. A successful management system
.
¥
I
i
should be based on on::
...L
,4"
4
• An occupational health and safety policy appropriate for the
I .
l
company.
• Identification ofof occupational health and safety risks and legal
1
1 .
requirements.
• Objectives, targets, and programs that ensure continual
g .
improvements.
improvements.
• Management activities that control the occupational health and
.
safety risks.
• Monitoring of of the occupational health and safety system
.
performance.
perfonnance.
• Continual reviews, evaluation, and improvement of of the system.

Risk exposure ratio is the ratio of
of the risk exposure to the project cost.

n,
1
-aL The profit margin is 15% and the indirect cost is 5 parts of the total and
the direct cost is 11 part of
of the total. Production costs are direct costs.
\ 150/0 + 6 = 2.5% per unit

15% unit
I! Since the profit on the production
have a volume of
production on the direct cost is 2.5%, we must
of $3,600,000 to cover the workman's compensation
must
losses.
90,000 + .025 = 3,600,000
Ur
l II l l l I
..
r Q
.... . . .. .
SPAN Intern ational Training
International Training Safety Work
Workshops
shops
Self Study Work

CSP Self Workbook Volumee I
book Volum
I

because::
.• losses
ratio ::=
Loss ratIo .
E- Mod x Manua
Manuall PrelTIlu
Prelmum m
L = 90,000
LRR 1.4x82,000
1.4 X 82,000
LR =0.78
: 0.7839
39

because:
H& Recordables xX 200,000
& I Recordables
Ra t
Rate : e=---------
Total hours worked
Rate = 90x
Rate ::.. 90x 200,000
°°
200,000
1,623,451
1,623,451
Rate = 18,000,000
Rate :
18,000,000
11,623,45
,623,451
1
Rate = 11.1
=11.1
incidence rate for lost workday cases is the most meaningful
The incidence meaningful
perfonnance indicator
performance indicator for a safety program
program..
Copyri ght©20 13 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Interna tional Trainin
Training,
g, LLC Page 265
., »w.<
a
International.Tr Workshops
aining Safety Workshops m
Studv Workbook
Self Study
54) We selected answer A because: 119
118
Step l:
I: of accidents for the
Total the number of 122
period in question. 359
1,129,565
1.129,565
Step 2: Total manhours for the same period.
1,623,451
1,623,451
I
1,834,225
I
.'" 4,587,241
4,587,241
.A
.a
Step 3: Apply the formula and compute the cumulative accident

rate.
Recordables x 200,000
R t Total Recordablesx200,000
a et e = - - - - - - - - -
Ra 2
Total hours worked
Rate 359 x 200,000
Rate :_ 359x
4,587,241
4,587,241
Rate
l ,800,000
Rate -= 771,800,000
.
4,587,241
4,587,241
=15.7
Rate =
1
2
I
1
i
3
- M ! ! M I II l I
an
Copyright©2013 LLC
Internatio nal Training, LLC

Illllll
a
-1111111111 I l l
CSP Self
l l
111 | I
11l......I.I-J
I
up W
ill
w
| II | | | |
WE--I-IJ-ll
II I
W

D because:
67
81
81
Step 1: Total the number of accidents for the period in 98
question. 90
98
434
I1,398,765
,398,765
1,456,732
Step 2: Total rnanhours
manhours for the same period.
1,129,565
1,623,451
1,623,451
1,834,225
7,442,738
Step 3: Apply the formula and compute the cumulative accident

rate.
Rat H & I Recordables Xx 200,000
Raet=e = - - - - - - - - -
Total hours worked
Rate :=434
Rate 434 xx 200,000
200,000
7,442,743
Rate := 86,800,000
Rate 86,800,000
7,442,743
Rate = l 1.7
Rate=I!.7
llllllllll l l II l I l l llllllll I M l llllllllll Hllllllllllll II l l II lllllHILLL...L.J my

267
SPA N International
Safety Wor kshops
Self Study..Workbook
. CSP Self StudY Wor kbo ok Vol ume I
Volume |
u I-_.J Winans-.- hu 'II l I I I llll 'II l II 'I J
56) We selected
56) selected answer
answe r D because:
because:
Biolo gical monitoring
Biological monit oring to determine
determine the effectiveness
effectiveness of recen t changes
of recent chang es
would involve urine tests to determine

would involve determine the S-Phenylmercapturic acid or
S-Phe nylme rcaptu ric acid or
t,t-Muconic acid content

t,t-Muconic conte nt after each work shift.
57) We selected
selected answer
answ er A because:
because:
5-Wh ys is
5-Whys is aa qualitative
qualitative analytical
analytical techn
technique
ique to identi fy the root
identify cause s of
root causes of
an incide nt seque nce by askin
an incident sequence asldngg "why" "why " at least 5 times. the causal
times. Once the causa l
factors (human
factors (human errors,
errors, equipment
equip ment malfunctions,
malfunctions, etc) are know n, aa 5-
known, 5
Whys analy
Whys analysis sis can be perfo rmed on each causal
performed to determine
causa l factor to determine
.:. "Why"
an
...L
"Why" the causal
causa l factor was allowed
allowed to exist.
....I
58) We selected
select ed answer because:
answ er D becau se:
An azide
An azide is a compound
comp ound ofof hydrogen
hydro gen or a metal ion and the the monovalent
monovalent
N3 radica
N3 radical.l. For example,
exam ple, lead azide PbN
PbN3,
3 , one of the most important
impor tant
azides, can decompose

azides, decom pose explosively
explosively when subjected and heat.
subjected to shock and heat.
Lead azide violent explosive

Lead azide forms violent explosive salts if mixed with carbon disulfide.
carbo n disulfide.
Sodiu m azide
Sodium azide (NaN3)
(NaN 3) is a powe
powerful mutagen.
rful mutag azide s should
en. The azides never be
shoul d never be
poure d down
poured down the sink becau
becausese they can decompose explo sively on
decom pose explosively on
heatin g and
heating and can form shock sensitive highlyy explosive
sensitive and highl mixtures if
explo sive mixtures if
expos ed
exposed toto other heavy metals
metals or hydro gen. For example,
hydrogen. phenyll azide
exam ple, pheny azide
(C6H SN3' azidobenzene)
(C6H5N3, azidobenzene) is used as a heat-s ensitive explosive.
heat-sensitive explosive.
59) We selected
59) selected answer
answ er B because:
because:
In William
In Willi am G. Johnson's
Johns on's book "MORT ance Systems",
Assurance
"MOR T Safety Assur he
Systems", he
states that
states "Chan ge is the Mother
that "Change Moth er of Trouble",
Trouble", the follow ing are
following areas of
are areas of
concern.
conce
.
rn.
• Change
Chan ge analysis
realiti es
realities
analysis in safety should
rather than rely on possib
reflect the multi
should reflect ple sequence
multiple sequence
simplistic detection-correction
ly simplistic
possibly detection-correction
\1
• If .
of a single causative
If a
troub
system
les,
causative change.
change.
has been operating
operating in a stable manner
chang e is proba
troubles, change probably
but now
mann er but
problem.
bly the cause of the probl
has
now has
em.
I •• Sensitivity
Sensitivity to impending
impending or proba
probable chang e is a key component
ble change comp onent inin
\ the work
the work of of a good, experienced
experienced mana
manage professional.
ge or safety profe ssional.
l'TI"""'T17TTl
,~
Copyright©2013 Train ing, LLC
~ I II
CSP Self
• In complex systems, attention must be given to the compounding

of
of change, for example a change made two years ago combined
with a change made a month ago may produce the undesired event.

Program Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT) and Critical Path
Method (CPM) are both scheduling techniques. Although they can be
used by the system safety practitioner to spot bottlenecks and periods of
of
production pressure, they are not considered to be true system safety
techniques.

The analysis of a Pareto diagram evaluates categories that represent the
greatest frequency ofof cases. It evaluates the greatest number of of incidents
not necessary severity. In this example from Safety Metrics 22ndnd Edition,
Edition,
the frequency of injuries were classified according to the body part
affected. Over this period, backs accounted for 40 % of of all injuries,
hands 30%, arms 20%, and all other were 10%. To construct a Pareto
diagram, the category that accounted for the greatest percentage of of cases
cases
is placed to the left of

of the diagram and the remaining categories are
arranged in descending order of overall percentage of injuries. A line Line is

constructed that indicates the cumulative of of injuries. In this chart, back
and hand injuries account for 70%,
70%; back hand and arm account for 90%.

The best selection is A because the definition ofof a fall restraint system
consists of
of the equipment used to keep an employee from reaching a fall fall
point, such as the edge of
point, of a roof or the edge of an elevated working
surface. The most commonly utilized fall restraint system is a standard
guardrail. A tie off
off system that "restrains" the employee from falling off
an elevated working surface is another type of fall restraint.
JUIWILIUJJ II al ulllll,wwmJ L_..J I Lu mm lulu llll IIII I l W

Page 269
rraining Safety Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study.Workbook
Study Workbook Vo1ume....I..
I
Volume I ..
ua.l-u-hu
II II
llll I I I
Fall protection systems consist of: Guardrail systems; Safety net systems
•• Personal fall arrest systems
.
• Positioning device systems
•• Warning line systems
•• Controlled access zones
..
• Safety monitoring systems
• Covers
•• Protection from falling objects
.
• Fall protection plan (limited)
Personal Fall Arrest Systems must include 4 elements referred to as
I
.L
I
'"
s,
ABCD's of
.
of Fall Arrest:
• A - Anchorage - a fixed structure or structural adaptation,
often including an anchorage connector, to which the other
..
components of of the PFAS are rigged.
• B -- Body Wear -- a full body harness worn by the worker.
• C - Connector -- a subsystem component connecting the
-
.
harness to the anchorage - such as a lanyard.
-
• D - Deceleration Device - a subsystem component designed
to dissipate the forces associated with a fall arrest event.

According to the Fundamental of of Industrial Hygiene, an Industrial
Toxicologist is one who studies the harmful, or toxic, properties of
I
substances and determine dose thresholds,
thresholds. An Industrial
Industrial Hygienist is
one devoted to the art and science of anticipation, recognition, evaluation
and control of those environmental factors in the workplace that may
cause sickness,
sickness, impaired health and well being. A Health
Health Physicist
smdies
studies the field of
of science concerned with radiation physics and radiation
biology with the goal ofof providing technical information and proper
techniques regarding the safe use of of ionizing radiation. Pathologists

Pathologists are
physicians who diagnose and characterize disease in living patients by
examining biopsies or bodily fluid.

fluid. Pathologists may also conduct
autopsies to investigate causes ofof death.
as
R
. F
. Page 270 International Training,

r v -I
Q 11111111\11\11\11\1111111111111111111111111
- CSP Self

According to The NFPNFPA A Fire Protection Handbook, for combustion to
occur, four components are necessary: Oxygen (oxidizing agent),
agent);
Fuel(substrate); l-leat(ignition),
Fuel(substrate), Heat(ignition); and a self sustained chemical reaction
(also referred to as the chain reaction). These components can be
graphically described as the "fire tetrahedron". Each component of of the
tetrahedron must be in place
place for combustion to occur. Remove any one of
anyone
the four components and combustion will not occur. If If ignition has
already occurred, the fire is extinguished when one of the components is
removed from the reaction.

In Techniques of
of Safety Management, you must first calculate the Risk
Score. Risk Score == Consequences X Exposure X Probability.
Considering that fatality was most likely, consequence =25. Exposure is
= 1. Probability is remotely happens =
rarely = l. l . Risk Score = (25 x 1l x
= 1.
1) = 25
Second, you must calculate the Justification. The Justification formula
is:
IS:
Justification =
= Risk Score/Cost Factor X Degree of Correction
Justification = (25x 1x 1)/(3x2) or J= 25/6 =
= (25xlxl)/(3x2) = 4.20.
This factor is well below 10 and therefore not justified.
II I I I II W mum ll II l l I I I In
Page 271
- - - - ~
__

Self Study
Notes
Z
N
.',.'
l
1 mu*
» I - Il r W"HH r Hl l I
Q
Pagee 272
Pag Copyright~2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
Copyn°ght©20l3
l\
,_C" ~--~.-'~'. ~.---~
II
I
CSP Self
Managing
Environmental, Health, Safety and Security
Security Risk
_
This section of the workbook provides questions and answers similar to those on
the Comprehensive Practice examination. The following Responsibilities are
found on the examination. There are a maximum of 69 questions from this
area on the actual examination.
Task 1
Design effective risk management methods using the results of risk assessments
to eliminate or reduce safety, health, environmental, and security risks.
Knowledge Areas
1. Engineering controls
2. Principles of
of managing risk throughout the design process
3. Administrative controls
4. Personal protective equipment
5. Qualitative, quantitative, deductive, and inductive risk assessment methods I
6. Root cause analysis methods ~t:

r.r
7. Risk-based decision-maldng
decision-making tools
_
SO
9. Applied sciences: fluid flow, mechanics, electricity
l0.Basic
IO.Basic sciences: anatomy, biology, chemistry, physics, physiology
11.0rganizational
11.Organizational and behavioral sciences
12.Managelnent
12.Management sciences
l3.Management
I3.Management principles of authority, responsibility, and accountability
14.Budgeting,
I4.Budgeting, finance, and economic analysis techniques
l5.Business
I5.Business planning
l6.Business
I6.Business software
l7.Adult learning
17.Adult
l8.Culttlral norms and population stereotypes
18.Cultural
l9.Training methods
19.Training
20.Training assessment instaiments
instruments (e.g., written tests, skill assessments)
2l.Agriculture
21.Agriculture safety (including food supply safety)
22.Biological safety
23.Business continuity and contingency planning
24.Change management
25.Chemical process safety
26.Comlnunity
26.Community emergency planning
27.Construction safety
I II II II II IIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIWIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIII I l l II IIII I Illllllllllllllll\\ll mn lllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll l II un Ill lll l lllll II LU llllllllllllllll

Training, LLC Page
Page 273
I -I
International,Training
CSP Self
28.Education and training methods
29.Emergency/crisis/disaster management
30.Emergency/crisis/disaster response planning
31 .Employee ass
31.Employee stance programs
assistance
32.Employee/stakeholder incentive programs
33.Environmental protection and pollution prevention
34.Epidemiology
35.Equipment safety
36.Ergonornics
36.Ergonomics and human factors
37.Facility safety
38.Facility security and access control
.;39.Facility siting and layout

.'" 40.Fire prevention, protection, and suppression
41
41..Hazardous
Hazardous materials management
I
r
42.Hazardous waste Management
inanagement
;
E 43.Healthcare safety (including patient safety)
I 44.lncident
44.Incident command methods
45.Industrial
45.1ndustrial hygiene
46.Infectious
46.1nfectious diseases
47.Insurance/risk
47.1nsurance/risk transfer principles
48.Labels, signs, and warnings (including international symbols)
48.Labels,
49.Maritime safety
50.Mining
50.Mining safety
551.Multi-employer
l .Multi-employer worksite issues
l
I 52.Mutual aid agreements
53.Physical and chemical characteristics of hazardous materials
54.Pressure relief systems
55.Prodtlct
55.Product safety
I 56.Public safety and security
g 57.Radiation safety
58.System safety
59.Toxicology
60.Transportation safety and security
61 .Ventilation systems
61.Ventilation
1
I 62.Workplace violence
F
E 63.Competencies of other professionals with whom the safety professional interacts
64.Sources of information on risk management options (e.g., subject matter experts,
relevant best practices, published literature)
literature) -
lllllllllII IIlllllllIlI .l l ml l l l l l l l l lHI InIll l l l l l l l l l l l l IN ll'-Illill n I I 1 I
a
go,
Pagee 274
Pag International Training,
.'
CSP Self
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Task 2
Educate and influence decision makers to adopt effective risk management l
methods by illustrating the business-related
business~related benefits associated with I
implementing them to eliminate or reduce safety, health, environmental, and
security risks.
Knowledge Areas
Areas
1. Risk-based decision-maldng
2. Budgeting, finance, and economic analysis techniques
3. Business planning x
4. Business software
5. Education and training methods
6. Interpersonal con mu nications
communications M1-I
I
7. Mathematics and statistics H
d:l
I..
I :r
8. Organizational and behavioral sciences l:l §
=*§
l0.Management
10.Management principles of authority, responsibility, and accountability
l 1.0rga.nizational protocols
11.Organizational
l 2.Presentation media and technologies
12.Presentation
l 3.Presentation strategies
13.Presentation
14.Project management concepts
l5.Target audience background
15.Target
x
II
I
1
I
s
I
!
I
!
l
g
E
E
I
N
I
l lllllll II I II i l l I l llllllll Illlllll H lllll l I l l I II II H llllllIIllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllllll Ills H I l I I lllllllllll l II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIUIIIUI HH HHHwlllllllllllllllllllHlllllllll

Page27S
I
1
CSP Self
Self Study
Task 3
Lead projects to implement the risk management methods adopted by decision
makers using internal and external resources to eliminate or reduce safety,
health, environmental, and security risks.
Knowledge Areas
1. Project management concepts
3. Management principles of authority, responsibility, and accountability
4. Methods of achieving project stakeholder acceptance of project goals
5. Financial management principles
;6.~'6. Schedule management principles
'".* 7. Risk-based decision-maldng

it
9. Business software
a 1l0.Project
O.Project management software
i
I lII.Change
l.Change management
I2.Group dynamics
l2.Group
lI3.Interpersonai
3.lnterpersonal communications
I4.Methods of facilitating teamwork
l4.Methods
15.Organizational
15 .Organizational protocols
1l 6.Presentation
6. Presentation media and technologies
I7.Presentation strategies
l7.Presentation
I
I
l8.Principles
I8.Principles of supervising people
I9.Competencies of
I
I
l9.Competencies of other professionals with whom the safety professional
interacts
A
Page 276
It' I l I I IIIII I I
_
i
CSP Self
Task 4
Promote a positive organizational culture that is conscious of of its safety, health,
environmental, and security responsibilities by communicating these
responsibilities to all stakeholders and by training all stakeholders as part of
of the
organization's
organization's overall risk management program.
Knowledge Areas
2. Management principles of of authority, responsibility, and accountability
3. Methods of achieving project stakeholder acceptance of project goals
5. Organizational protocols
6. Cultural norms and population stereotypes
7. Group dynamics
8. Interpersonal communications
9. Labels, signs, and warnings (including international symbols) II'"!
l0.Multi-employer
IO.Multi-employer worksite issues
"
"
11 .Organized labor/management relations
II.Organized
lI2.Presentation
2.Presentation media and technologies
lI3.Presentation
3.Presentation strategies
l4.Protocols
I4.Protocols for public announcements
l5.Public
I5.Public communication techniques
l6.Risk
I6.Risk communication techniques
l7.Stakeholder
17. Stakeholder participation committees
l 8.Target audience background
18.Target
l9.Adult
I9.Adult learning
20.Education and training methods
21 .Behavior modification techniques
2I.Behavior
22.Training methods
23.Training assessment instruments (e.g., written tests, sldll

skill assessments)
assessments)
24.Business communication software
25.Competencies of other professionals with whom the safety professional

professional
interacts
26.Standards development processes
27.Information security and confidentiality

27.Information confidentiality requirements
l I L_
Copyright©2013
International,Training l
CSP Self
K
K
K
Managing
Environmental, Health
Health Safety
Safety and
and Security
Security Risk
Risk "Questions"
IIQuestions"
of the following factors is the MOST important when the
1) Which of
1)
supervisor is evaluating a subordinate during the annual employee
performance report cycle?
A.) Safety performance
B.)
B.) Attentiveness to details
cg
C.) Measurable objective criteria
D
D.)
-) Quantity of
of production in comparison to peers
2) According to contemporary machine tools risk assessment models, which

g
q,
of
of the following is true regarding the concept of
of "Zero Risk"?
.
q
A
¢.II'
A.) Zero Risk is attainable given the correct task analysis was
performed
B.)
B.) Zero Risk does not practically exist
?
I
C.)
c.)
D.)
D.)
Zero Risk can occur with the proper safety culture
Zero Risk is the ultimate goal of any safety program
..
.....
. ..
.
3) All of the following would be covered under a contractor's Completed
3)
Operations Liability insurance policy except?
A.) Use of
of the wrong epoxy to seal a pipe results in occupant
illness.
B.)
B.) A cabinet falls because it is screwed into the plaster wall
instead of
of the wooden studs.
I
C.)
c.) The homeowner trips over a wrench left behind by a
I
plumber.
D.)
D.) Someone becomes sick as a result of of an improper chimney
1
cap.
cap.
4) Which of
4) of the following training methods is primarily used to find new,
innovative approaches to issues?
Ii
*E
A.) Meeting
I B.) Brajnstonnjng
Brainstorming
C.)
c.) Case Study
D
D.)
-) Role Playing
278
Page27S
Page
um NI _
IIII II II No W II Illllllllllllll
Copyright©2013
l lllllnlmmIIII IHIII I n l

II II llllll I II
1 * up
CSP Self II II II
5) Verbs or actions words used in learning objectives must be as specific as

possible. The behavior must be observable and measurable. Which of
the following verbs does not meet this criterion?
A.) understand
B.)
B-) iden tify
identify
C.) troubleshoot
troubleshoot
D
D.) enter data
6) Which of the following would be the most inappropriate for a supervisor

when evaluating a subordinate during the annual employee performance
report cycle?
A.) Offering advise about safety performance
B.) Counseling about personal hygiene habits that affect job
performance
c.)
C.) Rating performance based on measurable objective criteria
D.) Providing definitive comments about the worker's potential
to fail in industry or business.
7) All of of performing a task analysis except?

of the following are methods of
A.)
A.) Observing the task
B.)
B.) Performing the task
c.)
C.) Developing the task procedures from scratch
D.)
D.) Reviewing company written SOPs and policies
8) In order for Health and Safety Training to provide maximum

effectiveness, firm training objectives should be established and used.
Which ofof the following requirements of training objectives is the least
important?
A.) Training objectives should be Reasonable
B
B.)
.) Training objectives should be Measurable
c.)
C.) Training objectives should be Obtainable
D.) Training objectives should be Written
I LBJ II Ills I l II l n IIllllllllllllllllllllllllIllll llllllllllllll II Illllllllll

Page 279
l
,Training Safety Workshops
Self Study
9)
9) flood destroys your company's operations facility.
A Hood facility. After the emergency
management issues are addressed, your company implements several
infonnation that had been stored
plans to: Recover critical files and information

offsite, establish a temporary facility from which operations can be
infonn customers of the situation and how they will be
conducted, and inform
served. These plans are among examples of of a comprehensive loss control
activity called:
A.) Management/Emergency Response
Emergency Management/Emergency
B
B.)
-) Situational Awareness
C.)
c.) RecoverylBusiness Continuity Planning
Disaster Recovery/Business
D.) Business Impact Analysis
...
16)
10) Insurance contracts are unilateral, meaning that only the insurer makes
IE
legally enforceable promises in the contract. The insured is not required
In
to pay the premiums, but the insurer is required to pay the benefits under
l the contract if the insured has paid the premiums and met certain other
basic provisions. Which of of the following represent the general parts of
an insurance contract?
A.) Declarations, Definitions, Insuring agreement, Exclusions,
Conditions, endorsements
B
B.)
~) Incontestability, Definitions, Conditions, Declarations
c.)
C.) Investigation, Exclusions, Conditions, Privity
D.)
D.) Endorsements, Definitions, Executor, Decalration
11) An analysis that is a thorough study of an organization or specific
job/task to determine how training can help the organization to improve
if the specific job/task can be
its safety, effectiveness or efficiency or if
enhanced is called a?
A.)
A.) Organizational analysis
B
B.)
.) Training analysis
C.)
c.) Needs analysis
D.)
D.) Task analysis
i
I
I I I II It 111 I I I' I'

~..
Copyright©20l3
\
II
.~
un..
l no
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook Volume I I
12)
12) Which ofof the following would be the most important when defining
training goals?
A.) the CFRs

B.) worker interviews
C.) job task analysis
D.) critical incident analysis
13)
13) Which of
of the following is true concerning the use of the signal word
"DANGER"
"DANGER" on product warning labels? Danger is used where there is an
immediate hazard which if encountered will result in:
A.)
A.) Death or severe personal injury
B
B.)
-) Death, severe personal injury, or extensive property damage
C.)
c.) Death, extensive property damage, extensive product
damage and severe personal injury
D.)
D.) Death, loss of
of livelihood, and property damage
14) You are the Safety Director of a textile plant that has received an OSHA
inspection. You were cited for several violations and your citations have
been received at the main plant. Which of the following actions is most
correct?
A.)
A.) You must pay the fine within 15 working days
B.)
B.) The workers must be allowed to see the citation
C.)
c.) You must fix the discrepancy within 30 days
D.)
D.) You must post the citations for at least three days
15) Instructor's actions have a major impact on how a student reacts to the
instruction being presented. Which of the follow is false concerning how
a student will react to an instructor's actions or reactions?
A.)
A.) observers learn
team by watching and imitating others,
others; they tend
to behave as the have seen others to behave
B.)
B.) observers will more likely imitate a model that has prestige
in their eyes
C.)
c.) observers will more likely imitate a model, when they see
the model being rewarded for their actions
D.)
D.) observers will more likely imitate a model, when they see
the model being punished for their actions
I al lI l III II I. II| I lIII.ll,ll\l.II\lll,lll I'll n II I H lu l I I H ILLI_U

Page 281
CSP Self _
16) An implied warranty is an implication by a dealer that the product is
16)
of warranty can be made in
suitable for a specific purpose. The statement of
many ways and could include all of the following except:
A.) Placing it on sale for that purpose
B.)
B.) Advertising that it will satisfy that purpose
c.)
C.) Indicating in the operating instruction that it will accomplish
that purpose
D.)
D.) Making it look like a product that will accomplish the
Malting
purpose
17) A learning objective is a brief, clear statement of what the trainee should
17)
. - be able to do as a result of
~
of training. All of the following should be
accomplished prior to learning objective development except?
A.)
A.) Needs analysis
B.)
B.) Task analysis
C.)
c.) Lesson plan
D.
D.)) Document what the trainee should be able to do after
training
is) Which of the following list the required four parts of

18) of any legal contract?
A.) Consent, legal tender, parties, consideration
B.) Management, labor, money, contract
C.) Agreement, consideration, purpose, legal tender

c.)
D.) Agreement, consideration, purpose, competent parties
19) What principle is employed to identify the "vital few", whether

19)
customers, customer needs, product features, or inputs to help assure that
resources and attention is concentrated where they will do the most
good?
A.) Hystograph Principle
B.)
B .) Juran Principle
C.)
c.) Pareto Principle
D.)
D.) Smith Principle
-
CSP Self
20) When developing a training program to train an operator on a specific

piece of equipment, your training program should include all of the
following except?
A.) a description of
of the design specifications for the equipment.
B.) a description of
of how the equipment works and the built in
safety devices.
c.)
C.) how to identify specific hazards associated with the
equipment.
D.)
D.) when specific safe guards can be removed.
21) The primary purpose of ISO 1901

19011l is to provide guidance on?
A.) developing S&H systems
B.)
B.) developing environmental control systems
C.)
c.) Implementing an ES&H management system
D.) Managing and conducting quality and environmental
management system audits
management
22) Which of the following is not considered a major premise when

conducting a risk assessment estimate, evaluate, and reduce risks
assessment to estimate,
associated with machine tools?
A.) probability of occurrence
B.) severity of harm
C.) cost benefit ratio of risk reduction options

D.) exposure to hazard
23) Which of the following lists basic elements of a safety plan?

A.) Manuals, procedures, policies
B.)
B.) of actions, implementation schedule, cost
List of
C.)
c.) Requirements, standards, specifications
D.) Departmental listing, roles and responsibilities, corrective
actions
J lLJ u_1 l.l.l_IJLu.u1JI.w.LJ1
Copyright©2013
Page 283
CSP Self
24) What are the three basic legal principles that can be used by plaintiffs in
24)
product liability cases?
A.) Negligence, strict liability, Res Ipso
Ipsa Ioquitar
B.)
B.) Strict liability, express warranty, implied warranty
c.)
C.) Negligence, strict liability, breach of
of warranty
D.) Negligence, strict liability, tort
25)
25) One training technique especially useful when dealing with craft
employees during safety and health training is the ease
case study. Which of
of
the following is the most correct concerning a case study?
* A.) Case studies must always involve fictitious situations or
..
*
.-.»
accidents so that no one group or person will have hurt

feelings
B.) Case studies should be written and passed out as handouts to
I
i
s
!
D
be most effective because most craft employees do not have
a long attention span

C.) Case studies are good problem solving tools
c.)
D.) Case studies involving real situations should only be used if
they can be presented by the actual participants/victims
26) According to most adult training experts, adults have four basic training
needs. Which of the following is not included in those needs?
A.) Need to be in control of
of their learning
i
I
I
B.) Need to know why they are learning a topic
of the
C.) Need to change the material to fit their understanding of

c.)
requirement
D.) Want to team

D.) learn things that will make them more effective and
successful
27) In a business or industrial setting, there are powerful reasons to focus on
behavior before attitudes. These include all the following except?
A change in behavior does lead to a change in attitude
I
v
A.)
I
K B.) A change in behavior does not lead to a change in attitude
c.)
C.) Behavior can be measured and therefore managed
D.) Attitudes present major measurement problems
_
,
_un Illllll l _ l WH l l l l l l l I I l

.
A
'H r
~ .......

CSP Self
28) The risk remaining after preventive measures have been taken is called:
A.) Acceptable risk
B
B.) Tolerable risk
C.)
c.) Unacceptable risk
D.) Residual risk
29) When you develop the tests and evaluations for your training program,
you should use all of the following guidelines except?
A.) Test items must be reliable.
B.)
B .) Evaluations are norm-referenced
C.)
c.) Each test item must have criterion-related validity
D.) The evaluation tool should be developed before the training
begins
30) The detailed aspects for significance is determined by the organization

establishing and maintaining an Environmental Management
System(EMS). In the effort of of continuous improvement related to ISO
14001
14001,, ideally your goal is to eliminate emissions and discharges in your
operations, but in practice Environmental Policies reflect which of
of the
following?
A.) BACT
B.) EVABAT
C.) NPDES
D.) RCRA Cradle to Grave
wuluwllwluu.LLLLuuw lm UllML......J I ulla l I l

Page 285
------------~-----li
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook Volume I _
31) Risk can be expressed as the frequency of an event multiplied by the
consequence of the event. Usually, consequence is expressed in units of
monetary value used as a comparison of financial risk across different
areas. Which of
of the following scenarios has the higher annual risk?
Scenario A: Minor employee injuries occur about twice per month and
cost the company about $3,500 in lost work productivity and $2,500 in
medical and insurance compensation.
Scenario B: Catastrophic incidents occur about once every 30 years and
cost the company about $1 ,500,000 in lost work productivity and
$1,500,000
equipment damage, and $2,500,000 in legal fees and other compensation.
A.) Scenario A has the higher risk
.
.n
.*
. L
B.)
B.) Scenario B has the higher risk
c.)
C.) Scenarios A and B both have about the same risk
D.)
D.) Risk value for these scenarios show a frequency ratio of 1:2
r 32) As manager of of the safety and health function, you are privy to all the cost
~
f'
! insurance, medical, wages and operations. How would
data that relate to insurance,

you determine the total cost ofof an incident?
A.) Combine insurance cost for medical and compensation paid

A.)
claimant
to
[0
B -) Sum the insured and non-insured costs
B.)
c.)
C.) Determine the direct cost and multiply it by a factor of
of ten
D.) Determine the direct cost and add 50%

D.)
33) A company operating as a manufacturing facility doing contract jobs for

their customers is in worker's compensation Class 3650. The company
employs 65 people and the average salary per person is $42,000 with a
worker's compensation Class has a manual rate of $11.50. The company

has a current experience modification factor on workers' compensation
insurance of 1.1. Next year, it will drop to 0.90. What is the firm's
estimated worker's compensation premium for the next year?
A.) 5,834
$185,834
$18
B.) $282,555
$282, 555
C.) 00
$78,500
$78,5
D.) $24,329
$24 ,329
l I
P~ge 286
.1
.r
1
CSP Self
34) Which of the following is NOT considered a basic principle of loss

control?
control?
A.) "An unsafe act, an unsafe condition, and an accident are all
symptoms of something wrong in the management system."
B.) We can predict that certain sets of
B of circumstances will
produce severe injuries. These circumstances can be
identified
identified and controlled."
C.) "The key to effective line safety performance is management
c.)
procedures that fix accountability."
function -
D.) "Safety must be managed as a special company function
D.)
set apart from the normal planning process to ensure
management's commitment to safety is clearly visible among
employees."
employees. "
35) The integration of

of hazard analysis and risk assessment methods early in III
II!
the design and redesign processes and taking the actions necessary so that ".
the risks of injury or damage are at an acceptable level is termed:
A.) Severity
B.) Prevention through design
C.)
c.) Safety through design
D.) Hierarchy of controls
36) Safety and health training can involve many different delivery systems
and training techniques. Often group methods are used to increase the
effectiveness of training and the active participation by students. Which
of
of the following would be the best use ooff the role playing
playing technique?
A.) In human relations training
A.)
B.) For job instruction training in a one-on-one situation
B.)
C.) To illustrate the complexities of a step-by-step detailed
c.)
industrial task
D.) For in-depth technical subjects
I 1L1-I

CSP Self
37) One technique often used in safety and health training in the industrial
environment is the conference method. Which of of the following is the
most correct concerning this important training tool?
A.) Individual knowledge is not particularly important during a
conference session
B.) The conference technique is not particularly suited to
B
problem solving
C.) The success of
c.) of the conference technique depends on the
ability of the main presenter
D
D.) The success of the conference depends almost entirely on
the ability of the facilitator
4
38) What defines successful communications?

A.)
A.) sender and message
II,
B.)
B.) sender and receiver
c.)
C.) message and receiver
I 39)
D.)
D.) sender, message and receiver
Behavior is most influenced by:

A.) Activators
B.) Consequences
C.) Discipline
D.) Feedback
& health management system, safety

40) To effectively administer a safety &
directors should as many levels of management as possible.
A.) report to
B.)
B.) acquire access to
C.)
c.) of standards for
cite violations of
D.)
D.) Have budget approved by
, 288
Page 2.88
llll'lll Ill I I' I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII uI
CopyrightClO13 SPAN International Training, LLC

Copyright©2013
I II I l l I nii r .
H I
~,
lIIII
15
1
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
CSP Self
41) Which of the following is not a valuable attribute of

of interactive
computer-assisted
computer-assisted training, sometimes called distance learning?
A.) works well for organizations with small workforces
B.) works well for organizations that cannot remove large
groups from their jobs at one time
C.)
c.) allows instructors to interact with each other without
restrictions
D.)
D.) trainees can work at their own pace
42) Reinforcement of
of desired behaviors is best accomplished by:
A.) cash incentive
B.) negative reinforcement at the end of
of the work shift I
C.)
c.) positive reinforcement as soon as possible i
D.) not required, employees will change their behaviors only if

if i
lII
the desire to do so :N'
43) When selecting a communications medium for a training presentation,
which aspects are listed in increasing order?
I
A.) experience, auditory, words

I
I
words, auditory, visual pictures
B.) .
C.) displays, auditory, words
D.) demonstrations, auditory, words
demonstrations, I
I
I I
s
i
44) Successful adult training can be measured by all of

of the following except?
A.) Demonstrate the application
B.) Show a tape ofof a previous experience
c.)
C.) Let the trainee practice the new skill I
D.) Discuss how the new sldlls

skills can be applied !
45)) When performing instructor duties for a Health and Safety Training
45
session, it is most important to?
A.) Dress for the occasion
B.) Know what you are talking about
C.) Use plenty of

of visual aids
D.) Use a well prepared lesson plan

I
I
HH Illlllllllllll u HIHIHIHH II II L lllllll Illllllllllllllllllllll llllll, Illllllll ill I II II l ml I II H l I I mu n llllllllllllllllllwlllI l l I No ill

Page 289
I I
|
SPAN International Training Safety

International Training Workshops
Safety Workshops
Self Study Workbook
CSP Self Volume I
Workbook Volume
46) All of the following
All of training.
considered to be benefits of safety training.
following are considered
considered to be the primary benefit?
Which is considered
A.) reduced costs
A.)
B.) improved
B.) performance
improved performance
incidents/accidents
C.) fewer incidents/accidents
c.)
D -) reinforcement
D.) reinforcement of the operational organization
operational goals of the organization
47) combination of:

Risk is a combination
A.) Frequency
A.) Frequency ofof occurrence of an adverse event and the
occurrence of
probability occurrence of
of occurrence
probability of of the adverse event.
B.)
B.) The probability occur and the
probability that an adverse event will occur

JU
.'"
I
consequences of
consequences of the adverse event.
c.) hazardous condition

Probability that a hazardous
C.) Probability occur and the
condition will occur

consequences of
consequences of the hazard.
D.) Consequences
D.) Consequences of of exposure particular hazard.
exposure to a particular
48) In engender trust, OSHA's VPP approach

In order to engender applicants is based
approach to applicants
on all the following es except:
principles
following principl
voluntary.
A.) The VPP is strictly voluntary.

approval, the
application process, prior to approval,

B.) During the application
confidential.
application is confidential.
application
compliance with the provisions
C.) Under the OSH Act, compliance
c.) of the
provisions of
standards set under the authority
Act and the standards of the Act is
authority of
mandatory.
mandatory.
D.) VPP particip independently to resolve any
ants will work independently

participants
problemss that may arise during
safety and health problem
participation.
particip ation.
I ll l II u IIII l uM 1..11111 mm i i I
Page 290 Copyrigh~13 SPAN International

Copyright@0l3 Training, LLC
1 ,.,
r iv
III ----.
CSP Self
49)
49) A company was charged for failure to use engineering controls to reduce
the noise levels below those depicted in Table G-16, 29CFRl910.95.
29CFRI910.95.
The ruling was overturned because OSHA failed to prove economic
feasibility. What was this ruling based on? ..
A.) This is not a violation
B.) no cost-benefit analysis was provided
c.)
C.) the company provided hearing protection with
of engineering controls
administrative controls in lieu of
D.) economic feasibility is not defined and can not be used as a
D.)
reason for a fine
50)
50) What is the primary purpose of a warning sign?
A.)
A.) information for the supervisor
B.)
B.) information for the employees
c.)
C.) for the employees to recognize and understand the hazard
D.)
D.) to protect the company from regulatory citations and
lawsuits
51) Your company has a process that uses a highly toxic chemical and you
have proposed to install gas detectors as a safety measure. If If the cost
benefit ratio is defined as the cost in dollars associated with each fatality
reduced by installing the detectors, what is the cost benefit ratio for
detector installation?
Detector installation $250,000

projected fatalities if
if not installed .04
projected fatalities if installed .025
A.) $ l ,700,000/fatality
$1,700,000/fatality
B.) $6,250,OOOIfatality
$6,250,000/fatality
C.)
c.) $10,000,000/fatality
$10,OOO,OOO/fatality
D.) $ 16,666,667/fatality
$16,666,667/fatality

Page 291 i
.,
1' |
l~» I
|,
.
..
1:....
. .. ... .. ...
Iu
v
SPAN International ,Training
I
.CSP
I I
Self Study
CSP Self l'"III
i l l | | II
ww..'l
III
52)
52) Fire detection and alarm systems protect property and processes and are
tire protection systems use three
widely used in the United States. These fire
of fire alarm signals: supervisory, alarm and
distinct types of ?
A.) Trouble
Trouble
B.) Activation
C.) Warning
D.) Sabotage
53) A rate-of-rise detector responds to which condition?
A.) Smoke particulate in the air
B.) Water pressure in the fire suppression piping
..
4.
.A
A
C.) Indoor humidity
Indoor
D.) Heat
~"
A sprinkler system was designed to cover Ordinary Hazard, Group I

I ~,
i,
!~
54)
Occupancies. lt
and an additional
sprinkler operation
of 225 gpm for sprinlder
It requires a minimum of
gpm to support exterior hose streams.
l'
A.) 100
B.)
B.) 250
c.)
C.) 500
D.)
D.) No additional flow needed
55)
55) of substituting the
Which statement best characterizes the implication of
term "design to achieve minimum risk" with the term "design to achieve
acceptable risk"?
~ A) The two terms are synonymous.
B) Designing to achieve acceptable risk is appropriate only when
designing to achieve minimum risk is shown to be unachievable.
C) Designing to achieve minimum risk may require spending much

of a certain event far below what
more money to reduce the risk of
would be an acceptable risk level.
D) Designing to achieve minimum risk is what safety and health
professionals should solely advocate since safety and health

professionals must have no opinion on what constitutes acceptable
risk.
I M r II IM l` I 11 I
,
l § l l l l I' I II l II W I Wl l
. Page
Pa 2922
ge 29 Copyright©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
,
r
56) The OHSAS 18001

18001 specification requhes
requires only minimal documentation
documentation.
It is important that documented OH8zS
OH&S procedures are developed and
adequately controlled. A compilation of documents that form
form the basis
for the management system is normally called?
A.) List of Documents
B.) Safety Policy Manual I
C.)
c.) Master List
D.) Document Inventory Index
57) Proof testing is defined as

as?
A.)
A.) a test where you stretch the sling until it breaks
B.)
B.) a decision tree designed to help you select the proper sling
c.)
C.) a chemical test to ensure the correct material was used to
construct the sling ,
D.) a nondestructive tension test performed by the sling
manufacture or an equivalent entity to verify constniction
construction
and workmanship of a sling
ss)
58) All of the following are included in ANZI/AIHA Zl0
ZIO except?
A.) S&l-I
S&H policy development
|
B.) employee participation
C.)
c.) management review
D.) evaluation and corrective action
59) The National Institutes of Health (NIH) publishes Biosafety guidelines I

II
I I
commonly used for containment

containm~nt of biohazardous agents in workplaces
l
(Biosafety in Microbiological and Biomedical Laboratories), how many I
Biosafety levels (BSL) are there?

I
!
A.) 2
B.) 3
C.) 4
D.) 5

I!
\1.;1,
JI I
II
llll
CSP Self
Self Study
1
-
60) A company has adopted OHSAS 18001 1800 1 to maintain continuous
improvement in their safety and health management system. Based on
1800 1 guidelines that the management system should be
the OHSAS 18001
suitable, adequate and effective, which of
of the following should indicate
that a management evaluation should be performed?
A.) profits are down from the preceding year
B.) the ES&H Director has been held by three individuals
during the last 18 months
C.)
c.) the company's environmental performance has been
questioned by the local "green" group
D.)
D.) of the company is 40% lower than
the safety performance of

I
.A
A
AI last year
61)
61) Which of
of the following is not part of
of developing an effective safety
culture?
A.)
A.) Safety is a function of management
B.)
B.) Front-line supervisors need to correct unsafe behaviors
c.)
C.) Workers need to want to be safe and work as a team
D.)
D.) The Union needs to make safety part ofof its role in protecting
members
62)
62) In project management, the work that must be performed to deliver a
product, service or result with the specified features and functions is
called the?
A.)
A.) project schedule
B.)
B.) project scope
C.)
c.) project scope statement
D.)
D.) project scope management plan
m _ - * _ l l I uH I
r ..
-|
II'
..
..
..
.. CSP Self
63)
63) The Management Grid® by Robert Blake and Jane Mouton, illustrates
management styles by drawing a grid which has on the "Y" axis Concern
for People and the "X" axis concern for production. Thus a 9,1
supervisor could be called a:
A.) Country Club Manager
B.) Dictator
C.)
c.) Workaholic
D.) Company Man
64)
64) A manager who utilizes an external reward and punishment system to
affect performance is a manager.
A.) Theory X
B.) Theory Y
C.) MBO Manager
D.) TQM Manager
I
I
65) A large metal building is constructed on your property. The building

supports about 90 workers and is classified as a storage occupancy. The
facility houses warehousing operations and some general office areas for I
workers that are incidental to the storage operations. The facility

measures 900 feet by 300 feet.
feet. There is no possibility of explosions
involving the material stored. The contents are not hazardous materials
£i
but could burn
bum fairly easily if subject to fire and if they were to bum ii
I
I
would give off
off considerable volumes of smoke. What is the classification
of the hazard of
of contents for this facility?
A.) Low hazard
B.)
B Ordinary hazard
C.)
c.) High hazard
up
D.) Extra high hazard
l Ills
Copyright©2013
Page 295
295
JLH-_II Ll
SPAN
SP AN International
Safety Workshops
CSP
CS P Self
Se lf Study
Workbook Volume
If the question was
preceding question used to
was used to
66) If storage facility
the storage facility described
described in the preceding
explosion if
of explosion
possibility of involved
if involved
store flammable
store flammable products,
products, where
where the possibility
in travel distance
maximum travel exits,
to exits,
distance to
in aa fire
fire was
was high,
high, what would
what wou ld be the maximum
A
with
with and
and without
without a fire sprinkler installed, allowed
system installed,
sprinkler system by NFP
allowed by NFPA
we
® ,
101 ®, Life Safety

101 Code®?
Safe ty Code®'?
sprinkler
approved fire sprinkler
A.) 75
A.) 75 feet
feet without
without and 150 feet with an approved
system
system
sprinkler
fire sprinkler
approved tire
B.) 100
B.) 100 feet
feet without
system
system
sprinkler
fire sprinkler
approved fire
C.) 200
c.) 200 feet
feet without
....
1. system
system 1
,.'
-L
sprinkler
fire sprinkler
approved fire
. D.) 75
D.) 75 feet
feet without
without and 100
100 feet with an approved
I
system
system
ir 67)
67) A
A needs assessment does all the following
needs assessment exc ept
following except:
A.) Identifies
A.) Identifies the type of
of training required
training required
solution
designing aa solution
before designing
B.) Identifies
B.) Identifies the problem
problem or need before
effectively
solutions effectively
C.) Saves
C.) Saves time
time and
and money
money by ensuring
ensuring that solutions
address
address the prob
problems
lems they are intended solve
intended to solve
D training before
impact the training its
before its
D.) Identifies
Identifies factors
factors that will impact
I
I
development
development
Which Total Quality

under Total Management
Quality Management
68) Which of
of the
the following
following is not required
required under
(TQM)?
(TQM)?
A.) commitment areas of
quality in all areas the
of the
commitment by top management
management to quality
organization.
organization.
B.) continuous programs implemented throughout
implemented throughout
B.) continuous improvement
improvement programs
organization.
the organization.
C.) aa technical
technical process
process control
control to document improvements.
document improvements.
I
D.) measure systems used to identify
measure systems identify areas improvements
where improvements
areas where
can be used.
used.
I m n II MID I InTl"TTll
Page 296
Copyright©2013 SPAN Inte rnat iona l Training,
SPAN International LLC
Training, LLC
" ---------"'-~
.·•••••••...........___.. . . . -=""iii'*iii:Ii:i'.,
~,,;c...,"~~
19" "¢»..a.£&»lal.»l&h»-¢<£. an |.»w~»=.»'\.ah-
HH l
,
;'
i
1h
,I';;
llll I I
CSP Self
III III I I II I I I
69) Advanced emergency management planning is the best way to minimize

potential loss from natural or human caused disasters and accidents. The
primary responsibilities of emergency planning must include all the
following except
except:
A.) continuation of operations for the sake of
of the customers
B.) provide for the safety of the employees and the public
C.) protect property and the environment
D.)
D) establish methods to restore operations to normal
nonnal as soon as
possible
70) According to current safety philosophy, which would have the most
impact on changing safety behavior?
behavior
A.) a sign stating "Wear
"Wear Your Eye Protection"
B.) turn off

tum off all machines when you are finished
C.) complementing an employee for wearing their eye
protection
D.)
D.) a free meal for
for a safe month on the plant floor
71) Which of
of the following factors is a hygiene factor as opposed to
motivation factors according to the work of
of Frederick Herzberg?
A.) Money
B.) Recognition
C.)
C-) Responsibility
D.) Achievement
l HUH n II uwuJJlluLu II I IH II I WH l l Jllllll Hllllll IllHllllll Ill lILLLllJ__
Copyrlght©2013 SPAN International Training,

Page 297

CSP Self Workbook
Self Study Work Volumee I
book Volum
72)
72) You Director of
You have been hired as the Safety Director company that has
of a company
traditionally program".
traditionally had a "paper safety program staff of three and
". You have a staff
report to one of presidents.
of three vice presiden company are
ts. The rates for the company
much higher than the rates for companies
much companies in the same SIC. Your initial
1.
assessment is that there is very little interest in safety at all levels. You
assessment
have staff and have been
authority to increase the safety staff

have been given the authority
department's budget. You have hired new
given a sizable increase in the department's

given
staff department, the next step would be to:
reorganized the department,
staff and reorganized
A.) increase the safety training eff employees
ort for all employees
effort
committee and get manage
organize a safety committee
B.) organize ment to appoint
management
L
memberss
member
C inspection program to identify areas that need
.) start an inspection
_*
I
...
I
C.)
attention
attention
D.) integrate
D.) integrate safety accountability descriptions,
accountability into job descriptions,
objectives, etc.
appraisals, objectives,
appraisals,
73) How long should a manufacturer

How safety?'?
manufacturer keep records relating to product safety
A.) As long as possible
B.) Life of guarantee
of the product guarantee

C.) Well beyond life ofof the product
D.) Thirty years
i 74) When applying

When techniques the concept of
applying TQM techniques empowering the worker
of empowering
I
frequently foundational issue. Which of

frequently surfaces as a foundational following is not
of the following
considered to be a strategy of
considered empowerment?
of empowerment?
I
E
A.) ownership of
employees ownership
Allow employees of a tasking
B.) Teams must own the problem
C.) authority to the lowest possible level

Delegate authority
Delegate
D.) procedure
Develop rigorous procedu re for multi-level of team
multi-level review of
endations
recommendations
recomm
I lllllllll l III I l I in l l I II I II IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII Il I II I I IIIII I nu-

Page 298 Copyright©2013 International Training,
Copyright©2013 SPAN International LLC
Training, LLC
-_
l
CSP Self
I
4
75) A process that seeks to verify documented expectations, typically

regulations and policies, by conducting interviews, reviewing records and
making first~hand
first-hand observations is called a?
A.) Environmental visit
B.) Environmental
Environmental audit
C.) Environmental site assessment
D.) Standardization and Evaluation assessment
76) The behavioral management safety concept is often criticized as only

dealing with behavioral modification. The major flaw in this view of
behavioral based safety management is that it overlooks the fact that
behavioral safety also plays a key role in?
A.) securing management
management involvement
B.) establishing employee involvement in the planning process
C.) identifying the behavioral aspects of
of design and engineering
for facilities, tools and equipment
D.)
D.) establishing a feedback loop to report the status of safe and
unsafe actions by observers
77) Sick building syndrome is defined as?

A.) a lack of
of adequate make-up air
B.) a high level of

of carbon monoxide
C.) formaldehyde is being released from new carpet at an
unacceptable rate
D
D.)
-) a building in which a significant number (more than 20%) of
the building occupants report illnesses perceived as building
related.
78) Recently, l'1l1IIl€l'()us

numerous tools have been left behind after maintenance has
been completed. Which would be the best way to increase tool
accountability to alleviate this problem?
A.) Associate employee number to tool usage
B.)
B.) Develop a remotely monitored system
system
c.)
C.) Utilize a bar-coding system
D.) Install a computerized system
llll ml lllll
Copyright©2013
I l I l ill I I IIII

lm
Training, LLC
uumlIIIIIII I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I l lIIIIIIII .I II IIII I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII III IIIIII -
299
Page 299
SPAN
SPAN International
Safety Workshops
CSP
CS P Self
Sel f Study
Studv Workbook.
II
Volume I .
..
Workbook Volume I I II m | |
U
uu.u.u I *Winn-ilU a l u.uu.._.u Ll \uuL..........1 W
of the following
all of attributes
following attributes
79) A
79) A "standard bureaucratic
"standard bure aucratic model"
model" has dl
except?
except?
A.) specialized jobs
specialized
B.) homogenous departments
homogenous departments
C.) decentralized authority
decentralized authority
D.) narrow
narrow span of control
of control
Which Environmental, Safety and

Safety and
so)
80) Which of
of the following is not a purpose
the following purpose of
of an Environmental,
Health audit?
Health audit?
A.) gather
A.) manager's perfo
gather data for manager's nnance repo
performance rts
reports
... B.) determine
B.) determine and document
document compliance status
compliance status
. *,
'
C.) develop
c.) develop a basis for optimizing
optimizing SH&E resources
SH&E resources
D.) improve
D.) SH&E perfo
overall SH&E
improve overall nnance
performance
all
81) Which
Which ISO standard
standard covers
covers environmental management?
environmental management?
A.) 9000
10000
B-) 10000
B.)
12000
C.) 12000
14000
D.) 14000
safety proc
improvement safety ess are the as
same as
the same
82)) The
82 The steps
steps for
for the continuous
continuous improvement process
in These include
ess. These of the
all of
include all
the continuous
in the continuous quality
quality improvement process.
improvement proc the
following except:
following except:
A.) specify standards
specify standards
B.) measure compliance
measure compliance
C.) follow
c.) edures
procedures
follow proc
provide
D.) prov ide feedback improvement
feedback on improvement
1TM"""""fI"I1V'lll1"l'ITW1llTIlIVlflM IV'll1IIMFll MlN"l'l"lVfTII'WNI1l r-mama II

SPAN International Training, LLC
Inte rnat iona l Training,
\ ...
r Y
I
CSP Self
II I I III II lllllll I II III I I I
\._.lIe
83) Which of
of the following characteristics of
of a Product Recall is the most
important?
important?
A.) Quick response
B.) Written detailed plan
C.) Action sheets for each department
D.)
D.) Detailed procedures for notifying the authorities and
advertising which products are defective
84) In project management, a deliverable-oriented hierarchical decomposition

84)
of
of the work to be executed by the project team to accomplish the project
objectives and create the required deliverables is called the?
A.) work authorization system
B.) work package
C.) WBS dictionary
D.) work breakdown structure
The next three questions pertain

pertain to the following
following scenario:
A fire occurred in your manufacturing business. As a direct result of the

fire, one wall and the ceiling were damaged, and the building contents
(raw materials, goods in progress, merchandise, furniture and office
supplies) were damaged by smoke. Your company made a total of
$265,000 last year and was in operation for 265 days. The operation was
$265,000
shut down for 72 hours while repairs were being made. Cleanup and
start-up costs after repairs were completed cost you $1 ,000.
$1,000.
85) What land

kind of
of insurance would cover your loss of income during the
repairs?
repalrs
A.) Standard Fire and Smoke
B.) Comprehensive Liability
C.) Business Interruption
D.) Contingent Liability
Illlllllll l I l HlllllllHlllll I lllllllllll l \ lNllWWWWM lm WW lHWWM I w Hllllllllll llllll11III IIJIIIHwe

Ills l
Copyright©2013
Copyri ht©2013 SPAN International
Page 301
Volume I
I.
CSP'Self
|
Workbook Volume
Studv Workbook
eSP'S elf Study lui up up \..J.1 l
II
of income cover?
86) How much would the insurance for loss of
A.)
A.) $3,0000
$3,00
B.)
B.) $3,500
c.)
C.) $4,000
D.)
D.) $8,0 00
$8,000
87) Which building contents would be covered under a Standard Fire Policy?
87)
A.) merchandise
Raw material and merchandise

B.) Furniture and office supplies
c.)
C.) merchandise
Furniture and merchand ise
m D.) of die
All of the above
..,'....
.L
.'
*1.
88) A staff safety engineer is given the authority by the General Manager to
stop operations whenever he or she observes an
construction site whenever
operations on a construction
imminent danger situation. Which of
imminent of the following correctly identifies
Manager?
the authority granted by the General Manager?
A.)
A.) Staff authority
Staff
Staff to line authority
B.) Staff
B.)
C.) Authority of
c.) delegation
of delegation
D.) Functional
D.) Function al authority
I 89) Accordin
89) categories.
Accordingg to Willie Hammer, hazards fall into three broad categories.
N
I
of the following except:
These are all of
I
A.) properties or characteristics

Inherent properties equipment
of equipment
characteristics of
B.) of materials or humans
Failures of
C.) Environmental
Environmental stresses
D
D.)
~) Mechanical stresses
Mechanical
-MTW II I'MFIllll'l'l'lM I'l7HTIITI"I'lIMI

Internat ional Train°ng,
I or
nunItl
esp Self Study Workbook Volume I III II I I llll.ll 'l 111.11111l I 'l
90) In the basic study of

of behavioral science the theory of of human needs by
Abraham Maslow is often cited. In Maslow's theory a need is a
deficiency a person feels the compulsion
compUlsion to satisfy. Central to this theory
is the progressive principle, that is, the needs are arranged in a hierarchy
hierarchy,
only after a lower level need is satisfied can the next highest level
become active. Which of the following needs are at the lowest level in
Maslow's hierarchy?
hierarchy
A.) Esteem
B.) Social
C.) Physiological
D.) Safety
91) As a safety professional, you may need to have insurance protection,

protection
depending on your business status. There are numerous types of
coverage, one type for safety consultants is professional liability that
covers all the following except?
A.)
A.) errors and omissions
B.)
B.) fire damage
C.)
c.) libel and slander
D.)
D.) negligence
92) The basic principle of

of the modern
modem method of
of estimating the uninsured
costs of
of work injuries and "accidents" includes which of
of the following
following?
A.) lost time cases, doctor's cases, first-aid cases, no-injury
accidents
B
B.)
-) lost time cases, doctor's cases, first-aid cases, injury
accidents
C.)
c.) lost time cases, doctor's cases, first-aid cases, property
damage
D
D.) lost time cases, property damage, first-aid cases, no-injury
accidents
Illllllll l l I we II u HI II IIH l l I lm mln nun I H mm l I n I'll l I lllllllll Wu.

Training, LLC Page
Page 303
303
Workshops
CSP Self
Self Study
W l L.l»H»J uaw-H-..-l.l.lw H I
|
93) A number of different agencies might be responsible for controlling and

cleaning up the more complex hazardous materials incidents. Which of
the following is the most critical step in responding to chemical release
when multi agencies are involved?
A.) Approve the Incident Action Plan
B .)
B.) Establish the Incident Command System
C.) Approve resource requests
D.) Order demobilization
94)
94) In the history of
of the chemical and petroleum industries, causal factors for
major events have often related to inadequacies in these four
i
4
management processes:
ii,
A) maintenance ofof mechanical integrity,

integrity; action items follow-up,
follow-up;
management of change,
change; process safety training and competency
B) near miss reports, accident trends analysis, incident investigation
reports, management ofof change
C) training assessment, near miss reports, leading indicators, lagging
indicators
D) leading indicators, accident reports, balanced score cards,
behavior based observations
95) Understanding cost effectiveness has become a more important element
in risk acceptance decision making.
malting. Which of
of the commonly used
acronyms in the risk assessment and applied risk reduction literature best
promotes a management review, the intent of
of which is to achieve
acceptable risk levels?
A.) ALARA
B.) ALARP
C.)
c.) AARP
D.) AHMP
l l II l l l lI H I
.~ Page 304
,<1ft
it*
"1
.,---..--
Y
SPAN International
Workshops
ps
Self Study Workbook
CSP Self Workbook Volume .
I ..
.. . . ..... .i.n.." 11 I
= WJ
. . .
I
Notes
£
II
I
I
I
I
Ill IIUIILIJIJ
SPAN
SPAN International
International Training Safety Wo
Training Safety rkshops
Workshops
CSP
CS P Self
Sel f Study
t 1 Studv Workbook Volume I
Workbook Volume
Managing Sec urity Risk
and Security nAnswers"
Risk "Answers"
Man agin g Environmental,
Env iron men tal, Health
Hea lth Safety
Safe ty and
1)
1) We selected
answer C because:
Employee based on
always be based
should always on
Employee annual
annual performance
performance evaluations
evaluations should
sound criteria, that is fully unde rstood by the
both the
sound measurable
measurable objective
objective criteria, understood by both
supervisor if the ratin
valuable if
most valuable is
g is
supervisor and
and employee.
employee. The rating
rating will be most rating
discussed improvement are
directions for improvement are
discussed with
with the
the employee
employee and directions
indicated.
indicated.
2) We selected
answer B because:
According such as
safety such
Machine tool safety as
According to to international
international standards
standards on Machine
14121), Zero Risk does does not
:. ANSI
ANSI B11
B 11 series
series and ENl050
EN 1050 (now ISO 1-4121), not
»
*
I
toler able leve l then fully
• practically
practically exist. The goal is to redu
exist. The reduce
ce risk to a tolerable level then fully
as
communicating Hazards and their effectseffects

communicating any any residual
residual risk to the user. Hazards
can classified by
analyzing tasks and can be classified by the
can best be identified
best be identified by analyzing the
worst haza rdou s event. The Risk
even t. The is
worst credible
credible injury
injury that may occur
occur from a hazardous Risk is
determined - and the
hazard -.... the prob ability
determined by by estimating
estimating the severity
severity of
of the hazard probability
of
..
of occurrence
occurrence of
• Hazards
Hazards and
of a haza
hazardous
and their
their effects
event
rdous event
effects can best be identified analyzing task
identified by analyzing taskss
injury that may occur
credible injury occu r
• Hazards
Hazards cancan be
be classified
classified by the worst
worst credible
.
from a haza
• Risk
Risk is
hazardous
is determined
event
rdous event
determined by estimating
probability
estimating the severity
event
hazardous event
hazard -
of the hazard
severity of the
and the
- and
prob ability of
of occurrence
occurrence ofof a hazardous
33)) We selected
answer C because:
Completed claims for damage
insurance pays claims caused
damage caused
Completed Operations
Operations liability
liability insurance
by substances, as
foreign substances, well as
as well as
mistakes, imperfect
by mistakes, imperfect ingredients,
ingredients, or foreign
improper intent is
delivering. The intent is to
improper handling,
handling, labeling, packing,
labeling, pack ing, or delivering. to
provide error s, or mist akes mad e in
provide liability
liability protection
protection for defects,
defects, errors, mistakes made in
connection aration of prod
of ucts to offered
be offered
connection wiM the manufacture
with the manufacture or prep
preparation products to be
for attributed to
losses that can be attributed
for sale.
sale. The protection
The prot ection also includes
includes losses to
defective Operations does not cove r the liabi lity
defective materials.
materials. Completed
Completed Operations cover the liability
for
for accidents
accidents involving
involving delivery, pickup
delivery, pick existence of
up and the existence tools,,
of tools
uninstalled abandonment of of unus ed mate These
rials. These
uninstalled equipment
equipment and the abandonment unused materials.
would (OL&T) and
Tenants (OL&T)
Landlords and Tenants and
wou ld be covered under
be covered under the Owners,
Owners, Landlords
Manufacturers
Manufacturers and Contractors
Contractors (M&C) liability polic
(M&C) liability ies.
policies.
IM l II III u I II' Ill! r III l I' I
Page
SPAN International LLC
Training, LLC
~ ,.
r r
l lllllll llllllllllllllIlIl I
CSP Self
Brainstorming is a technique of of group interactions, often defined as 5-7

members, that encourages each participant to present ideas on a specific
issue. The method is normally used to find new, innovative approaches
to issues. There are four ground rules:
1. Ideas presented are not criticized.
2. Freewheeling creative thinking
thinldng and building on ideas are
positively reinforced.
3. As many ideas as possible should be presented quickly.
4. Combining several ideas or improving suggestions is
encouraged.
Some words that should be avoided when writing learning objectives are, are;
know, understand, appreciate, team,
learn, cover, study. It is almost impossible
to determine if the student has accomplished those objectives. Some
example preferred words are,
are; explain, classify compare, calculate,
demonstrate, operate, measure, troubleshoot, analyze, develop, plan. An
example is "each
"each individual will describe in their own works the three
primary ISO standards that apply to safety management".
D because:
The annual performance evaluation provides an excellent opportunity to

train, counsel and encourage employees. However, correcting employee
shortcomings or encouraging superior performance should occur during
normal daily supervision. The employee annual performance evaluations
should always be based on sound measurable objective criteria that is
fully understood by both the supervisor and employee. The meeting
should never be used as a way for the supervisor to express his or her
personal feelings about the lack of potential of a worker. Providing
negative comments about the potential for success or failure is an
extremely poor practice and is, we believe, the most inappropriate.
l l l l l l lllllllllll l I I I II I MN MHI\ll\HH n II II umm I m lmmmmmm Illllllllllllll l l I l l llllllllllll Lu
Page 307
t- "V »marl~»l:llu,: "W * -*r*'4v'1¢lr-.lrs§. I

CSP Self
7)
A task analysis is a sequential list of
of all the steps necessary to perform a
specific job skill. This step will also help determine it training is required
or not. It is used later in the training process to develop training
objectives and to develop ways to test the performance.
D because:
Training objectives should above all be reasonable, measurable and
obtainable. It is very desirable, but not imperative that the objectives and
goals for any program be written, so as not to be misplaced or relegated
..:. to a low priority.
i
.*
.4
'
When writing training objective use action verbs such as add, answer,
Q.
compare, line up and not words such as understand, know, as these are
1
difficult to measure.
Iv
To gain a competitive edge, training had to involve more than basic job
skills. Included now are advanced skills and understanding of customers
and the manufacturing system. The training is linked to strategic
business goals and objectives and uses an instructional designed process
to ensure the training is effective and compares favorably with training
programs found in other companies.

According to Risk Analysis and the Security Survey, 3" 3rd Edition, business
continuity planning is a key part of a loss control program. Such plans
should include recovering corporate information, setting up operations,
and financing temporary operations until a new facility can be
commissioned. Depending upon the risk of of a natural disaster, some
companies purchase business interruption insurance to help finance
operations.
operations.
l HUH n in Illllllllll II l l l l l l l l l l l l l l l HIIIIIIIII l l IHHH l | I l II I l "W UIHIN l\\lllllllllll II I l l lllllll Illll um r

*
Page 308
...l
_L .........
-
1·',
1'1
! I';
'11.
I.
10)
because
pans of an insurance contract include
The parts include:
• Declarations
Declarations - identifies who is an insured. address, the
insured, the insured's address,

insuring company, what risks or property are covered,
covered, the policy
(amount of insurance),
limits (amount insurance), any applicable deductibles,
deductibles, the policy
period and premium amount. These are usually provided on a form
that is filled out by the insurer based on the insured's application and
attached on top of of or inserted within the first few pages of

of the
standard policy form

form.
• Definitions - define important terms used in the policy language

language.
• Insuring agreement - describes the covered perils, or risks assumed, or
nature of coverage, or makes some reference to the contractual

contractual
agreement between insurer and insured. It summarizes

summarizes the major
promises of of the insurance company, as well as stating what is covered

covered.
• Exclusions - take coverage away from the Insuring Agreement

Agreement by
describing property, perils, hazards or losses arising from specific
causes which are not covered

covered by the policy.
policy
• Conditions - provisions, rules of conduct, duties and obligations

required for coverage.
coverage. If
If policy conditions are not met, the insurer can
deny the claim
claim.
• Endorsements
Endorsements - additional forms attached to the policy form that
modify itin
tin some way, either unconditio
unconditionally
nally or upon the existence of
some condition. Endorsements

Endorsements can make policies difficult to read for
nonlawyer
nonlawyers, s; they may modify or delete clauses located several pages
earlier in the standard insuring agreement, or even modify each other other.
Because it is very risky to allow nonlawyer underwriters

underwriters to directly
rewrite core policy language with word processors

processors,, insurers usually
direct underwrite
underwriters rs to modify standard forms by attaching
endorseme nts preapprove

endorsements preapprovedd by counsel for various common
modifications.
modifications
lllnlnlllll lllllllll l uun H

Copyrigh t©2013 SPAN International
Copyright©2013 Internatio nal Training,
309
l

CSP Self
I
Volume I
Workbook Volume
Self Study Workbook IIIIII II III II l
because:
of a needs analysis and will help you decide
definition of
This is the definition
non-training needs. The primary question that has
between training and non-training
between
to be
to answered, "is this a problem that training will resolve or is there a
be answered,
better solution?" After you define the performance
better solution'?" discrepancy, instead
performance discrepancy,
of training, maybe a new set of
of training, of work instructions problem..
instructions will solve the problem
An example could be to hang out a PPE required sign to remind
An example
personnel that PPE is required when they operate a particul
personnel particular machine.
ar machine.
An approach to support the needs analysis would be to
analytical approach
An analytical
complete analysis.
operational hazard analysis.
complete an operational
125
I~ because:
We selected answer C because;
Most training experts rate the job task analysis as the primary aid in
developing course training goals and content.
developing
because::
13)
traditional levels of
There are three traditional warnings:
of warnings:
.
• Danger
encountered,
immediate hazard, which, if
Danger is used where there is an immediate
personal injury or death.
encountered, will result in severe personal
practices, which
Warning is the signal word for hazards or unsafe practices,
• Warning
personall injury or death
could result in severe persona
•• Caution s, which could usually result
practices,
Caution is for hazards or unsafe practice
personall injury, product damage,
in minor persona damage.
damage, or property damage.
Evaluation of
Evaluation of the adequacy of the warning requires consideration
adequacy of of at
consideration of
least dangerousness of
least the dangerousness intensity of
product, the intensity
of the product, of the
of and form of
particular warning will be
likelihood that the particular
warning given, the likelihood
communicated and the burden is upon the manufa
adequately communicated
adequately cturer to
manufacturer
warning.
provide the warning.
because:
of
You are required by OSHA to post the citation at or near the location of
You
the corrected whichev
violation for three days or until corrected
the violation er is longer.
whichever
II II' HH II l l II l II llllll n lllllllllllllmllllll

Copyright©2-T13 Training, LLC
..
l
CSP Self

because:
According to Robert F. Mager "Making Instruction Work", answer Dis
D is
incorrect.
incorrect

16) because:
Implied warranty is the implication by a dealer that the product will serve
a specific purpose. The implication must be made by by:
• Placing it on sale for that purpose
• Advertising it for that purpose
• Indicating it will operate in a manner that could reasonably be
interpreted as being suitable for that purpose in books or manuals

because
Learning objectives are always completed before you develop the lesson
plan
plan.

because:
A legal contract must have four parts:
parts
• Agreement
• Consideration
• Purpose • Competent parties

because:
This is the definition of
of the Pareto Principle, sometimes referred to as the
80-20 rule that indicates that 80% of
of the problems come from 20% of the
operations. It is also true that 20% of
of the corrective actions and risk
reduction actions can mitigate 80% of of the risk, when the risk is
understood
understood.

because:
During a training session you want to explain what the operator need to
know and not all the extraneous data connected with the equipment
equipment.
Teach them how to tell time.
time, not how to build a watch
watch.

Page 311
SPAN International
SPAN Training Safety Workshops
CSP Self
I I IIIII
Studv Workbook
Self Study Volume II
Workbook Volume
IIIIIII I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIII I IIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIII I III I IIIIIIIII I I

for:
ISO 19011 is an international standard that sets forth guidelines for:
•• quality management systems auditing

.
• environmental management systems auditing

Risk assessment was introduced and specifically addressed by the
Bl 1.TR3:2000 entitled
American National Standards Institute in ANSI Bl1.TR3:2000
Risk assessment and n'sk risk reduction-A guide to estimate, evaluate, and
, reduce risks associated with machine tools.
.L
an B 11.
tools. The ANSI Bl TR3 explored
l.TR3
l
:: three major premises of
A
of risks:
•• probability of occurrence-very
occurrence-very likely, likely, unlikely, or remote
•• severity of hann--catastroph
harm--catastrophic, moderate, or minor
ic, serious, moderate,
•• exposure to hazard-frequenc
hazard--frequencyy and duration, extent of of exposure,
or number of people exposed
B 11.TR3 explains that zero risk does not exist and is therefore
ANSI B11.TR3
unattainable. Some amount of of residual risk remains even after the
application of of machine safeguarding. Cost benefit is not part of of a Risk
Assessment. In essence, the common primary objective in both ANSI
B lII.TR3 B 11-2008 is that reasonably foreseeable hazards
1.TR3 and ANSI Bl1-2008
must be identified and dealt with. Both standards contain scoring/rating
systems to establish various risk reduction categories. The European
EN 1050 (now ISO 14121) follows the same general
Machinery Standard F:N1050
format and addresses risk assessment in the same manner, however, It
utilizes terms and phrases which are common to European standards.
23))
23 We selected answer B.
According to numerous safety texts, a safety plan must have these basic
cost..
of actions, implementation schedule and cost
elements: list of
hllll
Page 312 International Training, LLC
Copyright©2013 SPAN Internationale LLC
.l
l ·
:L!l
CSP Self
l I
11 1 1 ill
I lllll lllllllllll II

The three basic legal principles that can be used in most states are:
•• Negligence, which tests the conduct of the defendant.
.
• Strict liability and implied warranty, which test the quality of
of the
product.
•• Express warranty and misrepresentation, which test the
performance of of the product against the manufacturer/seller's
representations. This may be referred to a Breech ofof Warranty.
25
25)) We selected answer C because:
The case study is an especially effective technique for safety and health
training, since it often illustrates the multi-causal aspects of

of accidents as
well as the tragic consequences. The case study is an excellent problem
solving technique that facilitates interactive learning.

thatfadUtates learning. Normally case
studies are presented to a group that has the goal of of evaluating the
mistakes made in the situation and providing real world solutions. The
technique is particularly effective when the group is allowed to come to
the conclusion that they can benefit from the mistakes of of other
organizations
organizations and thus prevent accidents. The case study is an excellent
tool for developing analytical skills.
A major disadvantage to the case study is that a preexisting case may not
actually relate to the training situation

According Clay CanCarr in Smart Training,
Training, The Manager's Guide to
Training for
for Improved Performance,
Performance, adults have four basic training
needs.
l. Adults need to know why they are learning a particular topic or skill,
1.
because the need to apply learning to immediate, real-life challenges.
2. Adults have experience that they apply to all new learning.

3. Adults need to be in control ofof their learning.
4. Adults want to learn things that will make them more effective and
successful.
successfuL
To help accomplish these needs, include precise behavioral guidelines
and procedures that the trainees are required to follow.
I n Hllllllll l all llllllllllHI r
Copyright©2013
Training, LLC 313
Page 313
I
.
.r . -..-...-....
T A
1
SPAN International
CSP Self 1.
I

According to "The Behavior Based Safety Process" a change in behavior
does lead to a change in attitude.
D because:
Residual risk is defined as the risk remaining after preventive measures
have been taken. No matter how effective the preventive actions,
if a facility or operation continues to
residual risk will always be present if
exist.
,
0.
....
~
29), We selected answer B because:

29)?
Reliability is a measure of how well a test item discriminates the
knowledge level ofof the participants.
norm-referenced. Norm
Evaluations for training purposes are NOT norm-referenced. Norm-
referencing means that how well a trainee scores depends on how well or
how poorly other trainees perform.
criterion
Evaluations for training purposes should always be criterion-
referenced. This means performance is measured against a pre-set
standard. The test must measure what it is suppose to measure.
The evaluation tool should always be developed before training begins.

Pretest and posttest should cover equivalent subject matter, however it
should not be the same test or test questions.
multiple-choice questions on knowledge assessment tests

Well developed multiple~choice
permit the most objective pass or fail decisions to be made and the most
reliable performance statistics can be calculated.
After the training is completed, ensure that you obtain trainee feedback
along with your statistical data to ensure continuous improvement.
-la-wnr-mnrr-rmlrln Ill HIIIMTHIFIITITW MIN mm'-1 mr'n1nmrr'n'mr-'
.~
k
--...-
I
-,
CSP Self

According to the ISO 14001 Environmental Systems Handbook,
Handbook, clause
4.2 Environmental Policy, top management shall define the
organization's
organization's environmental policy and ensure that it is appropriate to
nature, scale and environmental impacts of
the nature, of its activities, products or
services within the defined scope of
of the EMS. The Economic Viable
Application of Best Available Technology (EVABAT)
(EVABA T) is an acronym for
the use of
of technology to control environmental impacts without causing
an organization financial hardship.
31) We selected Answer A because:

These are essentially equivalent, however, Scenario A is slightly the
higher risk.
Step One: Calculate the cost of

of Minor incidents per year
The minor incidents cost the company $144,000 annually ($6,000 per
incident multiplied by 24 times per year).
year ).
Step Two: Calculate the cost of

of Major Incidents per year
The major incidents only happen once every 30 years, but cost
$3,700,000 when they do happen. Dividing this over 30 years yields and
annual risk exposure for the catastrophic incident of
of $123,333.
32) We selected Answer B because:

Incident costs include both those that are insured and those that are not
insured. The insured include medical and compensation costs paid to the
claimant by the insurance company. The non insured include time lost by
others who observed or rendered assistance at the time of of the incident,
time lost to investigate the incident, time to train a replacement, cost for
damaged
damaged materials, etc.
Page 315
II
IJI
CSP Self
33) We selected Answer B because:

Estimated premium is calculated in this case by deterMining
determining the
estimated payroll, dividing the estimated payroll by $100 (since
(since rates are
based on $100 of
of payroll), multiplying that number by the rate for
machine shops and the experience modifier for the new year.
=
Estimated Premium = [(# Emp Xx Avg Sal
Sa) / Empl) / $1001
$100] x Manual Rate x
Experience Modifier ,
EP =
=[(65 x $42,000) I/ s1001
$100] x Si 1.50 x 0.90
$11.50
EP =
=$282,555
34) We selected Answer D
D because
I.
...».
;*
in
According to Peterson's Techniques of Safety Management, only
answers A, B, and C are representative of
of basic principles of loss control

I
35)
41
Safety through design is defined as the integration of hazard analysis
and risk assessment methods early in the design and redesign processes
and taking the actions necessary so that the risks of of injury or damage are
at an acceptable level. This concept encompasses facilities, hardware,
equipment, tools, materials, layout and configuration, energy controls,
Severity. The extent of harm
environmental concerns and products. Severity. hann or
damage that could result from.
from. Prevention through design. Addressing
occupational safety and health needs in the design and redesign processes
to prevent or minimize the work-related hazards and risks associated with
1 the construction, manufacture, use, maintenance, and disposal of of
i facilities, materials, equipment and processes. Hierarchy of of controls is a
systematic way of of thinldng
thinking and acting, considering steps in a ranked and
sequential order, to choose the most effective means of eliminating or
reducing hazards and the risks that derive from them. An example is the
requirement of suppliers of of services to attest that processes have been
E
applied to identify and analyze hazards and to reduce the risks deriving
s
from those hazards to an acceptable level. [There is precedent for having
I
suppliers attest that risk analyses have been completed. Manu facturers of
Manufacturers of
equipment to be used in the European Union are required by International
Organization for Standardization (ISO) standards to certify that they have
met applicable standards, including ISO 12100-1
12100-1 and ISO 1412] .]
14121.]
nmmmwwuww
a
ll llllllllllUIWltil" ill
a
Page 316 LLC

E
T
..
a
~I
I
CSP Self
l

Role playing is ideally suited for human relations education or training. It
lt
allows the students to become participants in a "drama" or "play" that
depicts the interaction of
of humans during stressful or error provocative
situations. The technique is not suited for problem solving or technical
training.
training.
37)
One of the most valuable group techniques is the conference method. The
strength of
of Me
the conference method is in the individual knowledge and
experience ofof the participants. The number of of members should be kept
small to allow maximum exchange of ideas. The establishment of of goals
and objectives is crucial to the success of of this method. But more than
anything else, this teaching method hinges on the capability of of the
facilitator or instructor. The facilitator logs the objectives and keeps the
information and opinions flowing during sessions. After the conference,
the facilitator distributes recommendations and informs members of of
actions taken as a result. Shortfalls associated with this method is the
facilitator ensuring that the conference does not become a bull session 1
I
and if management does not follow up on the recommendations, then the
group will not support future efforts.
38)
Communications consists of of three basic elements: the sender, the
message and the receiver. When you are communicating, whether orally
or in writing, always provide for feedback.
feedback. This is the only way to
ensure that the message got through.
Some experts expand the definition to include communications source,
encoding, the message, the channel, decoding, the receiver and feedback.
feedback.
Effective environmental risk communications by industry can help
decision makers better understand public perception and more easily
predict response to proposed actions.
Risk that affects the public must be explained to the public in a carefully
planned way. First, the public must be alerted to the identity and
magnitude ofof the risk in a straight forward easy-to-understand way and
next, the public must be reassured that the risk is being managed and the
steps that are being taken to manage the risk will be effective.
effecti ve.
ul-1 l LUJWUUUWJ lmJuluuwuuwu....J.J UIUU I I IILLLJLILJUJJLI.-JIll
Copyright©2013
317
SPAN
SPAN International
Safety Workshops
Training Safety
CSP Self
Sel f Stud
Workbook Volume It II
39) We selected
selected Answer because:
Answer B because:
According
According to E. Scott Geller,
Geller, The Psychology Safety,
of Safety,
Psychology of
All general,
consequences, in general,
All four
four answers
answers have
have an impa
impact
ct on behavior,
behavior, consequences,
types of
considered types
feedback can be considered of
have the
have most impact.
the roost impact. Discipline
Discipline and feedback
consequences, but there are others
others to be considered including posit
considered including ive
positive
consequences, but
reinforcement
reinf reward.
orcement and reward.
I 40) We selected
answer B because:
!
Access
Access toto managers
managers throughout organization will assist
throughout an organization safety
assist the safety
. director in developing
director in developing an accepted, consistent, effective
accepted, consistent, safety
effective safety
3 rstand
management system.
-: management system. It is critical management unde
critical that the top management understand
'§;
and
and support
support the
the safety
safety & healt
healthh management system. If
management system. safety
If the safety
function reportsts at
at a high level in a company safety,
company that does not value safety,
function repor
the level of
of reporting irrelevant.
reporting is irrelevant.
1
41) We selected
answer C because:
According
Acco rding to to the NSC,
NSC, the valuable
valuable attributes of interactive
attributes of computer
interactive computer-
assisted (CBT) or
training (CBT)
computer based training or
assisted training,
training, sometimes
sometimes called
called computer
distance learning are:
distance learning
l •• Workers
.. Workers can work at their own pace.
• Records
Records can be automatically training.
automatically kept of all training.
. • Correct
Correct answers
• Workers
answers are requi
Workers receive
•• Instructors
required
receive training
red before student can proce
before the student
available.
training as time is available.
ed.
proceed.
1
i
. Instructors can
• Works
Works extremely
cannot
can guide workers
workers step by step thru
extremely well for organizations
groups from their jobs at any
lesson plan.
thm the lesson
workforce or
small workforce
organizations with a small
ne time.
anyoone
that
or that
cannot remove
remove large groups
Whe n someone
When completes coursework
someone completes course work away from an actual training
actual training
facility, learning. This is an umbr ella term
facility, it
it is
is generally
generally called
called distance
distance learning. umbrella term
for many types
for many types of
of learning,
learning, including online traini
including online ng
training and traini ng
training
available implementing CBT or any type of
available through
through the maiLmail. Before
Before implementing type of
training,
training, aa needs
needs analysis
analysis should completed to ensure
should be completed the best
ensure that the best
method
meth selected.
od is being selected.
mnlnlnlrrrr1-mn nmlmmllr-'"1mlnm m umm F"IT'1"""T1lWIWMII'l'ITI'I'I

I
-1
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook Volume II
LHI MI

Most experts agree that the two things needed for reinforcement ofof
desired behaviors are to provide positive reinforcement and to the closer
closer
in time a reinforcement is associated with a behavior,
behavior, the stronger the
effect. Some experts say to effect long term changes for minor
infractions, you can use a negative reinforcement without overreacting.
When discussing the "carrot and stick" management philosophy, some

experts believe that the stick is no longer available and the carrot is
becoming less of an incentive.
43)
Media used for any purpose takes advantage of the two senses people use
..
most when learning, sight and hearing. The scale in increasing order is:
• Words, spoken or written
• Auditory aids
•• Still pictures
..
• Motion pictures
..
• Live television
• Displays
..
• Familiarization
• Demonstration
Demonstration
.•
• Simulations
• Actual experience
experience
•
44)
Adults want satisfactory answers to the following questions to accept and
apply learning.
1.) Why is it important?
2.) How can I apply it?
3.) How does it work?
4.) What do I need to know?
The concept of a learning curve is best described as "the level of

proficiency tends to reach a limit as the time devoted to learning a task
increases".
increases".
m IHHI I l lllllll Illllll II l Illlllllllll I mll umll I l l I l I I l nlnn II I lllllII I I I IIIIII l I I I I llllIIIIII

Page 319
..
..
CSP Self
..
..
.
UN

The use of a lesson plan will provide standardization to a presentation
and avoid omission of essential material. The lesson plan also helps the
instructor conduct the class according to a timetable and should provide
for student participation or involvement.
Presenting technical information requires training and practice. The most

practical method of delivery is using a manuscript.
f f e c t veness of a technical presentation depends upon the trainee as

The eeffectiveness
.: well as the instructor. The trainees will be much more open to learning if
1
.*
the instructor succeeds in eliciting sense of of disequilibrium among the

trainees.

According to the NSC, the goal ofof effective training is learning that leads
to improved on-the-job performance.
Other benefits include reduction in rejected production items,
improvement in housekeeping and the number of of preventable accidents is
lower. After a training program has been conducted, what is actually
applied on the job will be influenced most by the expectations of the
superiors, peers and subordinates.
Risk is defined as the probability that a substance or situation will

produce hair
harm under specified conditions. Risk is a combination of two
factors: 1)
1) the probability that an adverse event will occur,
occur; 2) the
consequences of of the adverse event.
Risk encompasses impacts on public health and on the environment, and
arises from exposure and hazard. Risk does not exist if exposure to a
harmful substance or situation does not or will not occur. Hazard is
hannful
determined by whether a particular substance or situation has the
. . is the probability of
potential to cause harmful effects. Risk .... of a specific
outcome, generally adverse,
outcome, adverse, given a particular set ofof conditions.
it I I lllllumln l"'l"TM"T VVI'llT m

\,
\
'1 1 Y
Workshops
ops
Self Study Workbook

i l l ill I l l ll l lll i l l i l l I I I I l l l l l | | |
1.NJJiLJiJJJ .usu II 'l lllll It

I I I I II II III III I I I II I I l l l l l l l l l l l l l "

According to the VPP Philosoph
Philosophy,
y, the VPP approach to applicants is
.
based on the following principles:
• Voluntarism
Voluntarism
•• Confidentiality
Confidentiality
•• Compliance
..
Compliance and Beyond
• Hazard Prevention
• Cooperation
Cooperation - VPP staff and approved VPP participant
participantss will work
together to resolve any safety and health problems that may arise
during participatio
participation.
n.
The program consists of four major elements, management
management commitment,
commitment,
work site analysis, hazard prevention & control and safety & health
training.

According to 29CFR1910.95
29CFR1910.95 (b) (1) "When employees are subjected to
sound exceeding those listed in Table G-16, feasible administrative
administrative or
engineerin
engineering g controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce
If
sound levels within the levels of Table G-16, personal protective
equipment shall be provided and used to reduce sound levels within the
levels of the table."

1910.145 (extracted)
The word "sign" refers to a surface on prepared for the warning of,
or safety instructions
instructions of, industrial workers or members of the
public who may be exposed to hazards. Excluded from this
definition, however, are news releases, displays commonly known
as safety posters, and bulletins used for employee education.
The wording of
of any sign should be easily read and concise. The
sign should contain sufficient information
information to be easily understood
uhderstood..
The wording should make a positive, rather than negative
suggestion and should be accurate in fact.
"Major message" means that portion of a tag's inscription that is
llllllllll nl I I IIl.I.l_..JJ..L1£ilL.JJWJ IJ LllUUWlLlL.....l.IJ LLl.i.LUUU_...LUJ.l
Copyrigh t©2013 SPAN International

Copyright©2013 Internatio nal Training,
321
_ IH llll n \lllllllllll l III IIl


:I
ill llllll 11 I I llllll IIII
Stud~ Workbook
Self Study
CSP Self II
Volume II
Workbook Volume
l l l l ll llIII IIII I I I Ill llllll III I lIIlllll I l l III II III I IIIIIIIIIIIII llll I I Illllll
H
II Illlllll I II | lllll
I
llllllllll'lll I I II II I 1111.1 I I I II
indicate s the specific

more specific than the signal word and that indicates
more
hazardous conditio n or the instruction
hazardous condition commu nicated to the
instruction to be communicated
employee. Exampl es include: "High Voltage,"
employee. Examples Clearance,"
Voltage," "Close Clearance,"
corresp onding pictogra
"Do Not Start," or "Do Not Use" or a corresponding
"Do ph
pictograph
used with a written text or alone.
"Signal word" means that portion of

"Signal inscription that
of a tag's inscription
intended to capture the
contain s the word or words that are intended
contains
employee's attention.
immediate attention.
employ ee's immediate
Q
E
.1
because:
51) , We selected answer D because:
A.
*
_*
-; The
I
reductions is .04 - .025 for a net benefit
difference between the risk reductions
The difference
of calculat e the cost to benefit ratio, divide the cost by the net
0.015. To calculate
of 0.015.
benefit.
i
16,666,667
250,000 + 0.015 := 16,666,667
52) because:
I
.
Protective
Protecti signaling systems provide three categories
ve signaling
Alarm signals
• Alarm
fire detector
fire activation, discharge
detector activation,
of signals:
categories of
signals -- used to indicate water flow, manual station actuation,
actuation,
indication of a
discharge of a system, or other indication
. fire.
Supervi sory signals -- used to indicate time critical input, such as guard
• Supervisory
position,,
pressure, valves in wrong position
check-in, or loss of
check-in, of water or agent pressure,
!
E
I
.
• Trouble
functioning, etc.
exit light not functioning,
Trouble signals -- used to indicate a fault in the system, shorted wiring,
of signal, ground fault, etc.
loss of
Note: The preferred

Note: additional study is NFPA 72,
reference for additional
preferre d reference
Protective
Protecti Systems.
Signaling Systems.
ve Signaling
mmmmmmmT \llMI\lllll I l IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIMrIII I 11 III II I II IIlllll -WW F

"
i
CSP Self
I l

There are three types of
of heat detectors you should be familiar with
for the examination. They are listed below with their general
characteristics:
Fixed-Temperature
Fixed-Temperature Designed to alarm when the temperature
of
of the operating element reaches a
specified point. These units are
susceptible to "thermal lag".
"thermallag".
Rate Compensation Designed to alarm when the temperature

of
of the surrounding air reaches a
predetermined level, regardless of the
rate of
of temperature rise. Element
configuration compensates for thermal
lag.
Rate-of-Rise
Rate-of-Rise Designed to alarm when the rate of
of
temperature increase exceeds a
predetermined value (usually 12 to 15°F
per minute). An example of
of use would
be on a petroleum-based hydraulic pump
to prevent explosions.

We
Light hazards require a minimum of 0.10.1 gpm/sq ft and an additional 100

gpm for hose stream demand.
Ordinary hazards require a minimum of 0. 15 gpm/sq
0.15 rpm/sq ft (Group I) and 0.2
gpm/sq ft (Group II) and an additional 250 gpm for hose stream demand.
Extra hazards require a minimum of of 0.3 gpm/sq ft (Group I) and 0.4
gpm/sq ft (Group II) and an additional 500 gpm for hose stream demand.
IHHI I nm l .W ILL

UI11IIV I * I \ |Q -
QIIIIlllllllllllllli l l - l l
l l \IIIIIll l\l \Ill l l l l l l l l l l
llllll
SPAN
SPA N International
Safety Workshops
CSP
CSP Self
Sel f Study
Wo rkb ook Volume | |
I
55)
55) We selected
selec ted answer because:
answ er C because:
Those substitute
Thos e who
who oppose
oppose use
use of
of the term acceptable
acceptable risk often offer substitute
operators
designers and operators
terms. One
terms. One frequent
frequent suggestion
suggestion is to say that designers
should risks. Requiring
minimize the risks. that
Requiring that
shou ld achieve
achieve minimum
minimum risk levels
levels or minimize
systems levels, that risks be
that risks
systems bebe designed
designed and operated
operated to minimum
mini mum risk levels, be
nece
investments necessaryssary to do so
minimized, is
minimized, is impractical
impractical because
because the investments to do so
may reco up
required to recoup the the
may bebe so
so high
high that
that the cost of
of the product
product required
investment competitive in
woul d not be competitive the
in the
inve stme nt and
and make
make a reasonable profitt would
reasonable profi
marketplace.
marketplace.
56) .:. We selected

answer C because:
...,'
..*
.A
18001 Designing
OHS AS 18001 and
Desi gnin g and
. According
According to author
author Joe Kausek
Kausek ofof OHSAS
Implementing Safe ty Management System,
Man agem ent System,
Implementing an an Effective
Effective Health
Health and Safety
clause of the information that
information that
claus e 4.4.4
4.4.4 requires
requires electronic
electronic or hard copy of
provides elements of HSMS, how
of the HSMS, how
prov ides an
an overall
overall description
description of
of the main elements
these elements interact
interact and reference
reference to any documents describe
documents that describe
these elements
these establishing
Normally the first step in establishing
these activities
activities in
in more detail.
detail. Normally
control
control is
is to
to develop
develop a master
mast er listing of the proc
listing of procedures, instructions,
edures, instructions,
forms, and
forms, and other
other documents management
documents that form the basis for the management
system. Safe ty Policy
mast er list. A Safety Manual
Polic y Manual
system. This
This isis normally
normally called
called the master
may mentioned, nor
specifically mentioned, nor
serve as
may S€l'VC as the
the Master
Mast er List, but is not specifically
therefore
therefore required.
required.
57) We selected
D because:
answer D
Answer
Answ er D
D is the definition
is the definitions of
definition listed in the definitions 29CF RI91 0.18 4.
of 29CFR1910.184.
58) We selected
selec ted answer because:
answer A because:
ANSI/AIHA benefits in
widespread benefits health
in health
ANS I/AIH A Zl0
Z10 provides
provides the blueprint
blueprint for widespread
and performance, quality, and
quality, and
and safety,
safety, as
as well
well as
as in productivity,
productivity, financial,
financial, performance,
other seve n sections
objectives. The seven include
sections include
othe r organizational
organizational and business
business objectives.
Management
Man agem ent Leadership
Leadership and Employee
Employee Participation, Planning,
Participation, Planning,
Implementation Evaluation and Corrective Action,
Corrective Action,
Implementation and Operation,
Operation, Evaluation
Management Review.
Man agem ent Review.
I l n
Page 32,
324 Copyright©2013
SPA Inte rnat iona l Training,
N International LLC
Trai ning , LLC
N
"
r
CSP Self
.
There are 4 Biosafety levels.
BSL-l -- agents not known to consistently cause disease in healthy
• BSL-1
adults
.
•• BSL-2 - agents associated with human disease, hazard is from
. percutaneous injury, ingestion, mucous membrane exposure
• BSL-3 - indigenous or exotic agents with potential for aerosol
. transmission; disease may have serious or lethal consequences
transmission,
• BSL-4 -- dangerous/exotic agents which pose high risk of
threatening disease,
disease; aerosol-transmitted lab infections,
of life-
life
infections; or related
agents with unknown risk ofof transmission.

transmission .
Additional information can be found in "Fundamentals of of Industrial Hygiene"

:1
The purpose of adopting OHSAS 18001 health and safety management ;I
system is to maintain continuous improvement. If If the management
system finds a significant reduction in the company's safety performance,
it should indicate that a comprehensive management review of of the items
causing the reduction.
61) We selectedanswer
selected answer A because:
According to the National Safety Council, some of of the elements of
of an
.
effective culture are:
• the CEO has to express support for safety and show it by their actions
. and decisions.
• the management team has to consistently support safe work conditions
and obtain safer materials/machines.
•• the front-line supervisors need to correct behaviors as well as obtain
. the right equipment.
• the workers must want to be safe and work as a team.

•• the union must make safety part ofof its role in protecting the members.
A total safety culture requires continual attention in the domains of

of
environment, person factors and behavior. In an effective organization,
line management is responsible and accountable for enforcing SH&E
policies.
policies.
Copyrlght©2013
Page 325
325
I

Self Stud
CSP Self Volume I
Workbook Volume
Study Workbook I
62))
62 We selected answer B because:
B because:
This is the definition of a project scope.

definition of
63)
63) because:
We selected answer B because:
Managem ent Grid
Management
supervisor would
The 9,1 supervisor l
1'1,9
'u
be one who is interested

interested
production than in
more in production
8
7
1
Concern for 6
1,9 9,9 /
9,9
of their
t}le interests of
the People or 5
People I
Relationships 4
Relationships
employees and thus would
érnployees 3
be labeled a Dictator or 2
1
/1,1
1,1 9,1 ,
9,1
organizational manager.
organizational manage r. L ~A
Conversely a 1,9 manager

Conversely manager l 2
2 33 4 4 5 5 6 6 1 7 8899
Concern for Production or Task
might be referred to as a
country club manager.
manager.
64)
64) because:
The Theory X
The manager (according
X manager or's Theory) holds that
McGregor's
(according to McGreg
people must be motivat
people ed to work by external reward and punishm
motivated ent
punishment
unmotivated toward work.
because they are unmotivated
A Theory
A Theory Y manager assumes all workers are basicall
Y manager interested and
basicallyy interested
motivated
motivat external
therefore have a reduced need for an external
ed to work and therefore
reward system.
Management objectives (MBO) is a process of

Management by objectives objective setting
of joint objective
between aa superior
between subordinate. It is also known as manage
superior and subordinate. ment by
management
results. managers meet the following
results. The managers performance
following perfonn objectives:
ance objectives:
accomplished
1. Targets a key result to be accomplished
achieving results
Identifies a date for achieving
2. Identifies
(measurable) and attainable
3. Offers a realistic (measurable) challenge
attainable challenge
quantitative as possible
4. Is specific and as quantitative
2.3.4.
'mnmnnnrnm"ln MI I lMW"'-llrMI"lllTT-T-TM mill-mnmrrr~
Page 326 Copyright©~13 SPAN International

Copyright©2.§)13 International Training, LLC
Training, LLC
off
LF.
\ 1 D
- I n -
i
CSP Self
A TQM manager manages with an organization-wide commitment to

continuous work improvement, product quality and totally meeting customer
needs, by applying them to all aspects of the operation. Under TQM an
employee's
employee's initiative to work safely is achieved by instilling a commitment
to quality teamwork and continual improvement.
These managers are ofof several types, the line manager who is responsible for
activities malting
making direct contributions to the production of
of the organizations
product, the staff manager who has special technical expertise to advise and
support the line manager and function managers that are responsible for a
support area such as finance, marketing, personnel, etc. A Safety
Professional can have line authority if he works under the plant manager in
an operational extension (extended or extensio) capacity. They should also
be sensitive to changes in management styles and be able to characterize
them, so that they can understand them and develop programs accordingly.

Section 4-2 of NFPA 101®, Life Safety Code®,
of the NFPA Code®, classifies the hazard ofof
contents of
of any building or structure as low,
low, ordinary,
ordinary, or high
high based on
the characteristics of
of the contents. These are not
not the same classifications
classifications
.
I
to categorize
used to categorize sprinkler
sprinkler systems (see NFPA 13). I
• Low hazard contents are seldom encountered and consist of of

materials of
materials of such low
low combustibility
combustibility that no self
self propagating
propagating fire
. can occur.
I
i
i
• Ordinary hazard contents are those that are likely to burn with
moderate rapidity or to give off a considerable volume of smoke.
•• High hazard contents are classified as those that are likely to burn I
with extreme rapidity and from which explosions are likely.
A review of
A of the NFPA 101®, Life Safety Code,
Code®, is highly recommended
prior to taldng
taking the CSP Specialty examination. The fifth
Fifth edition of the
"Life Safety Code Handbook" (based on the 1991 code) provides a
background on the reasons for the code and is much easier to read and
comprehend than the code itself.
Note: ® Registered trademark National Fire Protection Association, Inc., Quincy,
MA. l
Illlllll non HI l Hllllllllll |I I lulu l l Hl I l IIIIIIIIIIIIIII I I IIIIIIIIIIIIII II HH l n ll llllllllll nm E
l

Copyright©2013 Training, LLC Page
Page 327
327 3
E
Workshops

SPAN International
Workbook Volume I
Self Study Workbook

CSP Self

of the NFPA 101®,
Section 29 of L#e Safety Code®, provides guidance on
101 ®, Life
the maximum travel distance to exits. In the preceding question the
of the contents was classified as ordinary hazard and the distance
hazard of
to an exit could not exceed 200 feet, or 400 feet ifif equipped with an
approved automatic fire sprinkler system. However, any area used for the
of high hazard materials shall have an exit within 75 feet of
storage of of the
point where persons might be present. This distance can be extended to
100 feet when fire sprinkler protection is provided. Travel distances vary
with different occupancies, again a review of Lzfe Safety Code® is
of the Life
..i certainly in order prior to the examination.
»
According to the NSC, a needs assessment helps to:
• Distinguishes between training and nontraining needs

• Identifies the problem or need before designing a solution
• Saves time and money by ensuring that solutions effectively
address the problems they are intended to solve
• Identifies factors that will impact the training before its
development
After the needs assessment, training goals are developed and during that
process you will determine what knowledge the trainee needs to know to
eliminate the problem. Remember, if if you want them to tell time, then
teach them how to tell time, not how to build a watch.
Page 328
I II I r
C
_ I
Cgrright©2
II I l

013 SPAN International
rig1§¢©2013
I
-
;.l,_§" ..
' z
r r
"
SPAN
SPAN International
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII II II II IIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII llll llll llll lllllll lllll

68)
According to the National Safety Council's

Council's definition of
of Total Quality
Management (TQM), TQM requires the following:
following:
• commitment by top management to quality in all areas of of

organizational life, particularly health and safety.
• training and education in safety matters at all levels of the
organization
• continuous improvement programs implemented throughout the
organization
• measure systems used to identify areas where improvements can
be made.
• communication fostered between management and employees,
encouraging employee involvement and participation in quality
improvement.
improvement.
According to the National Safety Council, advanced emergency

management planning should include the following and they should be
ranked as they are sequenced.
• provide for the safety of

of the employees and the public
• protect property and the environment
• establish methods to restore operations to normal as soon as
possible
When developing emergency management plans, sometimes the

fundamental purpose is lost, which is to protect life, property and the
environment. Though command and communication responsibilities are
important and must be part of
of the planning process, the fundamental
strategies have to be developed to protect people, property and the
environment and then the tactics can be applied.
When developing a risk management plan, one must anticipate what will
w I l u luullllluullnll H wl I Illllllllllllullll l l l l n Illlllllll l I Ills I I llllllllll UnHwlHwllllllllllllllllllll Ills l

Page 329
1
CSP Self
Self Study Workbook Volume I u.u.n.u IIJI lllllll
go wrong and make timely attempts to overcome identified loss

scenarios. The risk management process consists of
of the following steps:
• Identify the loss scenarios

• Develop alternatives to control them
• Implement the best solution(s)
• Manage and control the risk
Most experts agree that there are two primary actions that influence
.behavior
.})ehavior change the most, positive reinforcement and reinforcing the
behavior as close to the time of the action as possible.
The first step in improving behavior in an organization is to establish an

ethics program to address the organization culture issues.
Frederick Herzberg in his book "Work and the Nature of of Man" develops
a motivation-hygiene theory. The theory attempts to explain how
. persons are satisfied by certain job factors while being motivated by
other
other factors that are quite peripheral to the job being performed.
.. . = , ...\,,<* ..8~
;§a
" "";~
-
,r, .14
\` or I > 49J..
A
.. . °¥`
# ~ . j$\ J »
v" 2 " ' . - . * v . J
*8
*
'r r: n. , " 8»
. . > » a*
, < ¢ , ; .
-3 . ,. ' . * ;; .* ,
Q ,
\7.,*¢,¢»»~¢~*,
\ . "
~s~,.».» .;..~;,,., : »*,';y ,F
_,;_. . . AJ? . _l
= .*
r
° --.
>
* ".¢
v , £ *v.. .
. .r1 w a
a »§
:.
~.'
Sim* ..,
l I
q , .I
E: » 4 ~ L * " " .:3'.»2?'
5 r »
to
= " in
- I r
°'
»
•,
ii
r
>, \
% a
g
*. > Ni
I h r
.
4. ." A
~=~§ 5-§a"2* e vi
*s»:» A » n
:r
a¢,§..* *
r -
* ,
r
s ,.
4
*Ur v . .. . `*
o f` =»-?¢
z
,My r . J i's *
..
-
,, 3" =;§.""»¢.i..
¢*
'.
¥ .
,u
in .a al* \ . R | , I 4
`i z '~
Q
..
34, I
A
5!§i¢¢'1':._ 'if,=
i
*.. Y* 'P I ¢=,, P
I v 4 xr
.. "
. 5 3
"I _ I 0 Ya 4 s Q
i5 *" . -al I s . .'

u
.,¢u
Q* r*1.° c 4 r
.»":"" ,- . Q 1
f
1
I
or a
,_
*
m,,.
f :
. ~j;»
i. T;f »iI v
*£`?4'§.QJ ei'5
¢
\i"1u~C'rJ'
1
* sf. ,.gas 4
A
"1 . -ink. .?
* * ar l . 14' W vi 1
fv* r %!v o
*.
a
i* -1
A.
5 v ¢
i
E
n
Achievement
|.
Money
ghdoney Achievement E
I
5
i
I Statuss
:
I
I
Statu Recognition
Recognition E
E
:
I
-
I
:
-
:
Relationships with Boss
Relationships Enjoyment of work
Enjoyment of i
i
l
ii
-
-
Company policies
Company policies Possibility of promotion
Possibility of promotion
--
x
x
--
I
--
x
= -- Work rules Responsibility

Responsibility I
:
..:
l
I
I
I
--
x
x
- Working conditions
conditions for growth
Chance for ._ :
I
l
x
l
i I
i l I I
As is shown in the chart money is a hygiene or satisfaction factor as

opposed to a motivation factor.
factor.
'*'rnw'r'rT"'1"ln"1"nnm wl"'rI"IT II
Page 330
Copyrigbt©2013 SPAN International Training, LLC
rf" U
CSP Self
According to Dr. Roger Ll. Brauer in "Safety and Health for Engineers",
making safety part of
of a supervisor's or manager's
manager's daily responsibilities
and including it in their appraisals, job descriptions, apply to possible
promotions and salary increases is the primary requirement for a
successful safety program.
When determining the staffing

staffmg level at a given locations, areas to
consider are the injury rate, the number of recognized hazards and the
worker compensation costs per employee. The number of employees
will impact the final decision, but is not as important as the previous
three considerations.

73)
Due to product liability claims, a manufacturer should keep product

safety records as long as possible. The time varies from state to state.

The key concepts in empowerment strategies are generally felt to include:
•• Ownership. Ownership implies trust and should come with delegation
of authority commensurate with the tasking. No self-directed work
team is truly productive until the team members hold themselves
mutually accountable.
•• All contributions are valuable. It is important to value all input and in
many cases a "try it you will like it"
if' attitude is in order. Every idea is
important to the originator.
• Everyone has a value. All jobs have dignity, treat everyone with
9
. respect.
• Listen to the smallest voice. Contributions come from all comers,
often the greatest offering will come from the lowest stature
employee.
•• Delegate authority to the lowest possible level. If If the employees are
competent then let them do their job. No one knows more about the
particulars of a job than the person doing it.
J.
Copyrigbt©2013 SPAN International Training,

Copyright©2013 Training. LLC Page
Page 331
331
SPA N International
SPAN Training Safety
Safety Workshop
Volume I
I . ,
Self Study
CSP Self Workbook .Volume
Stud y Workbook II
.
• Teams must own the problem.
Teams must autonomy. IfIf
problem. Teams must be given autonomy.
problem.
management is the problem.
management does not trust
management trust the team, then management
Management, within
Management, recommendations that
cannot change the recommendations
within reason, cannot
from the teams.
come from
Selection bureaucratic
Selection "D" offers a typical bureau kill
processs that will loll
cratic review proces
the initiative of
the initiative because it burdens
of a team, because extensive
burdens them with extensive
justification
justific concept, but hard to
Ownership is a simple concept,
ation at many levels. Ownership
accomplish. attempt at nitpick
accomplish. Any attempt ing, over supervision,
nitpicldng, rephrasing,
supervision, rephrasing,
rearranging etc. will undermine
rearranging undermine the empowerment ownership
empowerment thru ownership
strategy.
strategy.
....
~
75)
75) We
tie selected because:
selected answer B because:
This is the
This is definition of
the definition sometimes called a
environmental audit, sometimes
of an environmental
compliance audit.
compliance
An environmental
An characterize a
assessment is a process that seeks to characterize
environmental site assessment
physical
physic property or operation
al property environmental view with an
operation from an environmental
overall objective
overall of understanding
objective of site-specific conditions.
understanding site-specific Information
conditions. Information
is collected through
is collected interviews, record reviews
through interviews, first-hand
reviews and first-hand
environmental media and
observations. It may also involve testing environmental
observations.
characteristics.
facility characteristics.
These definitions
These throughout the profess
consistently throughout
definitions are not used consistently ion, so
profession,
definitions with the parties that you are
ensure you are clear about the definitions
ensure
engaged operations with.
engaged in operations
76
76)) selected answer C because:
Some safety engineering

Some safety question the lack of
professionals question
engineering professionals of design and
engineering influence
engineering accident causation
influence on the accident advanced by
causation model advanced
manag ement theorists
management aspects). Howev
behavioral aspects).
theorists (based on behavioral However, er,
unders tanding the motiva
understanding people's
tions for people
motivations 's actions, realizing
actions, as well as realizing
how they act, allows us to design better and safer facilities,
how they equipment
facilities, equipment
and tools.
in ITMTIllW'll'UTIlllIITH1lI°"T

Copyright©2013 LLC
Traini ng, LLC
SPAN International
lllll IIIIIIIII II I II II III lllll lllllll I IIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIII I I III II lllll I IIIIIII II II

Answer D is the ASHRAE definition of a "Sick Building".

The bar-coding
bar~coding system would be the best choice for tool accountability.
In this type of system, tools entering an area would be scanned prior to
the employee entering. When work was completed, the tools would be
scanned as they left the area. If
If a tool were left inside, the final scan list
would show that a tool had entered and was not scanned as having left
the area. This type of system is widely used in industries where an errant
tool left in an area could cause damage or result in other severe
consequences. Associating employee numbers to tools checked out from
a tool crib would aid in accounting for who was using certain tools.
However, just checldng
checking out the tool would not be sufficient for
accounting as to the location of
of the tool (i.e.,
(i.e.; tool bag, left behind).
.
Bureaucratic organizations, formally, are defined by these main features:
• hierarchy of control (i.e.
features:
(Le. decisions are made one or more levels above
where the work is done)
•• specialization of function (resulting in some efficiencies but also in
non»-communicating sub-cultures within their "silos" or "chimneys")
. non-communicating
• centralization of information and control (resulting in under under-
. utilizing the knowledge and creativity of of most workers and managers)

• formal rules, policies and procedures govern behavior (resulting in
greater consistency but creating structures that are very hard to change
when it becomes necessary
• strict separation of the private life from official role of
of all employees
(Bidwell, 1986)
1986)
The ES&H manager should give attention to outside influences such as

the external environment, community interests and other external
concerns. The Contingency management style is the primary style that
reacts to outside influences.
When choosing an appropriate organizational model, a manager should
Copyright©2013
I
i
CSP Self
understand that there are mUltiple
multiple arrangements that will produce the best
result with minimum difficulty in the situation in which the organization
operates. Given the discretion and the fact that some configurations
appear to influence employee performance and satisfaction, managers
should consider carefully the behavioral implications when they make
structural decisions.

According to the National Safety Council, SH&E audits are performed
for the following reasons (listed in order of
of importance).
J.
_l. determine and document compliance status
;2. improve overall SH&E performance
;2,
3. assist facility management
4. increase the overall level of
of SH&E awareness
5. accelerate the overall development of SH&E management control
systems
systems
6. improve SH&E risk management system
7. protect the company from potential liabilities
8. develop a basis for optimizing SH&E resources
I
9. assess
assess facility management's ability to achieve SH&E goals
I
81 )
The ISO 9000 ("quality management") and ISO 14000 ("environmental

management") families are among ISO's most widely known standards
ever. ISO 9000 has become an international reference for quality
requirements in business to business dealings, and ISO 14000 looks set to
achieve at least as much, if
if not more, in helping organizations to meet
their environmental challenges. The ISO
ISO 9000 family addresses
"quality
"quality management".
management". This means what the organization does to
fulfill:
fulfill:
• the customer's quality requirements, and

• applicable regulatory requirements, while aiming to enhance
. customer satisfaction,
satisfaction, and .
• achieve continual improvement of its performance in pursuit of

these objectives.
of
*
II II l l -1111 M l l II ll l

CSP Self
The ISO
ISO 14000 family addresses "environmental management". This
"environmental management".
means what the organization does to:
•• minimize harmful effects on the environment caused by its
. activities, and to
• achieve continual improvement of its environmental performance.
az)
Most of
of the Behavior Based Safety experts define the "continuous
..
improvement safety process as consisting of:
• specifying standards
.
• measuring compliance
• providing feedback on improvements
83) We selected answer B because: I
The single most important part

pan of
of a successful product recall is the I
!
E
establishment of a detailed written plan that outlines individual and I

s
I
I
company responsibilities and actions. This "Emergency Action Plan"

must encompass all aspects of a recall and could include items such as, as; i
communication of a waring
warning if necessary,
necessary; details of
of the hazard;
hazard, i
i
instructions for continued usage or return,
return; removal and modification of of
existing products from inventory,
inventory; compensation for injury,
injury; investigation E
of
of the causes of error, lack of warning, or design etc. 'Q
I
I
l
84) We selected answer D because: F

l
5
This is the definition of

of a work breakdown structure (WBS). The
WBS also organizes and defines the total scope of of the project. Each
descending level represents an increasingly detailed definition of the
project work. The WBS is decomposed into work packages. The
deliverable orientation of
of the hierarchy includes both internal and
external deliverables. E
unI II ll IIIIIIIIIII I I III I I IHII llllllllllll H l I l mm l
l
LJ I HIIlllllll I I

Page 335
1 ' ! l l l " l I
.r
CSP Self
Business Interruption Insurance reimburses the insured for profits and

fixed charges lost as a result of damage from a named peril (fine in this
case). The policy will cover the insured subject to the following
conditions:
conditions:
1.) There must be physical damage to property
2.) There must be a shutdown of of business caused by the physical
damage
3.) During the shutdown, it must be established that the business
u.
would have continued to operate and would have continued to
.L
.*
4 eam
earn profits
Declarations, conditions, exclusions and the insuring agreement itself

itself
form an insurance contract.
Business Interruption insurance covers loss of income plus any fixed

costs resulting from the shutdown, such as clean-up or start-up costs.
Based on the last year, this company was malting
making an average of $1,000
per day. For a three-day shutdown, the total insurance coverage would be
$3,000 plus the $1,000 clean-up/start-up costs. In reality, this would be
much more complicated involving a total accounting of all earnings and
costs expected during the downtime.
87) D because:
Standard Fire Policies for business property normally include the

building and contents of the building. In many states, a "general form"
form" is
used to define and describe the property to be insured. This general form
describes "stock" as all merchandise, raw materials, goods in progress,
1describes
packaging materials, labels, etc. It also describes separately such items as
furniture, fixtures, machinery, appliances, tools and accounting records.
fumimre,
I I l I l
6;.
r
""'l1lI
SPA
SPANN International Training Safety Workshops
CSP Self

The operational control delegated the safety engineer to shut down
dangerous jobs by the General Manager is functional or line authority.
This authority, or lack of
of it, is hotly debated by safety and health
professionals. One position calls the delegation of of such power
unnecessary. This opinion states that even the threat of a shutdown is
most certainly going to be a confrontational issue. An issue that will
eventually have to be resolved by higher authority and that often leads to
long lasting negative relations between staff
staff and operations. The other
side of this debate feels they need the reserve strength over line managers
because of
of the conflict between organizational demands and safety
concerns. They further advance the argument by noting that the act of of
delegation of authority is in itself a strong commitment by senior
management
management to the safety process.
The authority of
of the safety professional has been linked to accident
accident
experience in many studies. Since the job is usually of of a staff
staff nature, the
authority is usually subtle. It is most effectively derived if
if the safety
professional enjoys the confidence of a major executive.
I
Another term that is used is "extensio", which is Latin for the state of
of
being extended or the General Manager's
Manager's authority has been extended to
the Safety Professional.

According to Willie Hammer in "Handbook
"Handbook of System and Product
ofSystem
Safety", answers A, B and C are correct.
Safety",
90)
At the bottom of
of Maslow's "Hierarchy of of human needs"
needs" are the
physiological or survival needs of
of food, water and physical well-being.
According to the progression
progression principle,
principle, as soon as these survival needs
are met, one attempts to satisfy the next level of
of needs,
needs; those of, security,
protection and stability in day-to-day life activities. If these are met, one
moves on to social needs, etc. The first three needs in the model are
called lower order needs and are concerns for a persons desire for social

Page 337
.. II
I
CSP Self
and physical well being. The top two needs in the pyramid are the high
order
order needs that satisfy psychological development and growth. Maslow's
needs are often used as the most elementary model in the complex study
of mans needs and desires. The chart below shows how needs are
satisfied in life and in business.
Life in general
Life <-
~ Human ->
---7 On the job
Needs
fulfillment; lo
Need for self fulfillment, to grow and Self-
Self Providing creative-challenging work, allow
use abilities to fullest and most ~ Actualization
Actualization ->
~ participation in decision malting,
making, flexibility
creative extent and autonomy
Need for esteem in eyes of others, Esteem Responsibility for important jobs,
respect,'prestige, recognition
need for respect,_prestige, <-
~ ->
~ promotion to higher status, praise and
status,
esteem,ri>ersonal sense of
and self esteem,;,'pcrsonal of recognition from
from superiors
competence and mastery
Need for love, affection, sense of Social Friendly co-workers, satisfying interaction
belonging in one's relationships with <-
~ ->
~ with customers or clients, pleasant
other people supervi
supervisor
sor
Need for security, protection and Safety ~ Safe working conditions, job security, base
stability in the events of everyday <-
~ ->
---, salary and benefits
livin
livingg
Most basic of
Most of all needs includes the Physiological Rest and reiieshmenl
refreshment breaks, physical
need for food,
food, water and physical <-
~ ->
~ comfort
comfort on the job, reasonable work
work hours
well-being

91)
Safety Consultants Professional Liability covers errors and omissions,
libel and slander, negligence, oral and written publication of information
that causes damage and infringement upon copyrighted materials. Safety
Consultants Commercial General Liability covers bodily injury/property
damage, fire damage and medical expenses.
Ur
l l
».
\\ \
,r r
CSP Self

According to Grimaldi and Simmonds
Simonds in "Safety Management" the basic
principle of
of the modem method ofof estimating the uninsured costs of of work
injuries and "accidents"
"accidents" includes lost time cases, doctor's
doctor's cases, first-aid
first -aid
cases and no-injury accidents.
93
93)) We selected answer B because:
NFPA
According the NFP A Hazardous MaterialslWMD
Materials/WMD Response Handbook (2008),
All of
of the answers are tasks for the Incident Commander. A vital step during
pre-incident planning is to identify these agencies. The first thing to establish is
the Incident command system and designate who is in charge. The National
Incident Management System Establishes the following functions as the
..
primary responsibilities of the incident commander:
• Have Clear Authority and know agency policy
• Ensure incident safety
•• Establish the incident command post (ICP)
.. (lCP)
• Set Priorities, determine incident objectives and strategies
..
• Establish the incident command system (ICS)
• Approve the incident response plan (IAP)
(lAP)
(lCS)
..
• Coordinate command
command and general staff
• Approve resource requests and use of
staff activities
of volunteers and auxiliary personnel
.
• Order demobilization as needed
• Ensure after action review
answcr"A~ait'el
94) We selected answerA be$£uatef :; ~.fg
:as ~;.' .;~~ 3 a.
.
The publication Process 8a~'Leading
aw .-~
3?1pu'Leading and Lagging Metrics,
Metrics, published
by the Center for Chemical Process Safety (2007) gives specifically
related guidance on determining and applying leading and lagging
indicators in the practice of
of safety. Three types of
of process safety
performance metrics are described and the text on their selection and
application is extensive. The metrics are lagging metrics, leading metrics,
and near miss and other internal lagging metrics. The metrics pertain only
intemallagging
to chemical process incidents and near misses, to the exclusion ofof types
of incidents that are not process related. The leading process safety
metrics given particular attention are: maintenance of mechanical
I
Copyright©2013
Page 339
CSP Self
Self Stud
I
integrity,
integrity; action items follow-up,
follow-up; management of of change,
change; process safety
training and competency (and training competency assessment).
Companies should identify which of these components are most
important for ensuring the safety ofof their facilities, and should select the
most mean jugful leading metrics from the examples [above], and where
meaningfu]
significant performance improvement potentially exists. Other leading
metrics may be defined as well if applicable.

Use ofof the ALARA concept as a guideline originated in the atomic
energy
eliergy
... field and stands for as low as reasonably achievable and precedes
the term ALARP. According to Nuclear Regulatory Commission
ALARA means maltingmaking every reasonable effort to maintain exposures to
ionizing radiation as far below the dose limits as practical;
practical, ALARP
stands for as low as reasonably practicable and promotes a management
review, the intent ofof which is to achieve acceptable risk levels. Several
depictions ofof the ALARP concept begin with an inverted triangle because
it indicates that risk is greater at the top and much less at the bottom.
e we*
EFEF.T as m
'e.ERT
.
"SE UBRARY
ua R A R .
___ !?RfCli'ERTY
's
t*
•
F »
l HW l l I Ills i n *
Iv
CSP Self
lu..J
Note
Notes

It I I- I

Span CSP 2013 Volume 1 v5pdf PDF Free

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Span CSP 2013 Volume 1 v5pdf PDF Free

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

A-PDF Page Cut DEMO: Purchase from www.A-PDF.

com to remove the watermark

ERTIFIED SPAN international

SPAN INTERNATIONAL TRAINING, LLC

LAS VEGAS SAFETY WORKSHOPS

Dedicated to Environmental, Health, and Safety Professionals

~ :"'1':1,,':;-' -,', ....,'11 J""Sa;?I1(;# 0,,­

~ Copyright © 2013 by SPAN International Training, LLC

i All rights reserved. No pan

ISBN 978-1-891017-62-9 (v.

waite in this book! You paid for it,

carefully checked for accuracy, but errors may

SPAN International Training Safety Workshops

Self Study Workbook Volume I

How to Use This Workbook .......................................................................................

How to Study.. ..................................................................................... ............ ....... 6

About The CSP Exams ............................................................................................ 13

Benefits of Certification ...........................................................................................

Requirements for Certification .................................................................................

........................... .......... ....... .................... ......... ... .... .. . .. 16

The Examinations ....................................................................................................

How to Select A Calculator ..................................................................................... 18

Exam References ................................................................................................. 21

Comprehensive Practice Examination Weighting of of Subject Areas.......................

CSP Examination Breakdown ................................................................................. 26

About the Computer Examination .......................................................................... 27

.......................... .. .... ... ...... 28

Questions from Students on the Computer Exam ................................................ • 0 s q »

Pearson VUE Testing Center Locations .............................................................. 331l

......... .... ............ ....................... ..................... 33

Math and Science Introduction ................................................................................ an * * •

Calculator Warm-up Exercises............................................................................ 34

.... .......................................................... ..... ....... ........... 36

Calculator Answers .............................................................................................. h fa* *

Equations Most Often Used on the CSP Exam ........................................................

Scientific and Engineering Notation ....................................................................... 52

Unit Conversions ..................................................................................................... 57

Unit Conversion "Prefixes" ................................................................................. 57

Unit Conversion Method ..................................................................................... 58

. ............. .. ....... ........... 59

Equalities Between The Metric And English Systems ........................................ v o f •

Reciprocals ............................................................... ~ .......................................... 60

Conversion Exercise Questions ........ :.................................................................. 61

Conversion Exercise Answers ............................................................................. 62

Math and Physics Review Questions ...................................................................... 66

...... ........... .................. ............ .......

Engineering Economy ............................................................................................. 94

I III l I I I IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I l II Illllllllll HH II I l i l l II umm I Ill l lm * LLP

SPAN International Training Safety Workshops

Self Study Workbook Volume I

Engineering Economy Questions ............................................................................ 96

Engineering Economy Answers .............................................................................. 99

Statistic Sample Problems .......................................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

t-Distribution ..................................................................................................... 137

Operational Statistics ......................................................................................... 141

"Partial" Periodic Table of .................. ......................................

Collecting Environmental, Health, Safety And Security Risk Information

"Answers" .......................................................................................................... 176

Assessing Environmental Health Safety and Security Risk .................................. 202

Environmental, Health, Safety and Security Risk ............................... 273

How to Use This Workbook

Copyright©Z013 SPAN International

SPAN International Training Safety Workshops

~ :"'1':1,,':;-' -,', ....,'11 J""Sa;?I1(;# 0,,